Swargate-Katraj DPR
Swargate-Katraj DPR
IDENTIFICATION TABLE
Client/Project owner Maharashtra Metro Rail Corporation Limited
Project Extension of Pune Metro Phase-I
Type of document Revised Final Detailed Project Report (SWARGATE – KATRAJ)
Study Detailed Project Report
Framework Systra India
Reference number IN01T18A03
Confidentiality Confidential
Language English
Number of pages 523
APPROVAL
Divya Urban
Production 10/12/2021
Dahiya Planner
Rishi Project
4 Check
Gupta Manager
10/12/2021
Establishment of
Praveen Project
liability for the 10/12/2021
Goyal Director
entity
TABLE OF CONTENTS
I. SALIENT FEATURES 23
GAUGE – 1435 MM 23
CORRIDOR & ROUTE LENGTH 23
NUMBER OF STATIONS 23
TRAFFIC FORECAST 23
STATION PLANNING 23
INTERMODAL INTEGRATION 23
TRAIN OPERATION PLAN 24
* NOTE: TOTAL CAR REQUIREMENT' INCLUDES 90 CARS ALREADY PLANNED FOR EARLIER PHASES. 24
SPEED 24
TRACTION POWER SUPPLY 24
ROLLING STOCK 25
STABLING LINES 26
SIGNALLING & TELECOMMUNICATION 26
FARE COLLECTION 26
ENVIRONMENT AND SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT 26
DETAILED COST ESTIMATE 27
ECONOMIC ANALYSIS 28
FINANCIAL ANALYSIS 28
IMPLEMENTATION PLAN 29
256
14.5 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY, NOISE AND WATER QUALITY STANDARDS 321
14.6 DRINKING WATER SOURCE (WITH CONVENTIONAL TREATMENT) 323
14.7 DRINKING WATER SOURCE (WITHOUT CONVENTIONAL TREATMENT) 324
14.8 PROPAGATION OF WILDLIFE 324
14.9 IRRIGATION, INDUSTRIAL COOLING, CONTROLLED WASTE 324
14.10 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT 326
14.11 DEMOGRAPHIC PROFILE 349
14.12 ENVIRONMENTAL & SOCIAL IMPACTS 349
14.13 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 367
14.14 ENVIRONMENTAL BUDGET 380
14.15 CONCLUSION & RECOMMENDATION: 382
14.16 SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT 383
AVOIDANCE OF THE DEMOLITION OF RELIGIOUS PROPERTIES 405
14.18.1 THE ENTITLEMENT MATRIX 409
EXHIBIT 1 – DETAILS OF TRESS ALONG THE ALIGNMENT 415
LIST OF FIGURES
LIST OF TABLES
Table 91 : Auxiliary and Traction Power supply PCMC – SWARGATE requirements till year 2057 292
Table 92 : Detailed calculations of power demand estimation for PCMC – Swargate 293
Table 93 : Year wise Rake requirement for corridor 2A 295
Table 94 : Traction and auxiliary Power supply for corridor 2A, Swargate to Katraj 295
Table 95 : Detailed calculations of power demand estimation for Swargate to katraj 295
Table 96 : Total power requirement for complete corridor – Nigdi-Katraj 297
Table 97: Sources of Power Supply 299
Table 98: Power demand projection for various source 299
Table 99 : List of stations in Phase 2A 312
Table 100 : Summary of Environment Legislation Applicable for this Project 319
Table 101 : National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) 322
Table 102 : National Ambient Noise Quality Standards 323
Table 103 : Use Based Classification of Surface Waters in India 323
Table 104 : Indian Standards for Drinking Water-Specification BIS:IS 10500:2012 324
Table 105 : District wise distribution of the project alignment 329
Table 106 :Result of Soil Quality Monitoring of the Study Area 330
Table 107 : Rainfall for last five years in Pune District (in mm) 333
Table 108 : Met Data, Pune (1981-2010) 334
Table 109 : Site Specific Meteorological Data 334
Table 110 : : Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results 337
Table 111 : : Ambient Noise Quality Monitoring Results 338
Table 112 : Physico-chemical Characteristics Ground Water Monitoring 340
Table 113 : Physico-chemical & Biological Characteristics Ground Water along the project corridor 342
Table 114: Physico-chemical Characteristics Surface Water Monitoring 343
Table 115 : : Physico-chemical & Biologicall Characteristics of Surface Water 345
Table 116 : Summary of Girth Wise Trees Impacted Along the Project Stretch 348
Table 117 Affected Population 349
Table 118 Population Density 349
Table 119: Summary of environmental impacts and mitigation measures 356
Table 120 : Potential Environmental Impacts of Project 360
Table 121: Environmental Assessment Checklist for Environmental & Social Sensitivity of Project 361
Table 122 : Environmental Assessment Checklist for Climate Change and Disaster Risk of Project 366
Table 123 : Environmental Management Plan (EMP) 370
Table 124 : Environmental Monitoring Plan 375
Table 125: Environmental Management Cost Construction & Operation Phase 380
Table 126 : Summary of Project Impacts 385
Table 127 : Land Acquisition details 387
Table 128 : Land Requirement and cost for Stabling Lines proposed 390
Table 129 : Land Required for RSS 390
Table 130 : Properties to be Affected 390
Table 131 : Ownership of Properties to be affected 390
Table 132 : Type of Construction of Private Structures 391
Table 133 : Type of Private Properties to be Affected 392
Table 134 : Type of Government & Religious Properties to be Affected 392
Table 135 : : Entitlement of Properties 392
ABBREVIATIONS TABLE
I. SALIENT FEATURES
GAUGE – 1435 mm
Number of Stations
CORRIDOR UNDERGROUND ELEVATED TOTAL
Swargate to Katraj (Southward Extension of
3 NIL 3
Corridor-1 of Phase 1) - Phase -2A
Traffic Forecast
Maximum Ridership and PHPDT
Station Planning
A typical design has been suggested for the corridor which will form basis for planning of the
stations.
Intermodal Integration
Feeder bus service, Public Bicycle sharing, Parking and Pedestrian facilities have been
proposed for all the stations for intermodal connectivity.
The total number of Train car requirement to satisfy the traffic demand is given in the table
below:
Total Trains Required
Year Total Car Requirement
3-Car 6-Car
2027 108 36 0
2037 132 36 4
2047 150 30 10
2057 156 28 12
* Note: Total Car Requirement' includes 90 cars already planned for earlier phases.
Speed
Year
Corridor
2027 2037 2047 2057
PCMC-NIGDI Traction 0.9 MVA 1.0 MVA 1.0 MVA 1.0 MVA
PCMC-SWARGATE Traction 8.5 MVA 9.9 MVA 10.9 MVA 11.1 MVA
1
ROCS is recommended for phase 2A whereas OHE is only used as a reference for calculation purpose.
Year
Corridor
2027 2037 2047 2057
(NIGDI-SWARGATE) Auxiliary 32.9 MVA 32.9 MVA 32.9 MVA 32.9 MVA
The implementation of Nigdi – PCMC & Swargate-Katraj metro corridor will increase the
Power supply Load requirement on Phase 1 corridors as well. It is necessary to duly consider
the incremental power supply load requirement while doing the Power load calculations. The
incremental load requirement due to the extension of the corridor, viz. Nigdi – PCMC &
Swargate-Katraj have been estimated considering the traction power requirement and
Auxiliary power requirements for elevated & underground section from NIGDI to KATRAJ. To
cater this incremental requirement with reliability of the Power Supply for traction as well as
auxiliary load, One RSS is Proposed near Swargate to cater the Power supply load
requirements for Phase 1 corridor from Nigdi to Katraj.
Rolling stock
Stabling lines
Phase-II augmentation of the Range Hill depot is planned to accommodate 22 numbers of 6-
car trains or equivalent number of 3-car and 6-car trains which is sufficient for planned Phase-
2A requirement up to year 2037.
However, for planned requirement in Phase-2A in year 2047 & 2057, i.e. additional 4 number
of 6-car trains, additional stabling facility is required.
For Phase -2A in year 2047 & 2057, elevated stabling lines are proposed at the terminal point
of PCMC – Nigdi Corridor. 4 stabling lines are proposed for stabling of 6-car train on each line.
Type of Signalling: adopting ‘CATC’ (Continuous Automatic Train Control System) based
on "CBTC" (Communication Based Train Control System) which includes ATP
(Automatic Train Protection), ATO (Automatic Train Operation) and ATS (Automatic
Train Supervision) sub-systems using radio communication between Track side and
Train.
Telecommunication system includes Fibre Optic System - Main Telecommunication
Bearer, Telephone System, Mobile Radio Communication, Centralized Clock System,
Passenger Announcement System, Centralized Clock System, Passenger Information
Display System, CCTV System, Access Control System, Network Monitoring and
Management
Fare Collection
The AFC system for this phase shall be of contactless smart card & token type which will also
allow easy accounting. The System shall be capable for open loop transactions as well to
further integrate the mobility solution with the advancements in technology and to allow for
seamless transition from dedicated cards to common multi-use stored value fare media that
can be used for financial transactions such as making purchases at shops etc. as well as a fare
media in the system.
Both negative and positive impacts associated with the proposed metro corridor
during various phases of project cycle have been identified. Metro will provide
2 ROCS is recommended for phase 2A whereas OHE is only used as a reference for calculation purpose.
commuter friendly and efficient transport system, thus will bring positive impact on
the environment.
Along with that, few negative impacts would also take place during the pre-
construction (design) and construction phase e.g. Approx. 146 Trees are falling within
the propose Right of Way/at the station locations.
The total estimated environmental management cost for the proposed project is about
Rs. 3.32 Crore.
The project will involve acquisition of 2.63 Ha Hectare of land. Total of 52 structures
will be affected out of which 45 are private properties, 5 are government owned and
one is religious in nature.
Estimated cost of implementation of R&R Plan is INR 45.52 Cr.
Total Land Acquisition cost works out to INR 111.3 Cr.
Total Cost incl. General Charges, Contingencies, Central and state 2,947.05
19
Taxes @ July '21 Price Levels (Excl. Land and R&R)
20 Land 111.30
21 R&R 45.52
Total Cost incl. General Charges, Contingencies, Central and state 3103.87
22
Taxes @ July '21 Price Levels (Incl. Land and R&R)
23 Escalation at 5 % per annum on the above 512.44
Note: July ’21 Price Level is considered and the prices are escalated till the completion period
to arrive at the completion cost.
Economic Analysis
EIRR in economic term is 19.80 % for proposed extension of Phase 2A i.e. Swargate to Katraj.
The evaluation has indicated that the proposed MRTS extension in Pune City with a total
length of 5.464 km, considered under the investment proposals is found to be economically
viable, with the calculated EIRR value exceeding the economic opportunity cost of capital.
Sensitivity analysis of the EIRR with Capital cost increase by 15%, O&M costs increased by 15%,
Target beneficiaries reduced by 15%, Delay in accrual of benefit by 1 year has also been carried
out.
Financial Analysis
FIRR with project cost including all taxes, estimated fare and non-fare box revenue is
estimated at 14.45%
Implementation plan
The peak hour peak direction traffic (PHPDT) and daily ridership for horizon years up to 2057
for existing and proposed Pune Metro corridors are presented in the following table:
The average trip length for various horizon years is presented in table below:
Table 2 : Average Trip length (KM)
Year Without Extension (Nigdi-Swargate) With Extension (Nigdi-Katraj)
2027 7.90 8.09
2037 8.11 8.35
2047 8.28 8.63
2057 8.39 8.83
Based on the projected PHPDT demand, Train operation for Pune Metro Corridor-2A is
planned with train carrying capacity calculated @6 persons per square meter of standee area
in train.
As PHPDT in sections beyond PCMC-Swargate is very low (PHPDT of 4370), peak headway only
5.4 min in 2027, 5 min in 2037, 2047 and 2057 is considered sufficient in this section.
Accordingly, every alternate train is planned to be short looped from PCMC and Swargate, at
least during peak hours. This has minimized Rolling Stock and Train Operator requirement.
The headway and capacity provided for different sections of three corridors is given in
following table:
Standard Gauge (1435mm) is invariably used for metro railways world over due to its inherent
advantages. During the last decade, 20 new metros have been constructed in various cities of
the world. All these metros have gone in for Standard Gauge even though the national gauge
for mainline railways in some of these countries was different from Standard Gauge.
Track on Metro Systems is subjected to intensive usage with very little time for day-to-day
maintenance. Thus, it is imperative that the track structure selected for Metro Systems should
be long lasting and should require minimum or no maintenance and at the same time, ensure
highest level of safety, reliability and comfort, with minimum noise and vibrations. Ballastless
track with continuous welded head-hardened rails has been proposed as mainline track in
underground stretches.
Keeping in view the ultimate traffic requirements, standardisation, and other techno-
economic considerations, 25 KV OHE/ROCS3 traction system is considered to be the best
trade-off and hence, proposed for adoption on Pune Metro System.
Metro carries large number of passengers at a very close headway requiring a very high level
of safety enforcement and reliability. At the same time, heavy investment in infrastructure
and rolling stock necessitates optimization of its capacity to provide the best services to the
public. These requirements of the metro are planned to be achieved by adopting ‘CATC’
(Continuous Automatic Train Control System) based on "CBTC" (Communication based Train
Control System) which includes ATP (Automatic Train Protection), ATO (Automatic Train
Operation) and ATS (Automatic Train Supervision) sub-systems using radio communication
between Track side and Train.
3 ROCS is recommended for phase 2A whereas OHE is only used as a reference for calculation purpose.
Platform screen doors are mainly provided at metro stations to ensure safety and comfort of
the passengers. In case of Underground stations, PSDs saves considerable amount of energy
and improves climate control within the stations (heating, ventilation and air conditioning are
more effective when station is physically isolated from the tunnel). In case of Phase 2A, as the
complete stretch is underground , thus PSD are proposed at all the stations.
It is proposed to provide computer based automatic fare collection system (AFC) with
contactless smart token/card type ticketing which is cheaper and offers lower life cycle costs.
The proposed AFC system shall be interoperable with existing system.
The System shall be capable for open loop transactions as well to further integrate the mobility
solution with the advancements in technology and to allow for seamless transition from
dedicated cards to common multi-use stored value fare media that can be used for financial
transactions such as making purchases at shops etc. as well as a fare media in the system.
To accommodate the same, the system shall conform to the following standards as a
minimum:
Rolling stock proposed for the Phase 2A corridors will be similar to that of Phase-I. The broad
features of rolling stock are presented in table below
Table 4 Broad Features of Rolling Stock
S. No. Parameter Rolling Stock
3 Car basic unit 2DMC and 1 TC.
1 Basic Unit Every coach should be fully interchangeable with
any other coach of same type.
3- Car: DMC+TC+DMC
2 Train Composition 6- Car: DMC +TC +MC + MC + TC + DMC
Capable of GoA4 operation
3 Coach Dimensions L= 22.6m, W=2.9m, H= 3.9m
4 Coach construction Light weight Stainless Steel/Aluminium body
Train operation plan is formulated such that traffic demand for majority of sections of corridor
is met with the passenger loadings @6 passengers/m2. However, in the sections where
planned capacity is less than section load, capacity can be met by carrying standees @ 8
passengers/m2 or higher which have been deliberately planned for optimum utilization of
rolling stock. The total car requirement is following table:
Table 5 : Coach Requirement for Different Horizon Years
*'Total Car Requirement' includes 90 cars already planned for earlier phases
SN CRITERIA DIMENSION
1 Gauge 1435 mm
2 Maximum Design Speed 90 kmph
3 Maximum Operating Speed 80 kmph
4 Maximum Axle Load 16T
5 Traction System 25 KV AC (OHE/ROCS)6
Table 7 : Horizontal Curve Parameters
Description Underground Section
4 ROCS is recommended for phase 2A whereas OHE is only used as a reference for calculation purpose.
For running lines, the desirable maximum gradient shall be 3% and where unavoidable shall
be 4%. Where gradients of 1% or less are used, it may be unrestricted in length. Gradients
above 3.0% shall be kept as short as possible.
Table 8 : Gradient Parameters
Description Desirable Minimum Absolute Minimum
Gradient for tunnel 0.5% 0.25%
Gradient at Stations Not steeper than 0.2%
not
iii. Vertical Curve Parameters
Table 9 : Vertical Curve Parameters
Parameter Vertical Curve
Desirable Radius on Main line 2500 m
Absolute Minimum Radius on Main line 1500 m
Minimum Length of constant grade between Desirable Min= 50 m
consecutive vertical curve Absolute Min. = 25m
Geotechnical investigations have been carried out along the proposed corridor to determine
the strata, depth of foundation and safe bearing capacity of foundations required for the
above proposed metro corridors. Drilling and sampling in soil and rock was carried out using
rotary drilling rig. Borehole in soil was advanced using rotary drilling method.
This corridor is an extension of existing corridor 1 under Phase 1 i.e. PCMC to Swargate
in the south.
3 Stations have been proposed in corridor 2A, all of which are underground stations.
Summary of the section is given below:
Table 10 : Station chainage
Name of stations Chainage (in m) Inter-station distance (in m) Type
Station 1 (Market Yard, Gultekdi) 17982 1372 Underground
Station 2 (Padamavati) 19568 1586 Underground
Station 3 (Katraj) 21860 2292 Underground
a. Station Planning has been done for the peak hour traffic load for each station in the
horizon year. The planning norms have been considered for the design year.
Accordingly, facilities required at any station for emergency evacuation as per NFPA
130 Guidelines has been adopted. The stations have been planned in accordance
with ‘Guidelines for Pedestrian Facilities, and ‘National Building Code-2016’, for
Disabled friendly and other Indian best practices/standards.
b. The platform length is 153.4 m.
c. The platform width has been computed considering Peak Minute Peak Direction
Boarding; Disruption time of service; Platform congregation during disrupted time of
service,0.5sq m/person at Level of Service C.
d. Typical designs have been suggested for various station types and these form basis for
planning of all the stations.
Table 11 : summary of type of stations Proposed
Sr. No. Size (sq. m) Levels No. of stations Construction Type
1 153.4 x 23.73 3 3 Cut and Cover
ORGANIZATION/DEPARTMEN
S. No UTILITY SERVICE
T
2. Telecommunication Telecommunication cables, junction boxes,
Department telephone posts, O.H. lines, etc.
No. of over ground utilities affected due to metro alignment, as identified during the
physical survey are:
Table 13 : List of utilities affected
S.No Utilities Location Units
1 Light Poles At Station and Entry Exits 31
2 Traffic Signals At Station 5
3 Sign Boards At Entry Exits 31
4 Hoarding Boards At Station and Entry Exits 5
5 Electric Poles At Station and Entry Exits 23
TOTAL 241
Only visible utilities have been listed out which will be getting affected due to the metro
corridor.
Finalization of alignment, location of stations, entry / exits etc. has been done with
objective of keeping land requirement to bare minimum.
Stations sizes for three of the underground stations is 153.4 m long and 23.73 m wide.
Since the corridor is underground, land requirement for the project has been estimated
for the station locations, which are proposed to be constructed with cut and cover method
and their entry & exits. No land acquisition has been considered for the tunnel section,
except for the cross-over location, summary of which is given below.
Table 14 : Total land requirement for Swargate to Katraj corridor
Government 4359.52
Station 1 (Market Yard, Gultekdi)
Private 1291.45
Government 2602.45
Station 2 (Padmavati)
Private 3410.06
Government 6388.27
Station 3 (Katraj)
Private 941.99
Government
Stabling Lines 2926.75
(Defence)
-TOTAL 26277.48
Proper design of circulation area adjoining the station building to ensure rapid/
efficient dispersal of the passengers and avoiding conflicts between pedestrian and
vehicular traffic.
Footpaths in the metro station influence zone are proposed to be upgraded
considering direct and easy connectivity, ease of movement and safety.
Dedicated linkages like subways, skywalks, covered walkways etc. between MRTS,
suburban railway and Metro which will reduce the passenger travel time and
pedestrian load on the roads
Circulation area with adequate parking space, designated space for pick-drop zones
and feeder modes like Buses, IPTs and NMT.
In addition to improvement of pedestrian and intermodal facilities, Feeder services in the form
of buses and public bicycle sharing system have been planned at Phase-2A metro stations for
providing last mile connectivity.
Table 15 : Feeder Buses
S. No. STATION 2027 2037 2047 2057
1 Station 1 (Market Yard, Gultekdi) R1 1 2 3 4
2 Station 2 (Padamavati) R1 1 2 3 4
R1 1 2 3 5
3 Station 3 (Katraj)
R2 1 2 4 5
TOTAL 4 8 13 18
Table 16 : Public Bicycle Requirement
S. No. STATION 2027 2037 2047 2057
1 Station 1 (Market Yard, Gultekdi) 26 47 52 53
2 Station 2 (Padmavati) 29 53 59 61
3 Station 3 (Katraj) 115 182 203 214
TOTAL 170 282 314 328
The 25 kV AC Over Head Electrification (OHE) traction system and (ROCS)5 Rigid overhead
catenary system shall be similar to existing power supply system, keeping in view the ultimate
traffic requirements, standardization, and other techno-economic considerations as 25 kV AC
Over Head Electrification OHE/ROCS traction system has already been used for traction power
supply for existing corridor and also for interoperability of the system. 25kV AC traction has
the economic advantages of minimal number of traction sub-stations and potential to carry
large traffic upto 60,000 PHPDT.
The system requires catenary masts on surface/elevated section for phase 1A (Nigdi to PCMC)
and elevated section of Existing line (PCMC to Swargate) and also ROCS in underground
Section of Phase 2A (Swargate to Katraj), thereby affecting aesthetics and skyline of the city.
Since the proposed alignment of Pune Metro would traverse congested roads and built-up
5 ROCS is recommended for phase 2A whereas OHE is only used as a reference for calculation purpose.
area of the city, 25kV AC traction system is considered a safe option. Traffic requirements of
the Pune Metro (Nigdi to Katraj) have been projected in the range of 28000 PHPDT in year
2057.The alignment of proposed corridors is underground. Keeping in view the techno-
economic considerations, 25 KV AC traction system is considered to be the best solution for
Power requirements.
The power demand calculation for the extension corridor 2A (Swargate to Katraj) based on
the operation plan is projected as below:
Table 17 : Power Demand Estimation (MVA)
Year
Corridor
2027 2037 2047 2057
Corridor- 2A
Traction 1.1 MVA 1.2 MVA 1.2 MVA 1.2 MVA
Swargate - Katraj
No. of stations-
(Elevated – 0,
Auxiliary 9.9 MVA 9.9 MVA 9.9 MVA 9.9 MVA
Underground – 3, Mid
shaft -1)
Total 11.0 MVA 11.1 MVA 11.1 MVA 11.1 MVA
The Source of power supply system in Pune city has 220 kV and 132 kV grid substation network
on the periphery of the city to cater to various types of power supply demand in vicinity of the
proposed corridor.
For corridor – 1A extension PCMC- NIGDI, both existing substations viz PCMC RSS and Depot
RSS shall be provided with 2nos. (one as standby) 220/132/25 kV, 21.6 MVA single-phase
traction transformers for feeding traction and 2nos. (one as standby) 220/132/33 KV, 20 MVA
three phase transformers for feeding auxiliary loads.
For existing corridor PCMC- Swargate, both existing substations viz PCMC RSS and Depot RSS
shall be provided with 2nos. (one as standby) 220/132/25 kV, 21.6 MVA single-phase traction
transformers for feeding traction and 2nos. (one as standby) 220/132/33 KV, 20 MVA three
phase transformers for feeding auxiliary loads.
For corridor – 2A extension Swargate - Katraj, 1 new Receiving Substation shall be provided
near Swargate with area approximate 4000 sq. GIS type with 2nos. (one as standby)
220/132/25 kV, 21.6 MVA single-phase traction transformers for feeding traction and 2nos.
(one as standby) 220/132/33 KV, 20 MVA three phase transformers for feeding auxiliary loads.
The implementation of Nigdi – PCMC & Swargate-Katraj metro corridor will increase the
Power supply Load requirement on Phase 1 corridors as well. It is necessary to duly consider
the incremental power supply load requirement while doing the Power load calculations. The
incremental load requirement due to the extension of the corridor, viz. Nigdi – PCMC &
Swargate-Katraj have been estimated considering the traction power requirement and
Auxiliary power requirements for elevated & underground section from NIGDI to KATRAJ. To
cater this incremental requirement with reliability of the Power Supply for traction as well as
auxiliary load, One RSS is Proposed near Swargate to cater the Power supply load
requirements for Phase 1 corridor from Nigdi to Katraj.
For Nigdi to Katraj section, in order to meet the requirement of auxiliary power two dry type
cast resin transformers (33/0.415kV) of 500 kVA capacity are proposed to be installed at the
elevated stations (one transformer as standby) and two 2.5 MVA transformer for underground
stations (one transformer as standby) also, two existing transformer of 2.5 MVA at Depot ASS.
Also, Provision of DG set is proposed to provide a standby DG set of 500 KVA capacity at the
elevated stations and 800 KVA capacity of DG set at underground station in DG room.
For solar energy harnessing system, Based on RESCO Model, Maha Metro shall sublet the
rooftop to project developer who will be responsible for the solar PV installation. The power
shall be purchased by Maha Metro based on the unit rate specified by Power Purchase
Agreement (PPA).
The negative impacts due to location of proposed Phase 2A corridor include: Project Affected
People (PAPs), Change of Land use, Loss of trees/forest and Utility/Drainage Problems. The
impacts due to construction include: Soil erosion, pollution and health risk at construction site,
traffic diversion and risk to existing buildings, excavated soil disposal problems, dust
generation, increased water demand, impact due to supply of construction material.
Anticipated Impacts due to operation are noise pollution, water supply and sanitation at
stations, traffic congestion issues and impact due to depots.
A lot of positive impacts are anticipated which include employment opportunities, benefits to
economy; quick service and safety; reduced fuel consumption and reduction in air pollution.
Total land requirement has been worked out to 2.63 Ha, which comprises 1.94 Ha of land for
Main alignment including station locations, 0.29 Ha of defence land for staling lines and its
connection to main line and 4000 sqm of land for RSS proposal. Total of 52 structures will be
affected; 46 of the structures are privately owned and have commercial activity. 6 of the
structures are government owned.
The existing BRT will be temporarily closed during construction period, the structure at station
location shall be dismantled for the purpose of construction, reassembled and handed over
post construction. The total cost for the same has been estimated as Rs 17.91 Crores for
affected length of ~0.8 km.
An effective system needs to be in place under the provision of ‘Disaster Management Act, 2005’.
Provisions at metro stations include Fire Detection and Suppression System, Environmental
Control System (ECS), Tunnel Ventilation System, Track-way Exhaust System (TES), Power Supply
System, DG Sets & UPS, Water Supply and Drainage System, Lights and other facilities which may
be deemed necessary. In order to be prepared for any disaster, it is essential to train the
concerned staff in situations such as fire, rescue of disabled trains, evacuation, etc. and mock
drills need to be conducted. The measures will cover both man-made and natural disasters. The
measures will be in consonance with practices suggested by the disaster management
authorities.
The three phases of security system followed include Prevention, Preparedness and Recovery.
Various provisions like CCTV cameras, baggage scanners, metal detectors, bomb detection
equipment, wireless sets, sniffer dogs and related facilities will be part of station security
system.
The detailed cost estimate of the proposed extension line is given below,
Total Cost incl. General Charges, Contingencies, Central and state 2,947.05
19
Taxes @ July '21 Price Levels (Excl. Land and R&R)
20 Land 111.30
21 R&R 45.52
Total Cost incl. General Charges, Contingencies, Central and state 3103.87
22
Taxes @ July '21 Price Levels (Incl. Land and R&R)
23 Escalation at 5 % per annum on the above 512.44
Note: July ’21 Price Level is considered and the prices are escalated till the completion period
to arrive at the completion cost.
to take at least 7 years after commencement of the Project. Thus, Share of Premium levy from
incremental FAR for the finance of Maha metro shall be 117.8 Cr from the year FY 35.
FY 19 – 1% cess collection on stamp duty in PMC stood at 258 Crores. 25% share per year from
the same is proposed to be given as revenue support to the extension from Swargate to Katraj
over a 30-year period and assumed to be escalated at 2.5%.
Table 18 : Year wise share of cess on stamp duty with Maha Metro
Year Revenue to Metro from Cess on Stamp Duty (Rs. Cr)
FY 35 95.9
FY 36 98.3
FY 37 100.8
FY 38 103.3
FY 39 105.9
FY 40 108.5
FY 41 111.2
FY 42 114.0
FY 43 116.9
FY 44 119.8
FY 45 122.8
FY 46 125.9
FY 47 129.0
FY 48 132.2
FY 49 135.5
FY 50 138.9
FY 51 142.4
FY 52 146.0
FY 53 149.6
FY 54 153.3
FY 55 157.2
FY 56 161.1
FY 57 165.1
FY 58 169.3
FY 59 173.5
FY 60 177.8
FY 61 182.3
FY 62 186.8
FY 63 191.5
At FY 35 Price levels, the cess and Premium sharing with Maha Metro would translate into an
annual revenue grant of INR 213.7 Crores.
The FIRR for a project operation period of 30 years is carried out with Non fare Box Revenue
including TOD. Non-fare sources of revenue incorporated in financial package for the
proposed Metro Projects such as advertisement, rental from kiosks inside stations, sharing of
cess on stamp duty, Property development on government land and sharing of Premium from
application of TOD policy. Project IRR works out to 14.45%
Pune & Pimpri Chinchwad is the next largest urban conglomerate to Mumbai Metropolitan
Region in Maharashtra. These cities are considered to be an educational hub due to the
establishment of large number of educational institutes across the city.
Pune & Pimpri Chinchwad have been experiencing tremendous growth in population and
employment since the last two decades. The cities have been stretching their limits to the
widest extent possible, thus urban sprawl has become evident.
The growth in various industries, particularly automobile, IT and IT enabled services, in and
around Pune & Pimpri Chinchwad has added further impetus to the urban sprawl and increase
in population and employment.
The district also has an importance as an important military base. The urbanization of this
Pune & Pimpri Chinchwad will receive a big impetus in the next 30 years due to the ambitious
development plan of the 7000 sq. km Pune Metropolitan Region.
1.1 History
The city of Pune has been a city of major importance in the Indian subcontinent since the 17th
century. Confined to the East bank of the Mutha river until the early 19 th century, the city
started to grow on the west bank as well. The city witnessed fast growth after Independence.
In addition to its temples, historical attractions in and around Pune include the rock-cut
Pataleshwar cave temple, Aga Khan Palace, Shaniwarwada, Lal Mahal, and Sinhagad fort.
Shinde Chhatri, located at Wanowrie, is a memorial dedicated to the Great Maratha Sardar,
Mahadaji Shinde (Scindia) who was instrumental in establishing the Maratha supremacy over
North India.
1.2 Geography
Pune is located in the State of Maharashtra, approximately 150km South-East of Mumbai as
shown in following figure. Pune has a hot semi-arid climate bordering with tropical wet and
dry with average temperatures ranging between 19 and 33 °C (66 and 91 °F). Pune experiences
three seasons: summer, monsoon, and winter. Typical summer months are from mid-March
to June often extending until 15 June, with maximum temperatures sometimes reaching 42 °C
(108 °F). The warmest month in Pune is May. The city often receives heavy dusty winds in May
(and humidity remains high). Even during the hottest months, the nights are usually cool due
to Pune's high altitude.
The monsoon lasts from June to October, with moderate rainfall and temperatures ranging
from 22 to 28 °C (72 to 82 °F). Most of the 772 mm of annual rainfall in the city falls between
June and September, and July is the wettest month of the year.
The daytime temperature hovers around 26 °C (79 °F) while night temperature is below 9 °C
(48 °F) for most of December and January, often dropping to 5 to 6 °C (41 to 43 °F).
In the past few years, Pune and surrounding cities including Pimpri-Chinchwad have witnessed
major population growth. The population of Pimpri-Chinchwad as per 2001 Census is
1,006,417 persons. The population as per 2011 census is estimated to be in the range of 17.27
lakhs . This growth is partly fuelled by the presence of multiple education institutions as well
as industrial developments, notably in the manufacturing and IT sectors (source: PMC, 2008).
The overall liveability of a place is dependent on the population density of that place, in case
of Pune as per the provisional figures of Census India, 2011; the population density is 12,777
persons/ Sq. Km (approx. 127 pph). The average population density of Pune city being on the
lower side of the permissible limits of the UDPFI guidelines for metropolitan cities. Pimpri-
Chinchwad has a population density of 9,353 persons per square kilometre as per the 2011
census, which is comparatively less than that of its neighbouring city, Pune. However, this is
mainly due to the large extent of vacant spaces available in the peripheral, undeveloped areas
of the city.
The population density over the years has increased manifold from 3,907 persons per Sq. Km
(39 pph) in 1951 to 12,777 persons per Sq.Km (approx. 127pph) in 2011. From the table below,
it is evident that the population density from 1951 to 2011 is gradually increasing except in
2001 which was 10,410 sq.Km. (104 pph); this is mainly due to addition of 23 villages within
the PMC area.
The average population densities in the core city wards are higher than the density in the
wards on the periphery. Predominantly, the wards forming the locus of the city viz. Kasba
Vishram Bagh and Bhavani Peth wards comprising the highest population densities that is 445
and 661 respectively, this overcrowding is the consequence of being the old historic city with
specialized and intense trade and commerce activities being taken up; the overcrowding
indicated by the densities call for decongestion of these areas.
Factually, the city of Pune has developed as the counter magnet of Mumbai, the
administrative capital of Maharashtra state and business capital of India. Mumbai being
overcrowded with high cost of living made Pune, a better place of living in the eyes of people
aspiring for better opportunities in all spheres of life, all over the country, which lead to
increased migration in the city. Thus, the growth of Pune has been contributed by multiple
factors in addition to its natural growth and extension of jurisdiction. It is one of the most
preferred destinations for job, education, healthcare treatment, real estate investment and
ultimately leading to a better quality of life. Enormous economic opportunities, health and
education facilities in the city act as major propellant factors for city’s growth. As per the study
conducted by Gokhale Institute of Politics and Economics, the in-migrated population of Pune
urban agglomeration has increased from 3.1 Lakhs in 1991 to 7.4 Lakhs migrants in 2001
accounting to 13% and 20% of the total population, of which the composition of state migrants
is 73% and 65% percent respectively. The migrated population for Pune city has increased
from 3.7 Lakhs in 2001 to 6.6 Lakhs migrants in 2011 (the projected in-migration of 2011 as
per the Gokhale Demographic Study) accounting to 14% and 21% of the total population.
From a small area around Kasba Peth, Pune has grown radically; in 1958, small pockets of land
in parts of the villages of Katraj, Dhankavadi, Lohagaon, Dapodi, etc. were added increasing
the area within jurisdiction of PMC. In 2001, 23 villages were added to Pune city. As a result,
PMC area increased to 243.84 Sq.Km. Over the years PMC has grown in the pattern of
concentric rings. The driving forces for growth are primarily the development of IT industry in
addition to the economic boom in the automobile sector which forms a major portion of the
industries in and around Pune. The peripheral growth has resulted into the increased
residential areas and area under transportation network and facilities. Pune's population has
increased by 5 to 6 times in the last fifty years and the increase has been very rapid from 1981.
The ever-increasing pressure of population has led to the growth of the adjoining suburbs and
the city has expanded outwards filling in spaces between it and the suburbs. The urban sprawl
has taken place in all directions but more significantly in the eastern, southern and south-
western directions. Significant changes in land use are evident in the eastern part of the city.
The Central Business District (CBD) of Pune is the high-density zone with major land use under
residential and commercial activities. The old city is congested with its narrow roads and lack
of open spaces. Majority of the middle- and high-income groups are inhabited on the
peripheral areas i.e. on the first belt area. Industrial developments are mostly found in pockets
and belts along the radial roads entering the city. The fringe area i.e. the peripheral second
belt was recently merged with PMC, which have been developed as an unorganized urban
sprawl with residential, industrial and local commercial users. The existing road systems
having inadequate widths are connecting all the above components. The railway lines are on
the Northern side. The rivers flowing in three directions have a water front of 20 kms. The
future growth of PMC will be mainly governed by existing transport corridors, existing and
future industrial developments in and around PMC and the expansion of central business
district (CBD). Spatial growth of PMC will take place towards employment nodes; in areas
which are closer to these nodes and areas which give immediate connectivity to these nodes.
For the last two decades, the decadal growth rate in population has been in the range of 100%;
the previous two decades witnessed population growth in the range of 150%. The very high
growth rates of the past decades, accounted for by migration and the addition of new areas,
have started to show a downward trend; however, these would still be on the higher side for
the next three decades due to the all-round economic development of the Pune region.
Current population in year 2011 is 50.5 lakh in Pune Region, out of which Pune and Pimpri
Chinchwad combined housed 48.52 lakh persons in year 2011. As of 2011, it is estimated that
the total population of the PCMC area is about 17.27 lakhs and 20.8 Lakh in 2017. Accordingly,
the population of PCMC is estimated to reach 30.9 Lakh by 2028 and 39.11 lakhs by 2038.
As in the case of Pune city, so in Pimpri-Chinchwad too, the majority of the population (over
80%) is below the age of 50; the city has a very young population with the median age being
close to 24 years. Since a large chunk of the current younger generation is expected to start
families within the next decade and half, the population will escalate to the projected level.
The population of Pimpri-Chinchwad in the last two decades grew at an annual average rate
of over 7% against the national average of 2.1% and state average of about 3.3%.
Pune has emerged as a prominent location for manufacturing industries and has now been
recognized as the information technology hub and education hub of the country. The city is
spread over an area of 243.84 Sq. Km with a population of over 3 million. The rapid growth of
the city has transformed from its character as Pensioner’s city to Educational – Administrative
Centre and now to a bustling economic centre. The city is famous as the Oxford of the East
and the cultural capital of Maharashtra. Pune is also one of the most renowned places among
tourists coming to Maharashtra. The educational institutions, presence of a number of
industries and branches of virtually every array have made Pune a prosperous city.
The Pune Metropolitan Region was established in 1967 for an area of 1340 Sq. Km in Haveli
taluka and comprises of Pune city, Pimpri-Chinchwad, three cantonments Pune, Khadki and
Dehu cantonments, and close to 100 other census towns and villages. A Regional Planning
board was constituted for preparations of a Regional Plan. The first Regional Plan 1970-1991
was sanctioned by the Government and came into force into force in May 1976. A new
Regional Plan 1990-2011 was approved by the Government in 1997 and is still valid.
The Central Business District (CBD) of Pune is the high-density zone with major land use under
residential and commercial activities. The old city is congested with its narrow roads and lack
of open spaces. Majority of the middle- and high-income groups are inhabited on the
peripheral areas i.e. on the first belt area. Industrial developments are mostly found in pockets
and belts along the radial roads entering the city. The fringe area i.e. the peripheral second
belt was recently merged with PMC, which have been developed as an unorganized urban
sprawl with residential, industrial and local commercial users. The existing road systems
having inadequate widths are connecting all the above components. The railway lines are on
the Northern side. The rivers flowing in three directions have a water front of 20 kms. The
future growth of PMC will be mainly governed by existing transport corridors, existing and
future industrial developments in and around PMC and the expansion of central business
district (CBD). Spatial growth of PMC will take place towards employment nodes; in areas
which are closer to these nodes and areas which give immediate connectivity to these nodes.
The development plan 2001 is specially made for the newly added fringe area into Pune
Municipal Corporation area. As per 1987 Development plan, the percentage composition of
residential is 50.58 Sq. Km i.e. 37% of the total land use and in 2001 DP, the residential land
use has increased to 50%. Considering the growing demand of housing, the newly added areas
have been utilized for residential use.
As per DP 2001, around 43% of the area is under residential zone, 2% is under commercial
zone, 4% under industrial zone and 16% under public/semi-public and recreational use. The
area under transport has reduced to only 13% which is low in comparison to other
metropolitan cities where it ranges from 16-25%.
The permissible FAR is 1.5 for purely residential building and 2.00 for building with a mixed
residential and commercial user subject to maximum tenement density of 250 T/Ha., provided
in a building with mixed residential and commercial user, the commercial user will be
permitted only on the ground floor and the residential user and commercial user shall not
exceed FAR 1.5 and 0.5 respectively.
Pune has historically been an important economic hub in Maharashtra and continues to be so
today, owing to the growing number of industries in the region: the automotive sector being
most prominent. The industrial township of Pimpri-Chinchwad, just north of Pune city, houses
over 4000 manufacturing units that contributes to the city’s economy. Pune is also the
headquarters (south command) of the Indian Air Force and a large military training base. IT
and education are the other dominant sectors that attract a large population of young
professionals to the city. As a result, a new IT park is being developed by the Maharashtra
Industrial Development Corporation (MIDC) to accommodate this growth.
The growth of PMC is being driven by various industry segments. Except Kharadi Knowledge
Park, which is located within PMC limits, all other industries are located outside PMC in PMR
or close to PMR towards North-West, North and North-East. PCMC houses a majority of the
industrial development.
Large proportion of the city’s population thrives on wholesale and retail trade and commerce.
The city serves as the regional wholesale market for food grains and other commodities. It
also serves as the market centre for agricultural produce such as green peas, wheat, rice,
pulses, oilseeds, maize, etc., which are cultivated in the rural hinterland. Pune also functions
as a distributing centre for agricultural implements, fertilizers, drugs and medicines, iron and
steel, cement and minerals, petroleum products and forest products such as timber, and
readymade garments and textiles. Currently, Central Business District (CBD) comprises areas
of Camp (MG Road, East Road), Swargate, Laxmi Road (Tilak Road, Bajirao Road), Kalyani
Nagar, Shivajinagar, Wakad Wadi, Deccan, FC Road, JM Road, and Ahmednagar Road. Main
commercial activities observed in these areas are corporate offices/ headquarters for
manufacturing and service units, business process outsourcing centres, call centres, banking,
insurance, retail trading, shopping malls, entertainment, cinema theatres, heath services,
educational institutions, hotels and restaurants etc.
Road Network Inventory has been carried out on major radial and circumferential roads in the
study area as part of Comprehensive Mobility Plan for Pune Municipal Corporation. The
summary of type of road surveyed is shown in the following figure. 35% of roads are two lane
roads, 42% are four lanes divided and 12% are four lanes undivided.
With the projected increase in the city’s population, strengthening and augmenting the
existing transport infrastructure has assumed urgency.
This situation has thus called for the development of an MRT system and in 2016, Phase I of
Pune Metro Project was approved by the Central Government of India. It is Maha Metro –
Pune Metro that is in charge of the implementation of the Pune Metro Project.
The metro system will connect different parts of the city area with the developed and
developing areas. Although the city has relatively low population compared to other
metropolitan cities, a planning for a modern transportation system for Pune city shall help it
to grow in terms of industrialization and commercialization.
The total vehicle population in PMC as on 31st March 2018 was 36.2 lakhs (under the Regional
Traffic Office MH-12), and the total number of registered vehicles in PCMC is 15.68 lakhs in
which 11.69 lakh two wheelers and 2.54 lakh four wheelers. Thus around 51.88 lakh vehicles
are registered in PMC and PCMC. There has been a 700 per cent increase in the number of
vehicles in Pune Urban Agglomeration in the last 20 years as per Regional Transport Office
(The Indian express, 2017).
The analysis of vehicle registration data from the year 2012 to 2017, Compound Annual
Growth Rate (CAGR) was calculated between 2012-13 to 2016-17 for various classes of
vehicles. It can be noticed that two-wheelers constitute to 68.70% of the total vehicles,
followed by cars with 22.70%. (Source: CMP of PCMC & PMC, 2018). It has been observed that
regarding the impact of an increased vehicle population in Pune city very few studies have
taken place after year 2000. According to the Srinivas Bonala, 2004 (Author), Pune city is facing
problems like increased traffic congestion, reduced driving speed, increased environmental
pollution and degradation of the quality of life. The capacity of many intersections has been
exhausted. The central city is experiencing capacity gaps, parking problems, low-speed travel,
increased congestion, and environmental pollution leading to worsening air quality. The
article (India Together, 2004) reports that Pune's municipal transport system, is suffering due
to an increased population, inadequate bus fleets and resources, increasing competitive
private modes of transport and neglect from political and administrative officers. Pune has
been labelled the 5th most polluted city in Asia. 65% of this pollution in Pune is caused by
vehicular emissions.
Pune is connected to other major cities through Highway roads converging towards the centre
of the city, 3 of which are going through the areas that are in the study perimeter (see figure
below):
Figure 9. Map of Main Highway Roads from Pune to other Major Cities
(Source: Open Street Map, 2018 & Systra, 2018)
The Pune is located to the South East of Mumbai at a distance of 150 km. The Mumbai-
Bangalore National Highway (NH-48) passes through the city and runs towards southern
direction. Pune is well connected with all the major cities of India by network of National and
State Highways. Some of the major highways passing through the study area are as follows:
• Mumbai - Bangalore National Highway (NH 48)
• Pune - Hyderabad National Highway (NH 65)
• Pune Nashik National Highway (NH 60)
• Mumbai Pune Expressway Major State Highways include
• Pune- Ahmednagar- Aurangabad State Highway
• Pune- Alandi State Highway
• Pune- Saswad- Pandharpur State Highway
• Pune- Paud Road State Highway
• Talegaon- Chakan State Highway the Mumbai-Pune Expressway is India's first six-lane
expressway and was built in 2002. The expressway has reduced the travel time between Pune
and Mumbai to almost two hours.
The district of Pune has a total rail network of 311 km. Pune is one of the two main stations of
the district (the other being Daund). Following are the three main railway routes pass through
the district:
Mumbai-Pune-Solapur;
Pune-Miraj;
Daund-Baramti.
Figure 10. Map of Major Transportation Nodes in and around Pune City
2.3.3 Bus
MSRTC is a state-run bus service of Maharashtra. it operates buses from Pune to all major
parts of the state from four bus terminals: Swargate, Shivaji Nagar, Pune Railway Station and
Vallabh Nagar. Buses to Mumbai, Solapur, Nasik, Shiridi etc will be plying at regular intervals
from Pune. Wide range of services is operated by MSRTC which includes Ordinary, Asiad,
Hirkani, Ashwamed, Shivneri and Shivshahi.
Apart from MSRTC, state transport corporations of neighbouring states such as Gujarat,
Karnataka and Telangana also operate bus services to Pune.
PMPML is responsible for operating bus service in the city and its suburbs. The fleet size of
PMPML is about 1,500. The average life of fleet is 8 years. Average number of buses on road
per day is 1,382 operating on 371 routes. On an average 17,000 trips per day and carrying
around 10.65 lakhs trips passengers per day with average occupancy of 770 passengers per
bus. PMPML operates various services like Regular Service, Rainbow Buses, Night Buses, Pune
Darshan, Ladies Special and Airport Buses. At present PMPML have 13 bus depots and 2392
bus stops which clearly indicates need for replacing old fleet with new one. The 13 bus depots
are at Swargate, Shivaji Nagar, Kothrud, Katraj, I-Iadpasar, Market Yard, Upper Depot, Pune
Railway Station, Nigdi, Pimpri, Bhosari, Wagholi, Bhekrai Nagar. Apart from these the other
major bus stands are Deccan Gymkhana, PMT Bus Stand, Mahatma Gandhi Bus Stand at
Pulgate, Bhakti Shakti Bus Stand in Nigdi and Chinchwad Bus Stand.
2.3.4 Airport
Pune International Airport is located at Lohegaon at around 10 km from the city. It is operated
by the Airports Authority of India (AAI). AAI shares its runways with the Indian Air Force base.
In addition to domestic flights to all major Indian cities, the airport serves international direct
flights to Dubai and Frankfurt. In 2017-18, the airport has handled about 8.16 million
passengers and 41,566 tonnes of cargo. The current Airport is saturated, and the new green
field airport is proposed at Purandhar on southern side of Pune city near Saswad town.
2.3.5 Metro
The Phase I of Pune Metro project comprises two lines. The two lines with 30 stations are
presented on the following figure
Line 1 running from North to South from PCMC to Swargate. It is 17.8 km long
and comprises 14 stations including 5 underground and 9 elevated stations;
Line 2 running from West to East from Vanaz to Ramwadi. It is 15.7 km long and
comprises 16 elevated stations.
As mentioned above, Phase I of the Metro Project was approved in 2016 and construction is
currently taking place on the two lines.
In addition, Line 3 is also planned under PPP model, being implemented by PMRDA, which will
be running between Shivajinagar and Hinjewadi. Line 3 metro is 23.33 km long and comprises
of 23 stations.
Maha Metro – Pune Metro is planning to further develop this metro network as an
extension of Phase 1 to cater to the fast development of the city.
After experiencing the rapid growth, particularly in the out-growth areas of PMC & PCMC and
Chakan area, the Government of Maharashtra/ Maha Metro – Pune Metro is planning to
further develop the metro network as an extension of Phase I.
Extension of Phase 1 i.e. From PCMC to Nigdi (corridor 1A), and Swargate to Katraj (Corridor
2A) have received the in principal approval of Government of Maharashtra in October 2013.
This extension corridors, as part of Pune Metro Phase II, include:
Corridor 1A, which is an extension of line 1 from PCMC to Nigdi in the North
(4.413 km);
Corridor 2A, which is an extension of line 1 from Swargate to Katraj in the South
(approximately 5.464 km);
Corridor 2B, which is a new line running from Nashik Phata on line 1 to Chakan
in the north east of the city (23.18 km, including connection to Depot from Main
line). It will have interchange station with existing Bhosari Station.
About 10.6 Lakh PCU has been observed at various cordon points in Pune and Pimpri-
Chinchwad City as Per CMP, 2018. Total of 10.6 Lakh vehicles and 10.18 Lakh PCU has been
observed. Satara Road is having highest number of vehicles followed by Mumbai Pune
Expressway at Talegoan Toll Plaza. On Khed Shivapur Toll Plaza and Pune-Mumbai Expressway,
a greater number of goods vehicles are observed as high as compared to other locations.
Traffic volume on Velhe Bhudruk village Road, Velhe Bhagud MIDC (Mulshi Road) and Nirvi-
Nhavare Road is less. Number of vehicles at Kusgaon Toll Plaza is less compared to Talegoan
Toll Plaza, as the Kusgaon Toll Plaza is an entry/exit toll plaza to Lonavala.
2.88
1.84
47.93
31.32
More dominant mode of transport used in PMC is two-Wheeler, followed by car. Cycle is least
preferred mode which shares just 4% of traffic composition. The share of two wheelers is more
on village roads as they constitute the local trips. The share of goods vehicles is considerably
high on National Highways like Nasik Road, Solapur Road, Mumbai Highway and Satara Road
as compared to other roads. The share of two wheelers is almost zero on Mumbai Pune
Expressway as the movement of two wheelers is restricted on the expressway. Share of buses
is also minimal on roads like Velhe Budruk Road, Nirvi- Nhavare Road, Saswad Supa Road and
Uruli Kanchan road as these roads are not connecting any major settlements.
Journey speed is an important parameter to measure traffic flow and Level of Service of traffic.
Measurement of speed is frequently required in transport planning particularly to evaluate
the road network system, to provide vital inputs to transport demand modelling process and
assist in economic analysis of improvement plans.
The average journey speed varies from 10 kmph to 60 kmph in Pimpri Chinchwad city.
Maximum journey speed of 60 kmph is observed on bypass road. This is due to four lane
divided carriageway in good condition. Some roads like Laxmi Road, NC Kelkar Road, Shivaji
Road, Bajirao Road, Jawaharlal Nehru Road etc the speeds are very less as these roads are in
CBD area where the speed of vehicles is being affected by various factors like pedestrian flow,
narrow roads, heavy vehicular flow and roadside friction such as on-street parking,
encroachments etc.
As per CMP, 2018, Maximum number of pedestrians in peak hour are observed at Belbaug
chowk which is around 13,000, this is because of Dagdusheth Halwai Ganapati Temple and
commercial areas on Shivaji Road. On mid-block locations, maximum number of pedestrians
are observed on Lal Bahadur Sastri Road near Rambaug colony road.
Various traffic safety measures are proposed in CMP pertaining to Road marking, signage and
street lighting. Proper signs will be installed at appropriate locations as per guidelines
provided in IRC publications 67-2001 ‘Code of practice for Road signs. The following short-
term alternatives may be considered for implementation:
• Speed breakers and humps be marked and signed adequately for night time visibility,
• All traffic signages be made retro reflective,
• Install minimum pavement markings such as lane lines, median lines, stop bar, fog line, etc.
• Ensure that adequate street lighting is provided on all collectors, sub-arterials, and arterial
roads.
Improvement in street lights are also proposed. Along with this, strategies for junction
improvement and traffic calming measures are also considered.
Auto rickshaws are the main IPT modes in Pune. The various modes of IPT in Pune are: Auto-
rickshaw, Share Auto and Taxi services which include application-based taxi aggregators like
Ola and Uber. There are no specific route restrictions for these autos. Auto rickshaws running
on the streets of Pune provide better connectivity to the city core which has a narrow road
network. Many people prefer them over local bus service due to shorter wait time and point
to point service. A total of 50,892 auto rickshaws, 46,511 taxies and 7759 other passenger
vehicular permits are availed in Pune and Pimpri-Chinchwad.
BRTS in Pune is named as Rainbow BRTS. BRTS serves both Pune and PCMC. At present 4
corridors of 38km is operational. Rainbow BRTS caters to 51 routes with 319 buses plying along
4 corridors.
BRTS route from Dapodi-Nigdi on Pune-Mumbai highway will be operational soon. The
ridership is listed in Table 25
Table 25 : Yearly PMPL Passenger data (2013-2017)
YEAR TOTAL PASSENGERS DAILY PASSENGERS
2013-14 424894432 1164094
2014-15 444357132 1217417
2015-16 411503942 1124328
2016-17 393916615 1079224
Source: CMP, PMC, 2018
Another form of Public transportation is sub urban railways. Pune Suburban Railway is
operated by Central Railway between Pune to Lonavala, runs on double line electrified broad-
gauge section of 63.84 km. The suburban trains are operated from Pune to Lonavala regularly
to cater the suburban traffic. In a day 18 trains are being operated from Pune to Lonavala and
5 trains between Pune and Talegaon. The minimum headway of the trains is 30 minutes and
generally frequency is observed to be low, which makes the system heavily crowded in peak
hours. A large number of students, employees, industrial workers travel by the local trains and
the poor frequency of trains leads to increased rush of passengers through the day. Mumbai
Rail Vikas Corporation is planning for 3rd and 4m line between Pune and Lonavala, exclusively
for suburban rail operations. Stations along Pune-Lonavala railway line are Shivajinagar
Station, Khadki Station, Pimpri Station, Chinchwad Station, Akurdi Station, Dehu Road Station,
Talegaon Station and Lonavala Station. It covers Lonavala to Daund and Pune to Miraj.
Metro: Metro has been approved for the Pune In December 2016. Pune Metro project has
been undertaken by MAHA Metro, a SPV (Special Purpose Vehicle) of Government of India
and Government of Maharashtra. Surveying and design work of Pune Metro has begun in June
2017. It will be a combination of elevated and underground sections, with initial routes being
planned between PCMC - Swargate and Vanaz - Ramwadi. The estimated cost of the project
is about Rs.11,522 crore. The project is expected to be completed by 2021.
Table 26.
Table 26 : Recommended Public Transport Network and system, 2038 (CMP 2018)
Length PHPDT Length PHPDT
in Km (2028) in Km (2038)
(2028) (2038)
Metro Corridor
1 Nigdi – Katraj 33.63 15500 33.63 19000
2 Chandani Chowk – Wagholi 25.99 13000 25.99 18000
3 Hingewadi - Hadapsar 30.35 13500 30.35 22000
4 Sinhagad Road 9.08 9500 9.08 16500
5 Hinjewadi - Chakan 30.08 14000 30.08 24000
6 Warje to Swargate 8.87 8000
7 Wagholi-chikali-Hinjewadi 35.23 95000
Total 129.1 173.2
BRTS Corridor
1 Yerwada – Airport 5.05 2000 5.05 2500
2 Kalewadi phata – Chikali 12.03 2500 12.03 3400
3 HCMTR PMC 38.45 2200 38.45 2900
4 HCMTR PCMC 31.40 2000 31.40 2700
5 Chinchwad-Talewade 12.00 2800 12.00 3500
6 Total 98.93 98.93
In view of the importance of NMT infrastructure, PMC has initiated several projects besides
establishing the NMT Cell. The projects initiated by PMC are listed below:
• Pedestrian Policy A Non-Motorized Transport (NMT) Cell was set up in 2008 by PMC to look
at the issues related to pedestrians and cyclists, and provision of footpath and bicycle track
infrastructures.
The objective is to plan and maintain consistent, high quality pedestrian infrastructure with
equitable allocation of road space. The Cell has planned to develop 75km footpath along BRT
and complementary 15 km bicycle tracks on following roads:
The Bicycle Plan for Pune has recommended formulation and implementation of following:
It envisaged a construction of 375 km of footpath at a cost of Rs.375 crore and Bicycle tracks
for 75 km at a cost of 150 crore during 2016-2020.
Inefficient Road Network: Since 1960, Pune traffic has increased by more 105 times,
whereas the road network has grown by merely by 6 times. Hence due to huge traffic
load, the road network is insufficient and hence is causing traffic jams and fatal
accidents. As per the data, the existing road network is 7% while the requirement is
more than the double i.e. 15% .Hence there is a gap of 8% between them and due to
this gap, there are many huge traffic jams in different parts of the city and these traffic
jams are time consuming and hence the commuters are in hurry to reach their
destinations. For saving their journey time, some of them increase their speeds and
meet with accidents which may cost to their properties and sometimes to their life.
The road infrastructure has not expanded in tandem with the increase in the number
of vehicles in the city. In the last four decades, the population of the city has increased
four times whereas the vehicle population has increased 87 times and the road length
has increased by only five times. With the projections indicating that PMC would have
a population of about 45 lakhs by 2021 and 57 lakhs by 2031, the road and
transportation infrastructure has to not only meet the existing demand but also cater
to the demand that will be generated by the increasing population. There are more
than 12.5 lakh registered vehicles in Pune as on date. The total number of registered
vehicles has grown at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 8 percent. The total
length of roads in the city is 1800 km. including about 50 km. of National Highways and
State Highways (Source: Pune traffic problems & control measures, Journal of information, knowledge and
research in civil engineering, 2017)
Inter-City Bus Transport: There are three major inter- city bus terminals in the city
located at Swargate, Shivajinagar and Pune Station. These terminals cater to the inter-
city traffic with origin and destination other than Pune. Parking organized on-street
parking facilities are provided in selected locations in the city. It may be multi- storey
dedicated for parking vehicles. (Source: Pune traffic problems & control measures, Journal of
information, knowledge and research in civil engineering, 2017)
Poor Traffic Management: Traffic police are deployed at major traffic signals and
mainly they are busy in issuing challans to the offenders. They mismanagement the
condition is very pathetic. (Source: Pune traffic problems & control measures, Journal of information,
knowledge and research in civil engineering, 2017)
Violations of Traffic Rules & Regulations: Commuters are not following the traffic rules.
The main reason is breaking roadsides, narrow the roads and vehicles are not able to
move smoothly. Many are parked at zebra crossings and hence the pedestrians are
forced to cross the roads without using zebra crossing and sometimes meet with
accidents. (Source: Pune traffic problems & control measures, Journal of information, knowledge and research
in civil engineering, 2017)
Bad Constructions & Improper Management: There are no any quality constructions.
The contactors are making money by doing bad constructions which causes jams and
accidents. There is no any road maintenance and master plan to the concern authority.
Inefficient Public Transport: The public transport numbers and frequency are limited,
and the passenger number is unlimited. Hence there is a huge gap in required public
transport and existing public transport. (Source: Pune traffic problems & control measures, Journal of
information, knowledge and research in civil engineering, 2017)
Absence of Infrastructural Requirements: Flyovers, ROB and Subways are limited in
number in Pune city and due to which many parts are facing huge traffic jams problems
(Source: Pune traffic problems & control measures, Journal of information, knowledge and research in civil
engineering, 2017).
Area under circulation below the normative standard (10-12percent) (Source : CDP, PMC,
2041)
Radial and rectilinear pattern leads congestion in core areas
Encroachment along the road side creating the problem of traffic congestion
High volume capacity ratio in all Major roads. Road network is not up to the mark in
newly added areas.
Lack of pedestrian facilities.
High rate of accidents.
Lack of traffic sense among the citizens.
Non-availability and poor condition of footpath.
Poor and inefficient public transport system.
The public transport system in Pune & Pimpri Chinchwad consists mainly of buses, and a few
services of Bus Rapid Transit (BRT) System and suburban rail at present. The public transport
share has been completely toppled by the tremendous growth in private vehicle transport.
The vicious cycle of increase in private vehicle ownership (mostly two-wheelers and cars) has
become unstoppable due to the increased transport demand and lack of convenient public
transport options. In a nutshell, in the absence of augmentation of mass transit services, Pune
may head towards unsustainable urban transport scenario. In order to augment public
transport system to cater to the rapid increase in demand for transportation services and
make urban transportation in Pune & Pimpri Chinchwad sustainable, the implementation of
metro rail was envisaged, and Metro master plan was prepared by Delhi Metro Rail
Corporation (DMRC) in 2008.
The Pune metro project comprised two lines initially, which are being constructed;
Line 1: running from North to South from PCMC to Swargate. It is 17.8 km long and comprises 14 stations including
5 underground and 9 elevated stations.
Line 2: running from West to East from Vanaz to Ramwadi. It is 15.7 km long and comprises 16 elevated stations.
Phase I of the Metro Project was approved by the Government in the year 2016 and the
construction is currently in process on the above two lines. In addition, Line 3 is also planned
under PPP model, which will be running between Shivajinagar and Hinjewadi, which is being
implemented by PMRDA. Line 3 metro is 23.33 km long and comprises of 23 stations. After
experiencing the rapid growth, particularly in the out-growth areas of PMC & PCMC and
Chakan area, the Government of Maharashtra/ Maha Metro – Pune Metro is planning to
further develop this metro network as an extension of Phase I. The extension corridors, as part
of Pune Metro Phase II, include:
Corridor 2A, which is an extension of line 1 from Swargate to Katraj in South (5.464 km);
Corridor 1A, which is an extension from PCMC to Nigdi in the North (approximately 4.413 km);
Corridor 2B, which is a new line running from Nashik Phata on line 1 to Chakan in north east of the city
(approximately 23.18 km including connection to depot from main line).
Pune Metro Project extension Corridor IA and Corridor 2A had received the in-principle
approval of Government of Maharashtra in October 2013.
The transport demand model recently calibrated in the year 2017, is used as a base for the
modelling process. The travel demand model uses the present and future land use patterns to
estimate the origins and destinations of trips. It then assigns these trips to different travel
routes and travel modes, including metro, based on the type and quality of the transportation
network.
3.2 Objective and Scope of Traffic Study
The main objective of the traffic study is to estimate the passenger ridership on the proposed
metro extension corridors; Nashik Phata - Chakan, PCMC - Nigdi and Swargate - Katraj
Corridors; The scope of the traffic study includes;
Updation of recently validated transport demand model using CUBE Voyager Software
Collection and review of secondary data
Collection of primary data including carrying out Classified Traffic Volume Counts and
occupancy along the proposed metro corridors.
Patronage forecast on entire metro corridors including the proposed PCMC – Nigdi &
Swargate-Katraj extension. The forecast includes station wise boarding/ alighting, link
loads, PHPDT, etc., for identified land use, transport and fare scenarios.
Following figure presents all the survey locations conducted as part of the study.
The metro patronage forecast is carried out using the transport demand model, which is
calibrated and validated in the year 2017. Considering the data already available from recent
past studies, survey locations for Classified Traffic Volume Count (TVC) were identified. Survey
locations for Classified Traffic Volume Count and Other Surveys were included in the Weekly
Progress Report 03 and 04, submitted to Client. The survey locations are identified along all the
proposed metro corridors to know the existing traffic volume and traffic composition. In total,
there are 25 TVC locations identified and traffic volume count surveys were conducted by video
graphic technique at all the locations. The traffic data was extracted manually by playing video
on computer in slow motion for better accuracy.
Bus Occupancy and other passenger modes occupancy surveys were conducted to assess average
number of passengers travelling by each mode. This is done by manual observation technique.
The mode wise number of occupants were recorded at all TVC locations. These surveys were
conducted simultaneously with traffic volume count surveys and provide the existing mode-wise
passenger demand (person trips). Bus OD surveys were conducted at all the locations along with
traffic volume counts.
The traffic survey locations along the Swargate – Katraj Section are presented in Figure 15 and
Figure 16. The analysis of the traffic surveys is carried out and the peak hour traffic, both during
morning and evening, at each of the survey locations is presented in Table 27.
Table 27 : Traffic Survey Locations: Swargate-Katraj Section
Sr No. Road Name Landmark
1 MB 1: Pune Satara Road S T Colony Bus Stand
2 MB 2: Kushaba Zanjale Road Mukund Nagar Bus Stop
3 MB 3: Jawahar Lal Nehru Road Canol Jhopadpatti Bus Stop
4 MB 4 : Jawahar Lal Nehru Road Market Yard Road Bus Stop
5 MB 5 : Bibwewadi Kondhwa Road Kumar Park Bus Stop
6 MB 6 : Swami Vivekanand Marg Bibwewadi Bus Stop
7 MB 7 : Swami Vivekanand Marg Chintamani Nagar Bus Stop
8 MB 8 : Pune Satara Road Katraj Lake
9 MB 9 : Pune Satara Road Balajinagar Bus Stop
10 MB 10 : Pune Satara Road Padmavati Bus Stop
11 MB 11 : Pune Satara Road Hotel Utsav
This is fully underground section of about 5.464 Km in length, between Swargate and Katraj Bus
Depot. It runs along Pune-Satara Road. This alignment attracts the highest traffic among other
corridor options as the section is along a major highway which leads to Bengaluru.
Option continues from Swargate Station of N-S corridor, runs along Pune-Satara Road to cross
Laxmi Narayan Chowk to take a left turn with a curve trajectory to join Jawaharlal Nehru Road,
straight towards Aai Mata Chowk, takes right on Bibwewadi Road, travels about 1 km to take a
left on Swami Vivekananda Road to move a little over 1km, takes a right towards K.K. Market
Road and takes left to join Pune-Satara Road to terminate at Katraj Chowk.
This passes from Swargate via Market Yard and similar to option 2.
The alignment continues from Swargate Station of N-S corridor, runs alongside Pune-Satara Road
for about 1km, takes left from City Pride Chowk to travel a distance of 1.5 Km, turns right on
Jawaharlal Nehru Road till Aai Mata Chowk, follows the path of Shatrunjay Road till the end to
take a right to join Katraj - Kondhwa Road and to terminate at Katraj Chowk. presents Swargate
– Katraj alignment via Kondhwa Road.
Table 28 : Traffic Volume Count: Swargate-Katraj section
Existing Traffic Volume Count: Swargate - Katraj Section
MB 1 (Pune Satara Road) Time Total
Morning Peak (Vehicles) 10:00 AM to 11:00 AM 11864
Morning Peak (PCUs) 10:00 AM to 11:00 AM 8403
Evening Peak (Vehicles) 07:00 PM to 08:00 PM 13990
Evening Peak (PCUs) 07:00 PM to 08:00 PM 8822
MB 2 (Kushaba Zanjale Road) Time Total
Morning Peak (Vehicles) 10:00 AM to 11:00 AM 2563
Morning Peak (PCUs) 10:00 AM to 11:00 AM 1703
Evening Peak (Vehicles) 06:00 PM to 07:00 PM 2603
Evening Peak (PCUs) 06:00 PM to 07:00 PM 1668
MB 3 (Jawaharlal Nehru Road) Time Total
Morning Peak (Vehicles) 10:00 AM to 11:00 AM 7340
Morning Peak (PCUs) 10:00 AM to 11:00 AM 4928
Evening Peak (Vehicles) 06:00 PM to 07:00 PM 6308
Evening Peak (PCUs) 06:00 PM to 07:00 PM 4158
MB 4 (Jawaharlal Nehru Road) Time Total
Morning Peak (Vehicles) 10:00 AM to 11:00 AM 7343
Morning Peak (PCUs) 10:00 AM to 11:00 AM 4759
Evening Peak (Vehicles) 06:00 PM to 07:00 PM 6798
Evening Peak (PCUs) 06:00 PM to 07:00 PM 4534
MB 5 (Sitaram Thakre Road) Time Total
Mini Bus
Cars/Taxi/Jeep 1% Two wheeler
14% Three 49%
Wheelers
10%
Two wheeler
69%
Cars/Taxi/Jeep
19%
Passenger vehicle occupancy surveys were conducted, along with classified traffic volume counts,
to assess average number of passengers travelling by each mode. This survey was done by
manual observation technique. The mode wise number of occupants were recorded at the
selected survey locations. These surveys provide the existing mode-wise passenger demand
(person trips) at the survey locations.
Table 29 : Passenger Vehicle Occupancy
Two
Corridor Cars Three Wheelers* Bus*
Wheelers
Swargate-Katraj 1.32 2.31 2.67 35.70
* excluding driver
Opinion survey was conducted to understand the passengers’ experience concerning current
mode of transport and opinion about willingness to pay for Metro. Four locations (Bus depots)
were identified along the proposed metro alignment for opinion survey. The surveys were
conducted for 12 hours at each location. Questionnaire for the opinion survey was prepared and
the data was collected from the bus passengers. Outcome from the opinion survey is presented
in Following Figures.
100% 3% 2% 4% 4%
15% 19% 14%
23%
80%
Percentage
Bus Bus
45% 38%
KATRAJ SWARGATE
Two wheelers Two
Other
4% wheelers…
Other 2%
1% Car/Jeep/Van
3% Auto
Auto Rickshaws
Rickshaws 10%
Walk
Walk 17%
46%
42%
Bus
37%
Bus
33%
Bus
46%
Bus
34%
Bus
27% Bus
21%
Figure 19. Dispersal Mode Split
30%
16% 23%
60% 23%
40% 35% 34%
43% 33%
20%
25% 24%
14% 16%
0% 2%
Bhakti shakti Bhosari Katraj Swargate
Bus Depot
>75% 75% 50% 30% 15% 0%
Figure 20. Willingness to Pay more for Metro
Using the peak hour trips and the average occupancy, the existing direction-wise peak hour
passenger trips on Swargate-Katraj extension corridor are estimated and presented in following
figure
East-West
44 Manjari Village (SL44) 21,115 19,814 1.47%
45 Theur Kesanand Road (SL45) 11,085 13,358 0.77%
46 Uruli Ashtapur Road (SL46) 3,001 2,558 0.21%
47 Western Bypass Road (SL47) 1,86,776 1,85,778 13.00%
48 Mahatma Jyotiba Phule Bridge (SL48) 44,051 37,466 3.07%
49 Mahadji Shinde Road (Aundh) (SL49) 55,618 47,847 3.87%
50 Rajiv Gandhi Bridge (Aundh Ravet Road) (SL50) 1,13,662 1,03,874 7.91%
51 Jai Ganesh Chowk (SL51) 71,265 60,450 4.96%
52 Old Sangavi Nera Petrol Pump (SL52) 66,130 62,912 4.60%
53 Harris Bridge (Old Mumbai Highway) (SL53) 1,69,809 1,58,236 11.82%
54 Yerwada Bridge (SL54) 1,33,603 1,25,251 9.30%
55 Yerwada Bridge (SL55) 1,37,401 1,29,007 9.57%
56 HH Aga Khan Bridge (SL56) 1,06,985 97,644 7.45%
57 Mundhwa Bridge (SL57) 1,00,833 95,874 7.02%
58 Alandi Road (Near Tata Communication Centre) (SL58) 80,863 74,103 5.63%
59 Rajaram Bridge (SL59) 1,34,044 1,13,831 9.33%
Total 14,36,241 13,28,001 100%
Source: CMP for PMC and PCMC, 2018
Table 35 and Table 36 : Literacy Rate in PMC and PCMC present the distribution of population by
age, as per Census 2011. From the data, it can be observed that, the population in the age group
of 20-44 years has the highest contribution in the total population; 45.12% in PMC and 49.94%
in PCMC.
Table 35 : Age wise Population Distribution in PMC and PCMC
PCMC
250000
200000
150000
100000
50000
0
Age Group
Figure 22. Age Wise Population Distribution in PMC and PCMC
Literacy rate reflects the person’s participation in social and economic development which
contribute to the human development and poverty reduction. As per the Census 2011, Pune city
has highest literacy rate (89.56%) in Pune district. The percentage of male and female literates
of Pune city is 92.31% and 86.67% respectively. The literacy rate of Pimpri-Chinchwad is 89.22%
and the percentage of male and female literacy of the city is 92.41% and 85.37% respectively.
Table 36 presents the literacy rate in PMC and PCMC.
Table 36 : Literacy Rate in PMC and PCMC
Description PMC PCMC
In order to understand the existing traffic and transportation scenario in the study area,
Household Interview Survey conducted by L&T Infra Engineering as part of Comprehensive
Mobility Plan for Pune Municipal Corporation and Pimpri - Chinchwad Municipal Corporation in
Pune Metropolitan Region, has been considered. Around 1% of the households were interviewed
to capture the travel characteristic of residents. In total 18830 household samples were collected
from different zones by L&T Infra Engineering.
Table 37 presents the distribution of population, by education level and Table 38 presents the
distribution by employment in PMC and PCMC.
Table 37 : Distribution of Population by Education Level
Education Level PMC PCMC
Illiterate 6.30% 6.00%
Primary School (5th) 16.40% 19.60%
Secondary School (10th) 27.40% 29.00%
Higher Secondary (12th) 20.60% 19.30%
Technical Diploma 2.30% 4.30%
Graduation 21.40% 18.40%
Post- Graduation 5.50% 3.40%
Doctorate (Ph.D.) 0.30% 0.20%
Total 100% 100%
Source: CMP for PMC and PCMC, 2018
The average household size in PMC and PCMC are 3.95 and 3.2 respectively. The distribution of
household by size is presented in following table.
Table 39 : Distribution of Household by Size
Household Size PMC PCMC
1 2.9% 1.14%
2 14.93% 10.83%
3 23.37% 26.44%
4 33.19% 37.84%
5 15.81% 16.26%
6 6.67% 5.77%
7 1.91% 1.1%
8 0.91% 0.51%
9 0.17% 0.08%
10 0.11% 0.03%
>10 0.02% 0%
(Source: CMP, 2018)
About 20% of households are having 3 members in PMC and PCMC area. The distribution for
households having 4 members is around 33% in PMC and 38% in PCMC area .
From the Household Interview Survey data, it is observed that the monthly income range
between Rs 10000 - Rs 30,000 has highest percentage both in PMC and PCMC. This clearly
indicates the domination of middle-class family in the region. The average household income in
PMC and PCMC area is observed to be Rs. 26,954 and Rs. 23,610 respectively. Following table
presents the distribution of Household by monthly income.
Table 40 : Distribution of Households Monthly Income
Income Range (Rs.) PMC PCMC
Less than 2,000 2.50% 0.80%
2,000 - 5,000 5.50% 1.00%
Vehicle ownership has a relation with household income. Since the middle-class family
percentage is more in PMC and PCMC, the ownership of two-wheelers is very high. Moreover, it
was also observed from the traffic data that the two-wheeler share is highest in mode split
(around 60%-70%). Table 41 shows the distribution of vehicle ownership.
Table 41 : Distribution of Vehicle Ownership
Mode PMC PCMC
Cycle 2.80% 2.30%
Two-Wheeler 57.70% 61.50%
Car 0.90% 1.00%
Two-Wheeler & Cycle 6.60% 3.70%
Car & Two-Wheeler 12.50% 12.80%
Car, Two-Wheeler & Cycle 2.40% 1.80%
Others 4.20% 3.40%
No Vehicle 12.90% 13.50%
Total 100.00% 100.00%
Source: CMP for PMC and PCMC, 2018
As per the Comprehensive Mobility Plan for Pune Municipal Corporation and Pimpri - Chinchwad
Municipal Corporation, the overall Per Capita Trip Rate (PCTR) observed in PMC and PCMC area
was 1.33 and 1.17 respectively, while the vehicular PCTR (excluding walk) in PMC and PCMC area
was 0.88 and 0.76.
The CMP Household Interview Survey data revealed that, most of the trips generated from PMC
and PCMC are either work trips or educational trips. The distribution of trip purpose is presented
in following table.
Table 42 : Distribution of Trip Purpose
No. Purpose PMC PCMC
1 Work 50.05% 54.18%
2 Business 5.18% 1.67%
3 Education 37.67% 41.55%
4 Shopping 3.62% 0.31%
5 Social/Religious/Recreation 0.57% 0.02%
6 Health/Hospital 0.34% 0.04%
7 Tourism 0.23% 0.01%
8 Other purpose 2.35% 2.23%
Total 100% 100%
Source: CMP for PMC and PCMC, 2018
The mode–wise distribution of trips in PMC and PCMC area is shown in Table 43. Trips by walk
(i.e. Non-motorized) are considerably high in PMC and PCMC compared to other modes of
transport. Share of two wheelers in the total trips is around 35% both in PMC and PCMC.
Table 43 : Mode wise Distribution of Trips
Total Trips Motorized Trips
Mode of Travel
PMC PCMC PMC PCMC
Walk 26.00% 23.10% - -
Cycle 3.50% 0.90% - -
Two-Wheeler 35.00% 35.00% 49.66% 46.06%
Car 12.50% 13.90% 17.73% 18.33%
IPT 8.50% 7.10% 12.06% 9.31%
Bus 11.00% 13.90% 15.61% 18.29%
Train 0.30% 0.60% 0.40% 0.79%
Company/ School Van 3.20% 5.50% 4.54% 7.22%
Total 100% 100% 100% 100%
Source: CMP for PMC and PCMC, 2018
Table 43 presents the mode wise average trip length in PMC and PCMC. Trip length of PMPML
bus is 7.57 km in PMC and 8.14 km in PCMC. The trip length of Two-wheeler, Auto and Shared
Auto varies between 6 km to 7 km. The average trip length for motorized trips is observed to be
7.13 km in PMC and 7.02 km in PCMC area.
Table 44 : Mode wise Trip Length (Km)
Mode PMC PCMC
Walk 1.11 0.51
Cycle 2.37 2.64
Two-Wheeler 7.13 7.18
Auto 6.7 6.5
Shared Auto 7.2 6.9
Car/ Jeep/ Van 12.87 6.17
Tempo/ others 7.83 5.56
PMPML Bus 7.57 8.14
Private Bus 9.62 6.65
State Bus 29.84 21.65
Govt/ Office Car 10.33 4
Taxi/ Ola/ Uber 11.85 7.64
Company/ School Bus 8.14 7.94
Company/ School Van 5.37 5.62
Local Train/ Train 40.85 14.7
Source: CMP for PMC and PCMC, 2018
As per the CMP, the average household expenditure on travel is Rs. 1373 and Rs. 1014 per month
for PMC and PCMC, respectively. Average travel expenditure ranges about 5.1% and 4.3% of total
household income for PMC and PCMC respectively.
Travel Demand models can be used for testing different scenarios without implementing the
projects. For example, one can see the impact of adding a mass transport like a metro system.
Similarly, impact on transportation network due to changes in the land use patterns can be
analysed.
The objective of the transport demand assessment is to provide realistic ridership on the
proposed metro corridors. The transport demand model, which is recently validated in the year
2017, is used as a base for the modelling process. The original transport demand model was
developed as part of DPR for Pune Metro Rail Project (2008) and later this model has been
updated and validated through the following studies;
The broad framework for the transport demand modelling adopted for the present study is given
in following figure.
Since this study is being initiated in 2018, the year 2018 is taken as the base year. Demand
forecasting on the network and on any proposed transport infrastructure project/ mass transit
system is required over a 30 years period. In order to analyse the travel demand in the study area
and in particular the travel demand on the proposed MRT system, it is proposed to have four
horizon years, viz. 2027, 2037, 2047, and 2057 and the model forecasts are made for these four
horizon years.
Several software programs are available for developing travel demand models. For the present
study, CUBE Voyager (a state-of-the-art Travel Demand Modelling software) for the transport
demand model.
CUBE Voyager is user-friendly software for modelling a wide variety of planning policies and
improvements at the urban, regional and long-distance level. The software provides interactive
data input and analysis, GIS functionality via ArcGIS, model building and scenario development.
Its Application Manager uses a flow-chart system for designing, coding, documenting and running
the model. The structure allows the professional planner to add functions as required without
the need to learn a new interface and without the need to create multiple databases. Figure
below illustrates the model structure in CUBE.
The zoning system considered for the previous metro study by DMRC (2008) included of 91
internal zones and 13 external zones. This zoning system is further disaggregated considering the
study requirement. In the updated Traffic Zoning, PMC area consists of 144 zones, PCMC 121
zones and Chakan area 12 zones. The cantonment areas are considered as separate zones. In
total, there are 280 internal zones and 13 external zones. The zonal map of the study area is
shown in following figure
Figure 25. Study area (Left) and Zonal Map of Study area (Right)
The population and employment forecast for the study area, for the horizon years, is done
considering the past trend in growth in population and employment, development plan,
population density, availability of developable land, etc. The data from the latest CMP carried
out by PMRDA is also considered. The projected population of study area for various horizon
years is presented in Table 45.
The employment data for the study area is compiled from various authentic sources. The
employment forecast made as part of the recent CMP prepared by PMRDA is also taken into
account.
Table 45 : Study Area Population Forecast
Study Area 2018 2021 2031 2041 2048
PMC 37,00,000 40,00,000 48,00,000 55,00,000 58,00,000
PCMC 22,00,000 24,00,000 32,00,000 40,00,000 48,00,000
Total 5900000 6400000 8000000 9500000 10600000
The transport network consists of highway and public transport network. The length of road
network considered is about 5,300 km comprising of 35,720 links and 15,039 nodes. The different
link types and their typical characteristics are shown in Table 46. The public transport network
consists of:
The highway network and public transport route network considered for the study are shown in
Table 46 : Highway Links and Characteristics.
Table 46 : Highway Links and Characteristics
Capacity Per Free Flow
Divided/ Type of
Link Type No. of Lanes Direction Speed
Undivided Flow
(PCU/hr) (km/h)
1 One Lane Undivided One-way 1650 30
2 Two Lane Undivided One-way 3200 40
3 Three Lane Undivided One-way 4350 40
4 Four Lane Undivided One-way 5300 50
6 Four Lane Divided One-way 5500 50
7 Six Lane Divided One-way 7000 60
10 One Lane Undivided Two-way 600 25
11 Two Lane Undivided Two-way 1100 35
12 Three Lane Undivided Two-way 1500 35
13 Four Lane Undivided Two-way 2150 40
14 Six Lane Undivided Two-way 3600 50
16 Two Lane Divided Two-way 1500 40
17 Four Lane Divided Two-way 2600 50
18 Six Lane Divided Two-way 3800 60
19 Eight Lane Divided Two-way 4800 60
31 Four Lane (Express way) Divided Two-way 3000 80
41 Two Lane (Flyover) Undivided One-way 3840 50
42 Four Lane (Flyover) Undivided One-way 6360 60
43 Two Lane (Flyover) Undivided Two-way 1320 45
44 Six Lane (Flyover) Undivided Two-way 4320 60
45 Four Lane (Flyover) Divided Two-way 3120 60
46 Six Lane (Flyover) Divided Two-way 4560 70
21 Highway Node to Transit Stop
1. Scenario 2A considers all the existing public transport services listed in base case
scenario (refer Table 47). Apart from the three under construction metro lines and
various mass transit corridors proposed in the latest CMP, the proposed Swargate
– Katraj and PCMC – Nigdi extension corridors are considered.
The network scenarios described above are briefly given in following table
Table 47 : Different Transport Network Scenarios
Scenario Year Transport Network Systems
Bus, IPT, Shared liner, Out-station bus routes
Base Case 2018 Existing suburban rail routes
Currently operational BRT routes
Bus, IPT, Shared liner, Out-station bus routes
Existing and proposed suburban rail route
2027,2037, Currently operational and proposed BRT routes
With
2047 and Metro Lines Under Construction and proposed mass transit
Project
2057 corridors as per CMP
Proposed Extension Corridors, viz. PCMC-Nigdi & Swargate-
Katraj
Bus, IPT, Shared liner, Out-station bus routes
Existing and Proposed Suburban rail route
2027,2037,
Without Currently operational and proposed BRT routes
2047 and
Project Metro Lines Under Construction and proposed mass transit
2057
corridors as per CMP
Proposed extension corridor Swargate-Katraj is excluded.
The traditional four stage transportation planning model has been employed to estimate the
metro ridership. For this purpose, the study area is divided into traffic analysis zones (TAZ). Study
Area is divided into 280 internal TAZs as explained in the earlier sections. The model is
implemented in state-of-the-art transportation planning software - CUBE Voyager. The four
stages of this transportation planning model are explained here:
1. Trip Generation: Residences produce trips for work, education, business, shopping, social and
recreation purposes. Activity centres such as Industries, commercial centres, offices, educational
institutions, banks, shopping centres, recreational areas, etc. attract these trips. Thus, trip
productions are computed based on the resident population in zones and trip attractions are
computed based on employment in zones. These trip production and attraction equations are
calibrated as a first step. Separate equations are developed for the three income groups, viz.,
High (Car owning group), Middle (Two-wheeler owning group) and Low (No vehicle owning
group) as shown in following table
Table 48 : Trip Generation Models
Income group Trip Generation
2. Trip Distribution: The zonal trips produced/attracted are distributed to their destination/origin
zones in this step to get the origin – destination matrix (zone to zone travel) after this step. The
trip exchanges between zones will depend on the magnitude of their activity (population for a
production zone and employment for attraction zone) and the friction due to geographical
separation (represented in terms of generalized cost of travel) between them. A mathematical
model is calibrated to synthesize this trip distribution process based on zonal productions,
attractions and the generalized cost of travel between them. These models are calibrated
separately for the three income groups. A Gravity Trip Distribution model of the following form
is developed.
Tij Ai Oi B j D j Fij
Where,
Ai
1
Bj
1 Fij C exp C
ij ij
B j D j Fij Ai Oi Fij
j i the deterrence function
C ij Generalized cost from zone i to zone j
3. Modal Split: After the trip distribution stage, the trips between any pair of TAZs is known.
These trips between zones are to be split as per the mode used. The behaviour of people in
choosing a transport mode is modelled based on the characteristics of the mode (travel time,
travel cost, waiting time, transfers, comfort, convenience, etc.), characteristics of travellers
(income, employment status, etc) and journey characteristics (trip purpose, time of day of travel,
etc.). A mode choice model is calibrated based on these attributes to split the trips between
origin and destination into private vehicle (two-wheeler and car) and public transport trips. A
multinomial logit model of the following form is developed.
Vj
e
Pj
e
l
Vl
Where,
Pj = probability of choosing mode j
3. Trip Assignment: In this step the mode wise trips between TAZs are assigned to the transport
network. Trips by private vehicle (two-wheeler and car) are assigned to road network and trips
by public transport (bus, BRT, metro, auto rickshaw and taxi) are assigned to public transport
network. Public transport modes like BRT and Metro have exclusive right of way and bus, auto
rickshaw and taxi share the road space with private modes. The road network is represented in
the form of links and nodes with each link (a road segment) characterized by its width (number
of lanes), type (divided or undivided), capacity, volume-speed relation (for computing travel time
at different volumes), etc. The public transport network is represented by routes (sequence of
road links/exclusive links) with their characteristics such as frequency, seating capacity, crush
capacity, fare, speed, etc. Highway assignment is carried out based on user equilibrium (user
choses paths based on perceived generalized cost of travel) and public transport assignment is
carried out based on path based stochastic user equilibrium (user choses a route again based on
generalized cost, as users may not have full information stochastic aspect comes into picture).
These models are calibrated for the base year (2018 for the present study). At the end of the
assignment, the mode wise traffic volumes on road links, and boarding/alighting and link loads
on public transport routes will be obtained. As this traffic assignment is done for peak hour, all
these outputs are for typical peak hour.
The transportation planning model has been updated and revalidated particularly on the road
corridors where the metro extension is proposed. For the current study traffic volume counts at
all the entry points and on a few important links of catchment are collected. All the models are
recalibrated and validated to reproduce the observed travel pattern (mode wise). The assigned
total road-based flows during peak hour (in PCUs) and public transport passengers in peak hour
in peak direction are compared with the flows observed across the screen lines. The assigned
traffic flow in terms of passenger car equivalencies across all screen lines was found to match
reasonably close with the observed flows.
Models are applied on future land use (zonal population and employment) and transport
scenarios (transport network with proposed road links and public transport routes with all their
characteristics) for getting the corresponding mode wise traffic flows on road links and ridership
on public transport modes on all their routes.
Thus, it can be seen from above methodology that the model works at system level and takes
care of competitive and complementary nature of all private and public transport modes.
Essentially the traveller will choose that mode or route for which the perceived generalized cost
is the lowest. As the perceived values of travel time gain, reduction in waiting time, number of
transfers and discomfort are different for different income groups, the models are stratified
accordingly to account for this variation.
The characteristics of the metro system considered for the travel demand modelling are given
below: The adopted fare structure is shown.
• Headway
Nigdi – Katraj: 2027, 2037, 2047 and 2057 – 3 minutes
The estimated peak hour station loads (two-way boarding & alighting) at each of the
metro stations on Nigdi – Katraj Corridor for the horizon years 2027, 2037, 2047 and
2057 for the Scenario 2A are presented in Table 53. The section loads between two
adjacent stations for the horizon years are presented in Table 54.
Table 53 : Peak Hour Station Loads on Nigdi - Katraj Corridor (Scenario 2A)
SI Boarding Alighting
Station
NO 2027 2037 2047 2057 2027 2037 2047 2057
1 Nigdi 1020 1360 1570 1640 1090 1830 2210 2300
2 Akurdi 1310 1530 1760 1830 1450 2130 2530 2640
3 Chinchwad 1140 1630 1890 1980 1390 2110 2580 2690
4 PCMC 4970 6230 7030 7330 3390 4770 5460 5690
5 Tukaram Nagar 2670 3610 4090 4260 2630 3900 4560 4750
6 Bhosari 3750 4840 5460 5690 3680 4970 5660 5910
7 Kasarwadi 2390 3260 3660 3820 2330 3350 3760 3920
8 Fugewadi 2100 2860 3200 3340 1820 2650 3080 3220
9 Dapodi 4480 5310 5920 6170 4000 5030 5910 6160
10 Bopodi 4420 5370 6100 6370 4380 5510 6360 6640
11 Khadki Station 2140 2780 3090 3220 2370 2980 3420 3560
12 Range Hill 2610 3310 3740 3900 3080 3880 4460 4650
13 Shivaji Nagar 5180 6600 7630 7950 5350 6550 7750 8080
14 Civil Court 7990 10240 11690 12190 8730 11120 12560 13100
15 Budhwar Peth 3570 4550 5400 5630 2860 3660 4330 4510
16 Mandai 2670 3430 4180 4350 2520 3260 3940 4110
17 Swargate 6100 8830 11830 12330 7180 8830 10340 10780
18 Station 1 880 1580 1740 1750 880 1480 1690 1720
19 Station 2 950 1780 1950 2020 1000 1610 1630 1690
20 Station 3 3820 6060 6760 7130 3970 5570 6470 6790
Total 64150 85150 98700 102900 64100 85200 98700 102900
The summary of patronage forecast along with peak hour peak direction traffic
(PHPDT) are presented in Table 55.
Table 55 : Summary of Patronage Forecast
Daily Ridership
2027 2037 2047 2057
Nigdi -Katraj 668,000 888,000 1,028,000 1,072,000
Corridor PHPDT
2027 2037 2047 2057
18,070 22,980 27,020 28,170
The implementation of Nigdi – PCMC and Swargate-Katraj metro corridor will increase the
patronage on Phase 1 corridors as well. It is necessary to duly consider the incremental
patronage while doing the train operation plan, rake requirement and O&M. The incremental
daily patronage due to the extension of the corridor, viz. Swargate-Katraj has been estimated
considering the difference in the patronage with Swargate-Katraj Metro Corridors in
comparison to Without the extension corridor and the same is presented in Table 56. The
incremental daily patronage due to Swargate-Katraj & PCMC-Nigdi corridor has been
estimated considering the difference between Nigdi-Katraj Corridor (Phase 2A) and without
these extension corridors is presented in Table 57.
Table 56 : Incremental Daily Patronage due to Swargate-Katraj Corridor
Daily Ridership
Swargate-Katraj Corridor 2027 2037 2047 2057
95,000 158,000 187,000 197,000
Each type of mode is associated with a specific capacity range, expressed in PPHPD. The figure
hereafter shows the relation between mode and capacity (as an indication, it also shows the
relation between mode, capacity, commercial speed and investment costs).
For instance, it can be inferred from the figure hereafter, that heavy metros are recommended
on a corridor when its busiest section has >20,000 PPHPD. On the other hand, for corridors
with PPHPD of 3,000, one may recommend either bus, Bus with a High Level of Service (BHLS),
Streetcar or Urban Tram.
The sections hereafter provide information regarding the characteristics of each mode of
transport. The figures presented are indicative, the values may change a lot depending on the
options taken in the MRT project.
BRT systems can have one-lane in each direction or two-lanes in each direction. The first
configuration offers capacities of up to 15,000 PHPDT for 6 standees/sq.m., 20,000 for 8
standees/sq.m. Systems with two lanes in each direction, such as the Transmilenio in Bogota
(Colombia), can approximately double the capacity to 33,000 PHPDT (6 standees/sq.m.).
BRT is typically provided at grade, but there are examples of both elevated and underground
BRT systems. Providing high capacity by BRT is, however, reliant on operating articulated (or
even bi-articulated) vehicles.
BRT systems are distinct from other bus-based transport systems. The ITDP (Institute for
Transportation & Development Policy) has established a BRT scoring system with multiple
scoring items, which helps to identify the characteristics of BRT systems and their level of
service. These items include notably the BRT basics which includes 5 elements, among which
are the right-of-way and alignment.
According to the ITDP scoring system, in order to be considered as a BRT, a system must:
be at least 3km long with dedicated bus lanes;
score 4 or more points in the dedicated right-of-way element;
score 4 or more points in the busway alignment element;
score 20 or more points across all five BRT Basics element.
Examples of BRT corridor
(source : Wikipedia6)
4.1.3 Streetcar
The streetcar system could be defined as a similar mode to the urban tram system but mixed
with traffic. Indeed, the system runs at grade with no significant degree of segregation.
This mode is not the most adapted solution for Pune due to the traffic condition. Moreover,
the commercial speed of this system is low and thus may not be suitable for the corridors.
However, it has been included in this report in order to give a complete picture of the
offer/possibilities.
Urban Tram systems typically offer capacity for 3,500 to 14,500 PPHPD (6 standees/sq.m.).
They are able of operating in pedestrianized areas as well as along roads (mostly segregated).
LRT systems typically offer capacity for 6,000 to 25,000 PPHPD (6 standees/sq.m.). They have
a dedicated right of way but are usually only partially segregated.
Examples of LRT systems:
A medium metro is a system half-way between light and heavy metro. Its capacity lies between
30,000 PPHPD, and 50,000 PPHPD (6 standees/sq.m.).
A heavy metro is a system that can move more than 40,000 PPHPD (6 standees/sq.m.) and
that runs fully segregated (either elevated or underground). Theoretically some very high
capacity system could reach an operating capacity of 100,000 PPHPD (6 standees/sq.m.). The
PPHPD on Pune Metro Line-1 extension (Nigdi-Katraj) is projected to be 8010 in year 2057.
Hence, choosing this mode will increase the cost of the system without taking advantage of
the high capacity offered by this mode. It is not the most adapted solution for the present
system. However, this mode is included in this report in order to give a complete picture of
the metro offer/possibilities.
Examples of heavy metro systems
Commuter rail is a system that operates between the city centre and its suburb. Unlike
others, this system has a high distance between its stations and operates following a
schedule.
Examples of commuter rail systems:
Figure 45. Paris RER, France(Source: SYSTRA, 2011) & : Frankfurt S-Bahn, Germany (Source: Wikipedia)
Based on worldwide experience, Light Metro and LRT are feasible solutions for mass transit
at volumes of around 5000 PHPDT or more.
Alternatives to Light Metro or LRT could be considered for the extension, for example
monorail or various forms of Personal Rapid Transit (PRT).
Typically, PRT vehicles are small in order to provide a personalised service, usually carrying
between two and six passengers. As vehicles are small, infrastructure can be lighter in design.
Although larger vehicles have not so far been used for the limited examples of PRT in current
operation, it might be possible to offer larger vehicles, but this would increase the size and
cost of infrastructure and reduce the benefits of offering a personalised service.
If we assume vehicles carrying as many as 20 passengers (much larger than any application
so far in the world), then 400 departures would be required in the peak hour in 2057, which
does not appear feasible.
4.1.11.2 Monorail
Monorail, a transport mode that has higher capacity than PRT but has been
mainly developed for other than mass transit so far
Monorail can accommodate larger volumes of riders than PRT, similar to Light Metro and
LRT, and at similar commercial speeds.
Most Monorail systems in the world have been short-distance lines, often aimed at tourists,
but there are growing applications to mass transit systems (e.g. the Mumbai Monorail can
accommodate over 550 passengers per train).
Monorail, a system that has cheaper infrastructure than conventional rail-based project
One major challenge is that monorail systems are less flexible than conventional Metro and
LRT systems, for example switching between tracks requires additional infrastructure than
with steel rails, and ride quality is lower than on steel rails. Evacuation can be more
difficult/dangerous than even elevated conventional rail systems, unless adequate
additional escape routes are built into the infrastructure.
Lack of diversity in monorail systems suppliers implying potential higher costs and risks
Monorail vehicles are available from only a few suppliers, have less of a successful record of
operation, and are more specialist than Light Metro or LRT vehicles. Consequently, monorail
vehicles are likely to be more expensive than equivalent Light Metro or LRT vehicles, and the
whole operating system would be provided by the vehicle supplier as it is bespoke which would
increase risk and potential cost.
Different monorail systems are not compatible with each other so that for example, a Hitachi
monorail system will not run with rolling stock from another supplier. If the chosen supplier
decided to end its monorail business line, then the system itself would be threatened (no
possibility to renew rolling stock notably).
Timelines for completing systems of similar length to that proposed for extension appear to
be similar for monorail and conventional rail-based systems (e.g. Mumbai Monorail five
years to opening of first section; five years for São Paulo monorail line 15).
The objective of Mass Transportation systems should be to provide high mobility, freedom
and comfort at optimum cost, keeping safety and security of passengers on high priority.
Mode change over a trip should be minimized to avoid passenger discomfort. The system and
technological option should be selected keeping long term demand in view.
Phase-I of Pune Metro is designed and implemented as a medium metro. Based on worldwide
experience, a medium metro is a system half-way between light and heavy metro. Its capacity
is around 30,000 PPHPD (6 standees/sq.m.) or more.
While projections of demand for the Swargate to Katraj extension show maximum PHPDT to
be around 8010 in 2057 in section Swargate station to Station 1 (Near Market Yard, Gultekdi)
and beyond, PHPDT for corridor-1 with extension in Nigdi-Swargate section, is projected
around 18070 in 2037 and 28170 in 2057. PHPDT criteria indicates that Light Metro, LRT, BRT,
Street-car, Urban Tram, monorail are feasible solutions for mass transit at volumes of around
10,000 to 15,000 PHPDT or more should satisfy projected traffic demand reasonably.
Feasible alternatives (e.g. Monorail) offer limited advantages and are unlikely to be delivered
any faster than Light Metro or LRT. Ensuring compatibility across the whole network should
offer economies of scale (both in capital expenditure – such as sharing depots – and in
operating expenditure – sharing maintenance, staff, rolling stock, etc).
Considering the above factors and systems options, it is concluded that an extension of Phase-
1A corriodor-1 (Nigdi-Swargate) from swargate to Katraj provides a suitable Mass Rapid
Transit System (MRTS) option to public in the area of extension and beyond. It will connect
public in and around the area of Swargate to Katraj to the core area of city and can act as
catalyst for further growth in this area.
Phase-I of Pune Metro including Line-1 is already under construction phase after due
deliberation for system selection. Its extension from Swargate to Katraj is small stretch which
should be planned with system specification similar to Phase-I to ensure uniformity and
compatibility. However, improvement in design may be incorporated during implementation
phase based on learnings from Phase-I implementation.
The Metro system proposed for Pune Metro is recommended with system specifications
described in following sub-sections. Refer relevant sub-system chapters for detailed
specification.
Choice of Gauge : Standard Gauge (1435mm) is generally adopted for metro railways world-
over. During the last decade, most of the new metros, constructed in various cities of the
world have gone for Standard Gauge even though the national gauge for main-lines in some
of the cases was different from Standard Gauge.
Track Structure : Track on Metro Systems is subjected to intensive usage with very little time
for day-to-day maintenance. Thus, it is imperative that the track structure selected for Metro
systems should be long lasting and requires minimum maintenance and at the same time,
ensure highest level of safety, reliability and comfort, with minimum noise and vibrations. The
track structure has been proposed keeping the above philosophy.
Rolling Stock proposed for the corridor will be similar to Phase-1. The specifications of the
rolling stock and its procurement may be decided on the basis of the project implementation
mechanism. The important criteria for selection of rolling stock are as under:
The controlling criteria are reliability, low energy consumption, lightweight and high efficiency
leading to lower annualized cost of service.
The proposed Rolling Stock specification are further detailed in Chapter 11.
Traditionally, electric traction is used in Metro systems for requirement of high acceleration
and pollution-free services in urban areas. There are three standard and proven systems of
electric traction for use in suburban and metro lines, viz:- 750V DC third rail, 1500V DC
overhead catenary and 25kV AC overhead catenary system. All these three systems are
presently in use in India (750 V DC third rail in Kolkata & Bangalore Metro, 1500V DC catenary
in Mumbai suburban of Central & Western Railways and 25 kV AC catenary in Delhi, Jaipur,
Chennai, Hyderabad Metro & Indian Railways). 1500 V DC system of Central and Western
Railways in Mumbai suburban is currently being converted to 25 kV AC to meet increase traffic
demand.
The 25kV AC overhead catenary system is being provided on the phase-I corridor of Pune
Metro. Thus, to ensure consistency with the existing system, 25kV AC overhead catenary
system is proposed for the extension.
The proposed Traction system specification are further detailed in Chapter 12.
Signalling & Train Control system for Pune Metro Phase-I is proposed for design headway of
90 seconds so as to meet sustained train operation at up to 2 minutes interval during peak
hours. The proposed system shall be compatible with the existing Phase-I system for seamless
operation & maintenance. Therefore, these requirements of the metro are planned to be
achieved by adopting a State of art Communication based Train Control System. This will
enable running of optimum train services meeting traffic requirements in the most efficient
and cost-effective way. The Signalling & Train Control system will ensure: High level of safety
with trains running at close headway ensuring continuous safe train separation.
4.3.5 Telecommunication
The telecommunication system acts as the communication backbone for Signalling and other
systems and provides telecommunication services to meet operational and administrative
requirements of metro network. The proposed system shall be compatible with the existing
Pune Metro Phase-I system for seamless operation & maintenance.
The proposed telecom system and transmission media will have following systems:
Mass Rapid Transit Systems handle a large number of passengers. Ticket issue and fare
collection play a vital role in the efficient and proper operation of the system. To achieve this
objective, ticketing system shall be simple, easy to use/operate, easy on accounting facilities,
capable of issuing single/multiple journey tickets, amenable for quick fare changes and require
overall lesser manpower. Automatic fare collection system meets these requirements.
Keeping in view Metro Railways Automatic Fare Collection System and the fact that
Contactless card/ token technology proves to be cheaper than magnetic technology in life
cycle cost due to reduced maintenance as it has less wear and tear and is less prone to dusty
environment, computer based automatic fare collection system with contactless smart
token/card type ticketing is obvious choice.
The proposed system shall be compatible with the existing Pune Metro Phase-I system for
seamless operation & maintenance.
The System shall be capable for open loop transactions as well to further integrate the mobility
solution with the advancements in technology and to allow for seamless transition from
dedicated cards to common multi-use stored value fare media that can be used for financial
transactions such as making purchases at shops etc. as well as a fare media in the system.
To accommodate the same the system shall conform to the following standards as a minimum:
3 ISO-IEC 14443
The system shall be of open architecture to allow for the integration of multiple fare products
and shall be capable of interfacing with cards from different vendors. Additionally, the system
shall not be proprietary as far as possible to allow multiple types of fare media from multiple
sources to be integrated into the system.
The proposed system shall offer high fare revenue protection and minimize fare revenue
evasion and fare related fraudulent activities. The system shall be capable of detecting any
irregularity and allow the authority to take action to correct the same.
The proposed AFC system specification are further detailed in Chapter 10.
With a view of examining the alignment proposals on ground, joint inspection visits were
organised from March to May 2018. After that the detailed investigation as per TOR are being
carried out as a routine manner.
Teams of experts from Signalling, Traffic, Alignment, Geo-tech, Structure, Hydrology, R & R
and Environment disciplines were deployed.
This team was equipped with handheld GPS units loaded with the alignment proposals, KM-
marks and other salient points so as to navigate to the correct positions on ground, measure
distances between salient points and to record new points of interest. Important locations
traced on ground with help of GPS were correlated with that on alignment plans. All points of
interest were observed in depth and discussed with experts of various disciplines in detail at
site.
During reconnaissance, all the important technical site information was collected. The
secondary data for some stretches were collected during the period. Photographs of
important features of whole project corridor are captured. Necessary modifications/detours
requested by the site conditions were also recorded for implementations in the alignment
design.
Detailed Road Inventory, condition survey and investigation has been conducted. Route
alignment option studies
The following three lines in this Pune MRTS projects are under purview of the DPR Study:
Out of the three designated corridors, two are extensions of under construction PCMC to
Swargate (North South) line 1 of Pune Metro Phase 1. The line 1 of Pune metro rail project
which passes across the middle of Pune city and runs in North-South direction, originating
from Pimpri Chinchwad (PCMC) in North and terminating at Swargate in South:
The Corridor 1A is extension of the same line on Northwards, from PCMC to Nigdi (Near
Bhakti Shakti Chowk);
Corridor 2A i.e. extension corridor starts from Swargate, moves southward to reach
Katraj;
Corridor 2B is a new line, which is along Nashik Highway, connecting the under-
construction Nashik Phata to the fast developing Chakan towards North-Eastern side.
This report deals with corridor 2A only and the next section presents the alignment options
considered on this corridor.
Extension of line 1 towards Katraj starts from Southern end of the under-construction line 1
of Phase 1 and follows the corridor along Pune Satara in general.
The most part of the corridor runs under the Pune - Satara corridor and at one locations
alignment runs along the left side of the road (when travelling from Swargate towards Katraj).
Such deviation in alignment is chosen because there is a road flyover along the highway.
The terminal station i.e. Katraj is proposed near at Katraj – Dehu Road , which is on the
opposite side of Rajiv Gandhi National Park in Katraj.
The end of chainage of line 1, Phase 1 (PCMC- Swargate) is 16815.290 and the end of chainage
of corridor 2A (Swargate to Katraj) is 22282.933 for north bound track and 16821.530 and
22282.848 as start and end chainage for south bound track. Thus, total length of corridor is
5.464 km, which is fully underground. Station – Near Padmavati has been proposed on the
south side of road, whereas Station – Near Market Yard and Katraj Station has been proposed
on the median of the road (when travelling from Swargate to Katraj). This is due non-
availability of land at the respective locations. Scissor Crossover has been planned just before
the terminal station i.e. Katraj Station, at chainage 21625.754 to 21765.705 and 21630.697 to
21770.632 on North Bound track and South Bound track respectively. Permanent Speed
restriction of 25kmph, 15kmph and 5kmph may be required to be imposed progressively for
safe degraded operation. Length of alignment post terminal station is 349.459m for North
bound track and 364.625m for South bound track.
Design Norms
5.2.1 Alignment definition
This chapter deals with geometrical standards adopted for horizontal and vertical alignments,
route description, etc. The proposed corridors under Pune MRTS network will consist of
Standard Gauge (SG) lines.
The geometrical design norms are based on international practices adopted for similar
systems with standard gauge on the assumption that the maximum permissible speed on the
section is limited to 80 kmph. Planning for any higher speed is not desirable as the shorter
inter station distance will not lead to significant difference in running time.
The underground tracks will be carried on two parallel tunnels, generally spaced at constant
centre to centre distance of 15.35m. The horizontal alignment and vertical alignment are
dictated to a large extent by the geometry of the road and ground levels followed by the
alignment.
The conditions of implementation of the MRT system, partly at-grade & partly elevated
without impacting the space given to road vehicle circulations command the choice of a rail
based MRT system rather than a BRT. Therefore, assumptions of MRT rolling stock had been
used for the alignment studies and are detailed in Chapter 11 Rolling stock.
The design parameters related to the metro system described herewith have been worked
out based on a detailed evaluation, experience and internationally accepted practices. Various
alternatives were considered for most of these parameters, but the best-suited ones have
been adopted for the system as a whole.
As far as possible, the alignment follows the existing roads. This leads to introduction of
horizontal curves. The criteria for designing horizontal curves are detailed next.
It is necessary to provide transition curves at both ends of the circular curves for smooth riding
on the curves and to counter act centrifugal force. Due to change in gradients at various
locations in the corridor, it is necessary to provide frequent vertical curves along the
alignment. It is desirable that the vertical curves and transition curves of horizontal curves do
not overlap. These constraints may lead to reduced lengths of transition curves at certain
locations. The transition curves have certain minimum parameters.
Assumptions
Note*: This maximum design speed is applicable for the straight and the flatter curved
alignment, which covers most of the alignment. However, in curves sharper than 1000m
radius, suitable speed restriction shall be applicable, which may be optimized for higher speed
based on final survey details available.
For any consecutive circular curves with opposite direction of curvature, the length of straight
track between the ends of the curves or of the transitions where these are required shall be
not less than 25m. When it is not possible to provide a straight portion of 25m, no straight
portion shall be provided, and the transitions extended accordingly. The rate of change of cant
and versine over both transitions shall be kept the same in such cases.
Transition curves will not normally be required between different radii of a compound curve
where the change of radius of curvature does not exceed 15% of the smaller radius and
provided that the cant deficiency and/or cant excess criteria are not exceeded for either curve.
Where a compound curve is employed with a change of radius greater than 15% of the smaller
radius, or where the cant deficiency or cant excess criteria necessitates a change in cant
between the circular curves, a suitable transition curve shall be interposed between the two
parts of the curve. The length of such a transition shall be equal to the difference between the
required transition lengths at each end of the curve.
When the actual shift of any calculated transition curve would be less than 10mm the actual
transition curve may be omitted. In this case, the required change of cant shall take place over
the calculated length of the transition, or 25 m whichever is the greater, and in the same
location as if the transition had been provided.
In general, for all running and depot lines transition curves shall be provided wherever
possible between a circular curve and adjoining straight, between the different radii of a
compound curve and at the adjoining ends of circular curves forming reverse curves.
Transition curves are not required in sidings.
Applied cant shall be specified to the nearest millimetre for concrete track and to the nearest
5 mm for ballasted track.
Track at terminus stations shall continue past the end of the platforms by 25 metres where
stabling or refuge tracks are not required. Minimum radius in station must not be less than
1000m.
Whenever possible the track shall be straight throughout the length of the stations. The
presence of external restrains may necessitate limited encroachment of transition curves at
station ends but this shall be avoided whenever possible. Where encroachment is unavoidable
this shall be limited such that the vehicle throw does not affect the platform nosing clearance.
Vertical curves shall wherever possible be positioned such that coincidence with horizontal
transitions is avoided. Where such coincidence is unavoidable, the largest practicable vertical
curve radius shall be employed.
Vertical curves shall, for each location, be selected on the basis of the largest practicable
vertical curve radius subject to the following limit:
The length of constant grade between consecutive vertical curves shall be as follows:
Desirable minimum 50 m
Absolute minimum 25 m
At point and crossing work, vertical curves shall not coincide with any part of the overall length
of switches or of cast crossings. At other point and crossing work vertical curves shall be
avoided whenever possible. Where they cannot be avoided the vertical curve radius shall be
3000 m or more.
At station ends, the tangent point of the vertical curve shall be permitted to encroach within
the length of the platform to a limited extent. This length of encroachment shall be such that
the vertical offset of the curve from the station gradient at the platform end shall not exceed
15mm.
5.2.8 Gradient
For running lines, the desirable maximum gradient shall be 3% and where unavoidable shall
be 4%. Where gradients of 1% or less are used they may be unrestricted in length. Gradients
above 3.0% shall be kept as short as possible.
At stations, the track shall be level or of constant gradient not steeper than 0.2% throughout
the platform length except for the limited lengths of vertical curves as specified in relevant
clause under Vertical Alignment.
A drainage gradient shall be provided for all tunnel, other than at stations, as follows :
Sidings shall be level or shall fall away from the main line switch at a gradient not exceeding
0.25%. Train berths shall be level or shall fall towards the buffer stops at a gradient not
exceeding 0.25%.
5.2.9 Levels
All levels shall be quoted in metres correct to three decimal places and shall be above mean
sea level (MSL).
Rail level on canted track will refer to the level of the running edge of the lower rail.
Whenever possible, points and crossing work shall not coincide with vertically or horizontally
curved track.
Where it is not possible to avoid coincidence with vertical curves the switches and stock rails
shall not be laid on vertical curves.
Points and crossing work shall not coincide with horizontal transitions.
No part of the switches switch operating gear or crossing nose shall be over a structural
movement joint.
Generally, 1 in 9 turnouts with 300m Radius (1 in 9 R300) is to be adopted in Main Line and 1
in 7 turnouts with 190m Radius (1 in 7 R190) is to be adopted in depot tracks.
The switch points and turnout radius shall be standard UIC or approved equivalent, designed
to accommodate a minimum operational speed of 40 km/hr.
5.2.10.2 Turnouts
Stations have been located so as to serve major passenger destinations and to enable
convenient integration with other modes of transport. However, effort has also been made to
propose station locations such that the locations where maximum commuter travel. Further
detail on stations locations is provided in the Station Planning chapter - 6 of this report.
Track on MRT systems is subjected to intensive usage with very little time for day-to-day
maintenance. Thus, it is imperative that the track structure selected for MRT systems should
be long lasting and should require minimum maintenance and at the same time, ensure
highest level of safety, reliability and comfort, with minimum noise and vibrations. The track
structure has been proposed keeping the above philosophy in view.
Two types of track structures are proposed for the corridors under Pune MRT network. The
normal ballasted track in depot (except inside the workshops, inspection lines and washing
plant lines). The ballastless track is recommended on viaducts as the regular cleaning and
replacement of ballast at such locations will not be possible. For the depots, ballasted track is
recommended as ballastless track on formation is not suitable due to settlement of
formations. Ballastless track in depot is required inside the workshop, on inspection lines and
washing plant lines.
From considerations of maintainability, riding comfort and also to contain vibrations and noise
levels, the complete track is proposed to be joint-less and for this purpose even the turnouts
will have to be incorporated in LWR (Long Welded Rail)/CWR (Continuous Welded Rail).
The track will be laid with 1 in 20 canted rails and the wheel profile of Rolling Stock should be
compatible with the rail cant and rail profile.
Keeping in view the proposed axle load and the practices followed abroad, it is proposed to
adopt UIC-60 (60 kg. /m) rail section. Since on main lines, sharp curves and steep gradients
would be present, the grade of rail on main lines should be 1080 Head Hardened. For the
depot lines, the rails of grade 880 are recommended.
Inside the tunnel, it is proposed to adopt slab type ballastless track structure.
On main lines and depot lines, friction buffer stops with mechanical impact absorption (non-
hydraulic type) will be provided.
In underground portion, the spans on which friction buffer stops are to be installed will be
designed for an additional longitudinal force, which is likely to be transmitted in case of Rolling
Stock hits, the friction Buffer Stops.
For continuing LWR (Long Welded Rail)/CWR (Continuous Welded Rail) on viaducts, the
elevated structures will be adequately designed for the additional longitudinal forces likely to
be transmitted as a result of Rail-Structure interaction. Rail structure interaction study will
determine the need and locations of Rail Expansion Joints (REJ) required to be provided.
5.4 Conclusion
The alignment options discussed and finalized in the Technical Expert Committee Meeting dt.
20th June, 2019 with the following amendments/conclusions :
1. The alignment is designed under the road median throughout the length to minimise
the effect on the inhabited area, except at the locations where existing flyover is
present at the road center. At this location, the alignment is taken beside the flyover
with one tunnel under building and the other one under service road to avoid any risk
of demolishing part of flyover in case of infringment of TBM with the pier foundation
of the flyover during tunnelling works, which may have to be dealt with demolition of
the Flyover.
The alignment is planned such that any eventual defect in TBM does not hamper the
traffic movement on the flyover and can be rectified in-situ.
2. The alignment shifts at the road median just after the end of flyover and follows the
road median throughout the length.
3. As suggested, all the stations are proposed under the road median, except station 2
Padamavati.
4. Station 3 Near Bharti Vidyapith has been eliminated from the alignment finalization ,
in order to bring down the vertical gradient to below 3% between the 2 adjacent
stations (Padmavati and Near Katraj) and Project cost.
5. In doing so, the interstation distance between station 2 and 3 worked out to be 2.29km
, which brings out the requirement of a ventilation shaft between these stations, as
per the NFPA codal provisions.
The rail corridor which has been identified as potential MRT corridor runs through the Pune
Metropolitan city & Pune Municipal Area (PMC).
The proposed corridors 2A, covers the distance of 5.464 km of main alignment which run
along the road. The proposed section from Swargate to Katraj is completely underground.
Geotechnical investigations have been carried out along the proposed corridor including to
determine the strata, depth of foundation and safe bearing capacity of foundations required
for the above proposed metro corridors.
Pune District is in the western part of Maharashtra. It is bounded by Thane District to the
northwest, Raigad District to the west, Satara District to the south, Solapur District to the
southeast, and Ahmednagar District to the north and northeast.
Pune district lies in the Western Ghats or Sahyadri mountain range and it extends on to the
Deccan Plateau on the east. Pune stands on the leeward side of the Western Ghats. Pune is at
an altitude of 559m (1863 ft.).
Pune city has assessed in seismic Zone 3. The temperature ranges from 5°C to 40°C. The city
gets an average yearly rainfall of 772mm.
The geological stratum for this site is majorly categorized in 2 stratum as shown in table below.
Table 60 Summary of geological units
Soil Type Stratum Description
Filled up & Silty Clay/Silty Sand/Sandy Silty/Sandy
SOIL Stratum – 1
Clay (CI & CH/SM/SP/SC)
Completely to Moderately weathered basalt
ROCK Stratum – 2
Rock
Stratum-1 SOIL: This layer is majorly encountered at top of the ground and underlain by
Completely weathered basalt rock/Moderately weathered basalt rock. Filled up soil is majorly
encountered at top layer varying from 1.0m to 2.0m thickness below that silty clay/silty sand
layer is present. This Soil stratum is available varying from 1.0m to 5.0m depth below ground
level.
Stratum-2 ROCK: Completely to Moderately weathered basalt rock is available below soil
stratum. This layer is encountered at the shallow depth of 1.0m to 2.0m from boreholes BH-
2, BH-4, BH-7, BH-8 & BH-9.
For underground alignment, tunnelling arrangements are decided based upon following
objectives: -
To achieve the above-mentioned objectives, use of Tunnel Boring Machine (TBM) is the prime
method of tunnelling. Locations where deployment of TBM is not possible (tunnelling of short
length, cross passages, underground stations which are not possible by cut and cover method
etc.) are tackled by NATM method.
Choice of appropriate TBM depends upon the detailed geological studies and soil conditions.
In the rocky strata, heavy disc cutters are required in the cutter head, whereas for excavating
soft soils, scrappers are required in the cutter head. In mixed soil conditions, the TBM should
be capable of excavating soils and rocks both, hence combination of scrappers and disc cutters
shall be used under such situations.
The most important issues to be addressed in selecting a Shield tunnelling method are
Suitable TBM for this project shall be the mixed shield can be run in open or closed mode as per
geology. The Closed type TBM shall further be categorized as Earth- Pressure Balanced (EPB) TBM
and Slurry type TBM. EPB shall be further categorized into Earth-pressure type TBM and Mud-
pressure type TBM.
The Earth-pressure type TBM is suitable for certain types of soil that can be directly fluidized.
Fluidized soil fills the cutter chamber and the screw conveyor is used for discharge of muck,
thereby keeping the cut face stable. The shield machine can simultaneously excavate soil
during shield advance, so not only is the face well stabilized, but also the effects on the
surrounding ground are minimized.
The TBM turns the excavated soil into mud pressure and holds it under soil pressure to
stabilize the cutting face, efficient to ground that is high in sand content and low in fluidity
through the addition of water, mud, and additives. It is applicable to a large range of soils,
including soft ground with low solidity such as alluvial sand/gravel, sand, silt and clay, alluvial
deposits, and alternating hard and soft soil layers. The only limitation is that the soil discharge
screw conveyor is unable to operate when the ground has high hydrostatic pressure. For this
reason, it is necessary to closely study the soil properties before implementation.
Slurry type TBM (Air tunnel-boring machine) is used for tunnel-boring in highly permeable
unstable terrain, or under civilian structures sensitive to ground disturbances.
When digging in highly unstable or liquid terrain, the pressure exerted by the terrain is directly
governed by the depth at which digging is performed. It is therefore necessary to balance the
pressure exerted by the terrain: the front shield of the Slurry TBM is filled with excavated
material, with the exception of one air-filled part. The pressure within this air bubble is subject
to fine control. Bentonite injection waterproofs the working face and improves its resistance.
DIMENSIONS OF TBM
Parameter Proposed dimension
Tunnel internal diameter 5800 mm
In the underground stretch of 5.464 km, Three UG stations are proposed i.e. Market Yard near
Gultekdi, Padamavati and Katraj. Tentative arrangement for TBM movement is attached in
Exhibit 1 at the end of the chapter. TBM will be launched from launching shaft. TBM is
dragged in station area or is retrieved for one end of station and continues from other side of
station. Ground settlement analysis and monitoring is required during the tunnelling using
TBM. Two separate tunnels are constructed by two different TBM. Depending upon the
soil/rock strata, suitable type of TBM shall be used for tunnelling.
The following construction sequence is necessary before assembly of TBM can be taken up:
This is a concrete structure designed to hold the main frame of the Entrance ring of TBM and
prevent water and slurry flowing into the shaft during the assembly and operation of the TBM.
Rubber Seal (25 mm thick) and seal retainers keep full contact with the shield TBM. Three air
ventilation tubes are installed near the tunnel crown and one at the invert, to release the air,
when the void is being filled with grout while launching the TBM. These can also be used for
grouting.
2) Construction of Cradle
This is a Pre-fabricated steel structure over which the TBM is assembled in– situ. This also acts as
guide to help TBM oriented in the required direction, while in operation. After the TBM becomes
operational, the cradle will be carefully dismantled so that the same material can be used at
different shaft.
This is a steel structure consisting of the frame and supports, which is fixed to the shaft floor and
is designed to safely bear the thrust applied by the TBM during its working (force required by the
cutting edge). The machine is to be assembled in- situ on a platform called Cradle and a Reaction
frame is to be constructed in advance to bear the reaction of the force exerted by the main drive
of the TBM for cutting the rock. Once the TBM becomes operational, the steel work in the Reaction
Frame will be carefully dismantled as the same material is to be used repeatedly at subsequent
assemblies at different sites.
After the Head Wall, Entrance ring, Cradle, Reaction Frames are constructed, and other
preparatory works are completed, the TBM can be assembled in-situ in a launching chamber
on the cradle and launched for tunnelling.
It takes about three-four weeks each for completing the preparatory work and actual
assembly of TBM in position, before it could be launched.
The cradle and the reaction Frames are specially designed for every situation depending upon
the machine characteristics and the ground characteristics. Cranes will be required for
assembling and shifting the TBM.
5.6.3.3 Excavation
A belt weighing device will be included on conveyor belt. This measures the weight of the
excavated material as it is transported on the conveyor belt.
As the machine advances, the construction of the permanent lining takes place behind the
excavation face of the machine and typically consists of 6 segments which makes one ring.
Settlement is primary caused by over excavation by TBM and the failure to fill annular voids
behind the segments. To prevent over excavation during the TBM drives, the following actions
shall be carried out: -
To ensure settlement do not occur due to the annulus ring not being filled by grout, the
following actions will be carried out:
The above actions should ensure that all annular voids are filled during the initial drive, thereby
controlling settlement caused by poor grouting practices.
After ring installation, theoretical void distance between the excavated radius and the
external radius of the precast ring needs to be filled up. Grouting fills the voids and it also
controls the ground settlement. Grouting pressure is calculated on the basis of overburden
pressure. Structures shall be watertight if the leakage does not exceed 5 ml/m2/hour. Inside
surface above the spring line of the tunnel shall always be kept in dry condition.
The grouting can be distinguished into two types. These are single compound type and the two
compounds type. The hardening time of the one compound type is relatively slow, and its
strength is also low. On the other hand, it is relatively easy for the two compounds type to adjust
the hardening time and strength. Hence, it is recommended to use the two compounds type
for the cavity grout.
The two compounds type is further distinguished into two types - liquid type and plastic type.
The liquid type can be sometime diluted by the underground water and is segregated. However,
the plastic type is changed instantly into gel and is kept very stable until it gets its own strength.
Thus, plastic type grout shall be recommended. The major materials of the liquid-A for the plastic
type are mainly cement, fly-ash and bentonite. And the major material of the liquid-B for the
plastic type is sodium silicate.
Primary grouting is the initial cavity grouting, which is applied simultaneously or immediately
after a unit of lining has been built. Where primary grouting does not completely fill all the
cavities, secondary grouting shall be carried out. Primary grouting shall be undertaken at a
pressure sufficient to place the grout properly but not greater than 1 bar above the prevailing
hydrostatic pressure at the location of grouting. Primary grouting shall be timed so as to
minimize ground movement and be injected through grout holes provided in the linings or via
shield tail skin injection pipes.
Secondary grouting shall be undertaken in selected rings by means of removing grout plugs from
the tunnel lining and drilling a hole to the back of the existing grout. Secondary grouting is the re-
grouting of lining and shall be completed as soon as practicable but within 14 days of the primary
grouting, or when the face has advanced 50 m from the location of primary grouting, whichever
first occurs. Secondary grouting shall be at a pressure consistent with filling all voids. Automatic
grouting system as TBM advances shall be equipped.
It is recommended to apply the three layers of gasket to the perimeter of the segment. The
materials for the gasket are mainly distinguished into chloroprene rubber type and natural
rubber type. It should be tested for durability and water swelling ratio before using. The
natural rubber type is suitable for the tunnel under high water pressure and the chloroprene
rubber type is suitable for the tunnel under low water pressure.
Gaskets shall be fitted into the grooves provided in the edges of the segment to be
sealed in the manner recommended by the gasket manufacturer. The gasket
dimensions shall match the groove width, subject to the specified tolerance.
Sealing strips of the hydrophilic or gasket type, or a combination of the two, shall be
provided at all faces between segments to provide a seal against ingress of ground
water. Gaskets must be capable of withstanding the anticipated water pressure when
in use in the tunnel. Test certificates or other information shall be provided to
demonstrate this capability.
Elastomeric gasket materials shall comply with the requirements of BS 2494, including
resistance to chemical attack and microbiological degradation.
Immediately prior to the erection of a gasketed segment, the gasket shall be checked
for cleanliness and position. The gasket shall be lubricated as recommended by the
gasket manufacturer.
Cradle will be installed to drag the TBM in station area and again drive to the other end of the
station by cutting Head wall. One end of the station is receiving chamber and the other end is
launching chamber
The term New Austrian Tunnelling Method, popularly known as NATM, was first used by Mr.
Rabcewicz in 1962. This method has been evolved as a result of experience gained in Austrian
Alpine tunnelling condition. The first use of NATM in soft ground tunnelling is done in
Frankfurt metro in 1969. The basic aim of NATM is for getting stable and economic tunnel
support systems. Providing flexible primary lining in shape of shotcrete, wire mesh, rock bolts,
lattice girder. In case of weaker rock mass, the use of pipe forepole/pipe roofing is also
resorted for crown support, which in turn leads to less over-break as well as ensure safety
during the execution. The main aspect of the approach is dynamic design based on rock mass
classification as well as the in-situ deformation observed. This method has been very useful in
complex diversified geological condition where forecasting of the rock mass is difficult due to
rapidly changing geology.
It is recommended to follow NFPA 130, which is an international standard for the underground
structures. Cross passageways shall not be further than 244m (800ft) apart according to the
NFPA 130. At least one cross passage shall be required in each underground section between
the stations. Construction method of cross passage is briefly explained below:
The SGI segment is sometimes used at the locations of the cross passage in order to
strengthen the segment lining, because some parts of the segment lining must be
dismantled during the construction of the cross passage.
Ground treatment is carried out from the ground surface. Usually the jet grout is applied.
The jet grout is much more effective than other methods for the ground treatment because
the original soil is totally replaced by the improved soil.
Ground treatment is also carried out from the tunnel after the jet grouting above
ground. The purpose of the grouting from the tunnel is supplementary grouting for the
jet grouting above ground.
Dismantling of the piece of the segments is commenced one piece by one piece
together with carefully confirming the soil condition. Additional grouting shall also be
done, if necessary.
Excavation to the other tunnel with lagging or shot circuiting.
Structural work
Construction of underground station is mostly done by Cut and Cover Method where
adequate ROW is available to support the excavation width to cover the width of station
including protection work. Margin for road traffic also need to be available beyond the
excavation line. Where ROW is restricted, only half width of station will be tackled at a time.
In cases where ROW is extremely restricted and cut & Cover method is not possible,
excavation will be done by New Austrian Tunnelling Method (NATM).
ii) Top Down Construction: In this method, after excavation of first stage, floor slabs are
constructed. These floor slabs are permanent structures which replace temporary steel struts
in the braced excavation method to counteract the earth pressure from the back of retaining
wall. In this way, the underground structure construction is finished with the completion of
excavation process. The floor slabs used in this method are heavier than the steel struts used
in conventional excavation method. In addition, superstructure being constructed
simultaneously during excavation puts more weight on the column. Hence, bearing capacity
The merit and de-merit of this method are given in following table.
Table 61 : Merits and Demerits of Top-Down Method
MERITS DE-MERITS
Higher cost.
Shortened construction period due to Possibility of lateral displacement of
simultaneous construction of retaining wall or ground settlement is
underground structures and more due to longer construction period of
superstructures. bottommost slab.
Faster restoration of ground surface Natural ventilation and illumination are
and utilities as topmost slab of affected due to construction of first slab.
underground construction is casted
first.
Higher stiffness of floor slabs compared
to steel struts improves the safety of
excavation
Where ROW is extremely restricted, and it is not possible to adopt cut and cover method,
stations are constructed by NATM. In this method, two separate tunnels consisting of one
track and one platform are constructed by NATM method and are connected by means of
cross passages. This method requires overburden of about 2-2.5 times diameter of tunnel. In
this method, progress is slow. This method is described in detail in tunnelling sub-section.
Earth retaining structures for underground stations
Construction of underground tunnel for metro projects is a specialized and complex task. The
construction activity involves tunnelling, cut and cover, foundation, fill and embankment in
which large quantity of muck needs to be disposed off.
Protective measures shall be undertaken during construction phase for reduction of dust
generation. Owing to paucity of space in the city, elaborate measures need to be adopted for
collection, transfer, storage and disposal of excavated muck. Muck collection, transportation,
disposal and its treatment need to be carried out in a systematic manner. Muck collection should
be transported in containers from the tunnel excavation sites. These containers should be such
that muck should not spill during movement to disposal site.
To avoid impact on land due to muck disposal, project proponent has identified options for
disposal of muck by utilizing the muck for various purposes as described in following section.
Recycle and Reuse: Muck generated can be reused as aggregate material for road
beds, ballast for railways, construction material and graded material can be used in
concrete. The re-use can be decided only after thorough geotechnical investigation,
testing of the muck and choice of TBM. This alternative will require land for setting up
a plant to convert the muck to a useful form.
inception of such a mega infrastructure project. Accordingly, following engineering items have
been studied and described in this chapter:
Chartered utilities and planning for their diversion during construction, if
necessary.
Land acquisition necessary for the project both on permanent basis as well as
temporary, including its breakup between Government and private ownership.
While Planning for diversion of utilities viz. Sewer Lines, Water pipelines, Cables etc.
during construction of metro alignment following guideline have been adopted:
Utility services must be kept operational during the construction process and even
after the completion of the project.
All proposal should therefore ensure there uninterrupted functioning.
Large number of sub-surfaces, surface and overhead utility services viz. sewers, water mains,
storm water drains, telephone cables, O.H electrical transmission lines, electric poles, traffic
signals, etc. are existing along the proposed alignment. These utility services are essential and
must be maintained in working order during different stages of construction, by
temporary/permanent diversions or by supporting in position. Since these may affect
construction and project implementation time schedule/costs, for which necessary
planning/action needs to be initiated in advance.
Organizations/Departments with concerned utility services in Pune are mentioned in the table
below.
The sewer/drainage/Water lines etc. generally exist in the service lanes and footpaths i.e.
away from main carriageway. However, at certain points these utilities are crossing the main
carriageway.
The major sewer/drainage/Water lines etc. running across the alignment and likely to be
affected at certain location due to metro column foundations and are proposed to be taken
care of by relocating on column supports of viaduct by change in span or by suitably adjusting
the layout of pile foundations. Where, this is not feasible, lines will be suitably diverted.
Provision has been made in the project cost estimate towards diversion of utility service lines.
Above ground utilities namely street light, poles, traffic signal posts, telecommunication posts,
junction boxes, trees etc., are also required to be shifted and relocated suitably during
construction at locations where cut and cover methodology is proposed like station boxes ,
crossover location etc. Since these will be interfering with the proposed alignment.
6. STATION PLANNING
6.1.1 Overview of corridor and proposed stations
This study comprises Phase 2A, for which 3 numbers of Underground stations are proposed:
This section aims at presenting the stations locations, showing their sequencing and analyzing
their local catchment areas.
General
Stations have been located to serve major passenger catchment areas/destinations and to enable
convenient integration with other modes of transport. The proposed route would have 3
numbers of underground stations, in continuation to the existing Metro Line (Phase 1), starting
at Swargate station of Line 1, Phase 1 and terminating at Katraj. Stations vary in complexity along
the route and have been located by an interactive process influenced by ridership forecasts,
requirements with different modes of transport, station spacing, alignment, utilities, roads and
pedestrian requirements, etc.
The following map provides an overview of the proposed corridor as well as proposed stations
locations,
STATION 1-
STATION 2 -
PADMAVATI
STATION 3 -
The tables and map below present the sequence of stations and type for proposed Phase 2A :
SN Station Name Inter-station Elevated/ Chainage
Distance (m) Underground
This section provides a general overview of the proposed corridor extension and the proposed
station locations, existing and future local urban fabric, landmarks, access etc.;
The Phase 2A Swargate to Katraj is a 5.464 km long extension to the phase 1A line, that will run
from Swargate to Katraj. It is proposed on Pune-Satara Highway.
3 Nos of Underground stations are proposed on this corridor (see figures below):
Access to stations:
Access to and egress from the stations will be guaranteed by the implementation
of:
Pick-up and drop-off areas for different modes of transport (bus stops when relevant,
IPT modes and car)
Pedestrians facilities (footpaths, pedestrian crossings, foot over bridge etc.)
Bicycle tracks / cycle stands etc.
Station 2 (Padamavati)
STATION INTRODUCTION: This is an underground station proposed on Pune-Satara Highway near Padmavati
Chowk. The major roads connecting the station is Padmawati – Shahakar Nagar Road and the KK Market road.
The station provides dispersal connectivity to public, semi-public and the residential like Sant Eknath Nagar,
Santosh society, Sahakar Nagar, KK Market, Padmavati. Meeta Nagar and Padmavati Mandir areas. There shall
be four (4) entries to this station out of four, two entry shall be future entries.
ISSUES & CONCERN POTENTIAL FOR IMPROVEMENT
Lack of pedestrian facilities like footpath, Dedicated pedestiran friendly footpath to
pedestrian for crossing road along the road results ensure pedestrian safety.
in pedestrian spill over on road; Planning of dispersal activities through feeder
Improper street Parking leads to a reduction of modes will cater to a larger catchment.
effective road width which eventually slows down Removal of encroachments and optimal usage of
the traffic movement. ROW.
Station 3 (Katraj)
STATION INTRODUCTION: Like other stations on the proposed extenstion, Katraj will also be an Underground
station. This will be a Terminal station proposed on the junction of Pune-Satara Highway and Pune-Mumbai
bypass road near Rajiv Gandhi Zoological Park and Katraj Bus Station. The station provides dispersal
connectivity but not limited to the residential areas of Katraj, Tanaji Nagar, Chaitraban and Kasat Nagar. There
shall be four (4) entries to this station out of four, two entry shall be future entries.
The basic design of any station is based on Peak Hour loads. Single mode of authorization
(token/card/ticket), which shall conform to the already existing Metro corridor of Line 1 of Phase
1, and would suffice to travel to any destination within the existing and proposed metro network
shall be used.
Underground stations are mostly planned around Island Platforms, in some cases based
on the Alignment, the side platforms can also be designed.
Ingress/egress and the boarding/alighting requirements.
Structural requirements.
Flexibility in design to allow stations to respond to site specific requirements.
Station utilities like – Ventilation system
- Fire fighting system
- Water supply & Sewage requirements
- Other requirements
Provisions for future expansions, if any.
A good station design comprises of adequate movement spaces from the station entrance to the
platform and vice versa in a more logical way.
One of the main objectives of station planning and design is to maximize passengers experience.
This is done by ensuring at stations :
Station entrances are located with particular reference to passenger catchment points
which includes buses, IPTs, pick/drop by private modes.
Following criterion have been taken into account while planning the stations
a. Sizing of station passenger facilities.
b. Stipulated design standards
c. Emergency evacuation
d. Passenger circulation, comfort, ease of use, safety and security.
e. Accomodation of BOH areas.
f. Electrical and Mechanical Plant and equipment space requirements.
Table 63 STATION BOARDING/ALIGHTING IN DESIGN YEAR 2057
STATIONS PEAK HOUR PEAK HOUR
S.No. BOARDING ALIGHTING
1 Station 1 (MARKET YARD, GULTEKDI) 1750 1720
2 Station 2 (PADAMAVATI) 2020 1690
3 Station 3 (KATRAJ) 7130 6790
Concourse/Mezzanine shall form the link between streets and Platforms, all the
passenger amenities are provided at this level.
Plant room, operational rooms and offices are provided in the non-public areas of the
station.
The platform level shall be designed in a way to cater for the emergency scenario as well
as to operate in normal conditions.
The Ancillary spaces like DG, Bore well pump house, water tanks (UG/overhead) must be
preferably located at Ground level.
Platform Occupant
Peak Hour Peak Hour Normal Load F1 (Boarding Train Crush
Station Name Laod
Boarding Alighting (Boarding /50) /50 X 1.2 ) Load(T.L.)
POL( {F1(3XS1)}+TL)
CORRIDOR 2A (Swargate to Katraj)
Station 1 (MARKET
1750 1720 35 42 1574 1952
YARD, GULTEKDI)
Station2 1574
2020 1690 40 48 2010
(PADAMAVATI)
Station 3 (KATRAJ) 6790 143 171 1574 3114
7130
AREA CHART
The design year maximum PHPDT (Peak Hour Peak Direction Traffic) of about 28170
passengers between Swargate and Katraj is considered for planning the passenger
facilities at stations.
The platform is designed for 6 Nos of cars train.
Based on Annexture J-5.1 C (Platform Evacuation Time – NBC-2016) -There shall be
sufficient egress capacity to evacuate the platform occupant load as defined in the
Annexture J-5.1 C (NBC2016) from the station platform in 4 mins or less.
The station planning shall be in compliance to “Guidelines and space standards for barrier
free built environment for Disabled and Elderly persons” published by the Ministry of
Urban affairs and employment India in 1998 and National Building Code (NBC).
a. Entry / Exit
All entrances to the stations shall comply to the predicted passenger flows and emergency
requirements.
The locations of the Entrances have been decided after aligning the station box on the
proposed alignment and roadway, footpath width and catchment areas.
The width of the entrances shall be determined by the passenger flow and available
space.
The station entrances shall be protected against flooding and hence it is proposed to have
a higher landing at the entrance (+450mm min from the Road/footpath level).
b. Walkways / Ramps
Walkways / Ramps are planned to reduce the walking distances and the passenger
movements. Efforts to be taken to design in a way that cross flows are avoided.
Ramps
i. Preferred Gradient 1:20
ii. Maximum Gradient 1:12
iii. Minimum width (unidirectional movement) 1.2m
iv. Minimum width (bi-directional movement) 1.5m
There must be enough queuing space at the AFC gates for the passengers and the
arrangement is planned in a way to avoid cross flows of traffic.
ii. The Concourse / Mezzanine consist of ‘Public Areas’ and ‘Non-Public Areas’, which are
described in the following way,
- Non Public areas house the BOH areas – Power Supply & Traction (PST)
- System Rooms
- Operations
- Staff Facilities
- Tunnel Ventilation System
- Station Ventilation System
- Water supply & Drainage system
- Miscellaneous requirements
The ‘Public Areas’ are further divided in to ‘Paid Areas’ and ‘Unpaid Areas’. In ‘unpaid
areas’ Passengers obtain travel informaton, tickets and gain access to the system,
whereas in the ‘Paid Areas’ includes access to the Platform after obtaining tickets.
iii. Passenger Handling Capacities: these facilities are provided at the concourse and act
as a medium between ‘Paid’ and ‘Unpaid’ areas, these include stairs, escalators, lifts,
ticket counters, automatic ticket vending machines and ticket gates. These facilities
also enable the evacuation of the station under Emergency.
Ticketing Gates
a. The requirement of the number of Gates is based on the Peak Hour passenger
traffic at the station.
b. Ticketing Gates’ requirements have been calculated taking the gate capacity as 28
persons per minute per gate (80% of the assumed capacity of 35 persons per gate).
Minimum of 2 (two) numbers of Ticketing gates shall per provided per station. In
case of any breakdown the spare gate can serve the purpose, even if the
requirement is for just one gate at any particular station.
c. The Gate design shall depend upon
- Check in and check out
- Smart card, magnetic or paper ticket.
d. Special gates shall be designed for,
- Physically disabled
- Customers with luggage
- Customers with strollers.
Ticket Office
a. The numbers of Ticket office is determined by the passenger traffic and the
operation policy.
b. A minimum of 2 ticket office per station in the stations with high traffic and 1 ticket
office per station in the stations with low traffic have been planned.
Passenger Amenities
Toilet for the physcially disabled to be in the ‘Paid Area’.
Safe Deposit
A safe deposit room next to the main ticket office, TVM back store & SMCR with
restricted and monitored access, connected with the operational area shall be
provided.
- Restrooms
Escalator Requirements
Design Criteria
The Escalators shall be heavy duty ‘Public Service Escalators’, capable of operating
safely, smoothly and continously in either direction, for a period of not less than 16
hours a day, seven days a week. The following criteria shall be adopted :
- Energy saving system
- Protective barriers
- NFPA 130 standards
Escalators shall be used as emergency staircases in case of power failure.
Interfacing requirements
Elevator Requirements
Standards, Codes and Regulations
The following regulations and standards will form the basis for planning and elevator
system.
- Indian Standards (IS)
- American National Standard Institute (ANSI)
- American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM)
- International Electro Technical Commission (IEC)
- European Norm (EN)
- National Electrical Manufaturers Association (NEMA)
- National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
- Underwriter’s Laboratories (UL)
Design Criteria
The Lifts shall be goods/passenger public service type, the following criterion shall be
followed,
Interfacing requirements
Stairs Requirements
g. Commercial Programs
Advertising Areas
i. Advertising has a huge commercial benefits for the products which are advertised.
Station with bigger footfall has better benefits for the product.
ii. The following shall be considered for advertising,
- Passenger traffic
- Space and location requirements for the advertisement
- Importance of light and colours around the advertisement posters
- A sales agency shall manage and maintain the advertisement space.
i. The footfall on the passengers to a station is a great potential for commercial benefits
as a retail area. Like the advertising, an agency to manage the commecial activites in
a station, or a corridor.
ii. Possible locations for Retails shops shall be as under,
- Within the station (Paid/Unpaid Areas): 3.5m depth across all stations, 50sqm for
smaller stations.
- On the Platforms: 15sqm per platform for Automatic Vending Machines.
- Space for Shopping Mall can be created depending upon the Market potential.
- Outside the Station: Kiosks
The Station Design has numerous factors of influence, the availability of Land, the existing
corridor, the Entry / Exits, Concourse, Platforms, ancilliary buildings etc. The design has
been carried out in a way to accommodate the possible vacant land for the development.
However, in cases where there is no availability of a vacant land, land aquisition has been
proposed.
Efforts have been made to provide a safe and comfortable environment for the
passengers during any form of operation. The station design includes numerous
parameters such as, the peak traffic flow, the width of the Stairs, the number of AFC gates,
number of services like Escalators in compliance with NFPA 130.
Efforts have been made to design the station complying to the best International
standards and built environment. Design has been made so that the station in future can
be upgraded, maintained and operated. Auxilliary substations & ECS Plant room
accomodated at the Concourse / Mezzanine levels at ends of Station Box. Tunnel
vetilation System/ Shafts provided at each end of Platform & most of the S&T rooms are
provided at Concourse level.
Care has been taken to keep the BOH areas fully organised while the Plant accomodation
is clearly distinct from habitable rooms.
The Underground station proposed with 4 levels i.e. Mezzanine, Concourse, Platform and
undercroft.
Mezzanine level has all the passenger amenities, entry/exits, AFC’s, Ticketing, ECS plant
rooms, Auxilliary substation, Station Control room, Staff Mess, first aid room and other
BOH spaces.
Concourse level has most of S&T rooms, SER, TER, UPS & Battery room, GSM/CDMA room,
Store room, ECS plant rooms, Auxilliary substation and other BOH spaces.
Platform has seepage sump, pump room and Tunnel vetilation System/ Shafts provided
at each ends. Two banks of staircases and 4 Escalators (2 for future) have been planned
from Concourse to Platform to meet the peak traffic demands.
Ancillary building (cooling towers, DG, Water tanks, Pump Room and chiller plants for ECS
plant), Ventilation shafts are provided at open spaces along road side.
Four entrances are provided to the station, two at each end of station box (one from the
either side of the road). Out of four entries/exits two entries/exits shall be proposed as
future entry/exits.
Pride Mall, similarly the other three (3) entries/exits are planned to bring the passengers
to the station and suitably located to address the local area requirements. Out of four
entry/exits two entry shall be proposed as future entry/exits.
2. Station 2 (Padamavati)
Padmavati Station is another station on the Swargate-Katraj extention, which is located
in the vicinity of Residential neighborhood of Balaji Society and Teen Hatti Chowk. This
proposed station is also part of the Swargate-Katraj extension and is an Underground
station similar to the Swargate Station. This will be a 3 level station, with a total 4 number
of entry/exits from either side of the roads and the station, leading directly to the
Mezzanine. The total width of the Station shall be 23.73M, whereas the Length of the
Station shall be 153.4 M, consisting of operational, functional, public and Non-Public
areas with a planned Ancilliary structure on the road. All the 4 entries/exits are planned
to bring the passengers to the station and suitably located to address the local area
requirements. Out of four entry/exits two entry/exits shall be proposed as future
entry/exits.
The following non-motorized vehicles facilities including pedestrian facilities have been
planned near the station influence area.
The circulating area adjoining the station building is proposed to be properly designed to
ensure rapid/efficient dispersal of passengers, avoiding conflict between pedestrians and
vehicular traffic.
The station entry/exit has been planned to keep in view the major growth centres/activity
areas. The entry/exit has been designed to integrate the station with existing/ proposed
bus stops/bus bays, pick-drop zones and IPT services within walking distance.
Pick-up and drop-off zones and bays for feeder modes like buses, IPT have been proposed
near the station.
All the footpaths in the metro station influence zone have been planned to be upgraded
to desired level of comfort and also proposed new within the stations vicinity areas. The
existing road shoulder areas and service lanes also have been augmented/ strengthened
in the design wherever, possible to utilize the complete ROW to cater to the future traffic
volume.
The vendors if any on the footpaths shall be removed and desired accessibility to metro
stations will be provided.
Junctions and intersections have been proposed with proper pedestrian crossings.
In the design, table top crossings has been proposed wherever possible, otherwise ramps
with gentle slope have been designed for pedestrians. For non-motorized vehicles like
bicycle, rickshaw etc. separated NMV lane have been planned within the station influence
area for smooth circulation based on the availability of land.
The design has been incorporated with a 2-m continuous strip of cycle track on both sides
of the road around stations in accordance to available RoW
The objective of making this chapter is to create a user-friendly mass transport system in Pune
which can ensure accessibility to persons with disabilities, people travelling with small children
or are carrying luggage, as well as people with temporary mobility problems (e.g. a leg in plaster)
and the elderly persons.
The design standards for universal access to Public Transport Infrastructure including related
facilities and services, information, etc. would benefit people using public transport.
Further, it has also been attempted to provide guidelines/ standards for alighting and boarding
area, approach to station, car parking area, drop-off and pick-up areas, taxi/auto rickshaw stand,
bus stand/stop, footpath (sidewalk), kerb ramp, road intersection, median/pedestrian refuge,
traffic signals, subway and foot over bridge etc. to achieve a seamless development around metro
stations.
General
Stations for all rail travel should be fully accessible with extra wide turnstiles where
possible alongside wheelchair accessible doorways.
Staff should be on hand to assist persons with disabilities and elderly to enter or
exit through convenient gates.
All new metro stations should be designed to be fully accessible.
For persons with hearing impairments, an electronic sign board (digital display)
should be displayed on each platform at conspicuous location for all
announcements made by the railways.
For persons with visual impairments audio system announcing the station names
and door location should be available.
Space for a wheel chair should be available at the side of the door;
The space should be indicated inside and outside the car by using the international
symbol of access
Wheel stopper and ring-strap or other appropriate safety grip should be provided
for wheelchair users.
Emergency communication is accessible to person in wheel chair.
Seats
Aisles
A map of train routes should be installed. This should be in Braille/raised numbers as well. In each
car, there should be an announcement and provision of a visual display of the names of stations
route. This display should be in raised numbers with sharp contrast from the background.
Approach route should not have level differences. If the station is not on the same
level as the walkway or pathway, it should a ramp.
Walkway surfaces should be non-slip.
Approach walkway should have tactile pavements for persons with visual
impairments.
Should have clear floor space of at least 900 mm x 1200 mm in front of the counters;
There should be at least one low counter at a height of 750 mm to 800 mm from
the floor with clear knee space of 750 mm high by 900 mm wide by 480 mm deep.
At least one of the counters should have an induction loop unit to aid people with
hearing impairments.
The counters should have pictographic maps indicating all the services offered at
the counter and at least one of the counter staff should be sign language literate.
6.5.3.6 Platforms
6.5.3.8 Signage
Signs must be clear, concise, and consistent. All travelers need clear information about the
purpose and layout of terminals to maintain a sense of direction and independent use of all
facilities. Using internationally and nationally established symbols and pictograms with clear
lettering and Braille ensures universal accessibility cutting across regional/cultural and language
barriers. A cohesive information and signage system can provide visual (e.g. signs, notice boards),
audible (e.g. public address and security systems, induction loops, telephones, and infrared
devices), and/ or tactile information (e.g. signs with embossed lettering or Braille).
Ticketing, Information, Check-in, help desk, Restaurants, Shops, etc. should have
Information or help desks should be close to the terminal entrance, and highly visible
upon entering the terminal. In addition, they should be clearly identified and
accessible to both those who use wheelchairs and those who stand.
It should provide information in accessible formats, viz. Braille leaflets for persons
with vision impairments.
Ideally, these desks should have a map of the facility that desk attendants can view
with
passengers, when providing directions.
Staff manning the counters should know sign language.
Information desk acoustics should be carefully planned and controlled as a high level
of background noise is confusing and disorienting to persons with hearing
impairment.
Lighting should be positioned to illuminate the receptionist/person manning the
counter
and the desk top without creating glare.
Lighting should not create shadows over the receptionist staff, obscuring facial detail
and
making lip reading difficult.
There should be a hearing enhancement system such as a loop induction unit, the
availability of which is clearly indicated with a symbol.
One of the counters should not be more than 800mm from the floor, with a
minimum
clear knee space of 650mm high and 280mm- 300mm deep.
Terminal maps should be placed so that they are readily visible to persons who
are standing and persons who use wheelchairs. They should also be accessible to
persons with a visual disability (i.e. tactile maps). Other alternatives include
electronic navigation systems or audio maps.
Enable captioning always on all televisions and other audiovisual displays that are
capable of displaying captions and that are in any portion of the terminal.
The captioning must be in high contrast for all information concerning travel safety,
ticketing, check-in, delays or cancellations, schedule changes, boarding information,
connections, checking baggage, individuals being paged by bus railway or airlines,
vehicle changes that affect the travel of persons with disabilities, and emergencies
(e.g., fire, bomb threat).
Seating area / benches should be provided along the circulation path at regular
intervals so that passengers do not need to walk more than 50 to 60 meters before
being able to sit and rest.
Where seating is provided, designated seating for passengers with disabilities is to
be
provided at boarding gates and departure areas within viewing distance of
communication boards and/or personnel and identified by the symbol of access.
Public transit operators should provide seating in passenger service areas where
there may be long waiting lines or times, including at ticket sales counters, check-in
counters, secured screening and during inter-country travel in customs areas and
baggage retrieval areas.
Designated seating should be provided for at boarding gates and departure areas
within viewing distance of communication boards, and within hearing range of
audio announcements as well. Such seating areas should be identified by the
symbol of accessibility and shelter should be provided where this seating is
outdoors.
In outdoor settings, seating should be provided along with the planned hawker
spaces.
At waiting lounges for persons with disabilities chairs should have armrests and
backrest.
It is recommended to install a row of tactile guidance paver along the entire length of the
proposed accessible route for visual impaired persons. Care must be taken to ensure that there
are no obstacles, such as wall, pillar, uneven surfaces, Soffit (underside /open area under the
stairs, along the route traversed by the guidance paver. Also, there should be clear headroom of
at least 2.1 meters height above the tactile guidance paver, free of protruding objects such as
overhanging advertisement panel and signage, along the entire length of the walk.
Indicate an approaching potential hazard or a change in direction of the walkway, and serve as a
warning of the approaching danger to persons with visual impairments, preparing them to tread
cautiously and expect obstacles along the travel path, traffic intersections, doorways, stairs, etc.
They are used to screen off obstacles, drop-offs or other hazards, to discourage movement in an
incorrect direction, and to warn of a corner or junction. Two rows of tactile warning paver should
be installed across the entire width of the designated accessible passenger pathway at
appropriate places such as before intersections, terminal entrances, obstacles such as signage,
and each time the walkway changes direction.
6.5.3.15 Doors
Also, be fitted with vision panels at least between 900mm and 1500mm
from floor level.
Be color contrasted with the surrounding wall and should not be heavier
than 22N to open.
Lever handles and push type mechanisms are recommended. When a
sliding door is fully open, handles should be usable from both sides.
Where revolving doors or turnstiles are used, an alternative wheelchair-
accessible entrance must also be provided.
400mm should be provided beyond the leading edge of door to enable a wheelchair
user to maneuver and to reach the handle.
To ensure maximum clarity for persons with visual impairments, the entrance
should be easily distinguishable from its surroundings by the effective use of
landscaping, signage, color (preferably yellow/orange), tonal contrast and tactile
surfacing.
Door hardware should be positioned between 900-1000mm above floor.
Operable devices such as handles, pulls, latches and locks should:
Glazed doors and fixed glazed areas should be made visible by use of a clear, color
and
tone contrasted warning or decorative feature that is effective from both inside
and outside and under any lighting conditions, e.g. a logo, of minimum
dimensions 150mm by 150mm (though not necessarily square), set at eye level.
Steps should be uniform with the tread not less than 300mm and the risers 150mm.
The risers should not be open.
The steps should have an unobstructed width of 1200mm minimum.
All steps should be fitted with a permanent color and tone contrasting at the step
edge, extending the full width of the step, reaching a minimum depth of 50mm on
both tread and riser.
Have continuous handrails on both sides including the wall (if any) at two levels
Warning paver to be placed 300mm at the beginning and at the end of all stairs.
Nosing to be avoided.
The staircase should be adequately and uniformly illuminated during day and night
(when
in use). The level of illumination should preferably fall between 100-150 lux.
The rise of a flight between landings must be no more than 1200mm.
There should be no more than 14 risers in one flight run.
The stair covering, and nosing should be slip-resistant, non-reflective, firmly-fixed
and easy
to maintain.
Soffit (underside /open area under the stairs) of the stairs should be enclosed or
protected.
6.5.3.17 Handrails
Handrail at foot of the flight of stairs should extend 300mm beyond the stairs in the
line of
travel and returning to the wall or floor or rounded off, with a positive end that does
not project into the route of travel.
6.5.3.18 Ramps
6.5.3.19 Lifts
A carefully designed lift makes a huge contribution to the accessibility of a station for persons
with disabilities.
Lift locations should be clearly signposted from the main pedestrian route and
recognizable through design and location.
The color and tone of the lift doors should contrast with the surrounding wall finish
to assist in their location. Lift doors with metallic finishes such as steel grey and
silver should be avoided as they are difficult to identify by persons with low vision.
The lift lobby shall be of an inside measurement of 1800mm X 2000mm or more. A
clear landing area in front of the lift doors of minimum dimensions 1500mm x
1500mm should be provided.
By making the landing area distinguishable by floor surface and contrast, it will aid
location and recognition of core areas. This could comprise a change in floor finish
from thin carpet to vinyl/PVC, or cement/mosaic floor to carpet.
Lift dimensions
Provisions of at least one lift shall be made for people using wheelchairs with the following car
dimensions:
Lift controls
The lift call button should be wall-mounted adjacent to the lift and should contrast
with
wall finish, either by using a contrasting panel, or a contrasting border around
the button panel.
The call buttons should be located within the range 800-1000mm above floor finish.
Buttons should not be touch sensitive, but should require a light positive pressure
and
should ideally be large enough to be operable by the palm of the hand if
required.
The control buttons inside the lift should be positioned on the side wall rather than
front
wall to allow access from the back and front of the lift car, by mobility aid users like
wheelchair users.
The control buttons should contrast with their surroundings and illuminate when
pressed
and should incorporate highly visible tactile embossed (NOT engraved) characters and
in Braille.
Time of closing of an automatic door should be more than 5 seconds and the closing
speed should not exceed 25 meters per second. There should be a provision of
censor enabled closing.
In larger lifts, controls should be positioned on both side walls, at least 400mm from
front wall and between 800-1000mm above floor level.
Car design
Internal walls should have a non-reflective, matt finish in a color and tone
contrasting with the floor, which should also have a matt, non-slip finish.
Use of reflective materials such as metal (stainless steel for example) can be
problematic
in creating sufficient contrast with control buttons, emergency telephone cabinet,
etc. for persons with low vision and the use of such materials should be avoided
wherever possible.
A mirror (750mm above floor level) on the rear wall can be useful to persons using
wheelchairs and other mobility aids should they need to reverse safely out of the
lift car or view the floor numbers.
Internal lighting should provide a level of illumination of minimum 100 lux
(approximately 50-75 lux at floor level), uniformly distributed, avoiding the use of
spotlights or down lighters.
A grab bar should be provided along both sides and the back wall, 900mm above
floor level.
Handrails should be of tubular or oval cross section, to be easily gripped and capable
of providing support.
Handrails should be positioned so that there is a clear space behind the handrail to
allow it to be grasped i.e. knuckle space should be 50mm.
Information systems
Lifts should have both visual and audible floor level indicators
Audible systems are also usually capable of incorporating additional messages, such
as door closing, or, in the case of an emergency, reassurance (with manual over-
ride allowing communication with lift occupants).
Announcement system should be of 50 decibels.
The display could be digital or segmented LED, or an appropriate alternative. A
yellow or light green on black display is preferred to a red on black display as it is
easier to read.
Signages
Tactile paver to be provided for urinals, WC and washbasins for persons with vision
impairments.
Accessible Toilets
The dimensions of a unisex toilet are critical in ensuring access. The compartment
should be at least 2200mm and 2000mm. This will allow use by both manual and
motorized wheelchair users.
Layout of the fixtures in the toilet should be such that a clearing maneuvering space
of 1500mm x 1500mm in front of the WC and washbasin.
Top of the WC seat should be 450-480mm above finished floor level, preferably be
of wall hung or corbel type as it provides additional space at the toe level.
An unobstructed space 900mm wide should be provided to one side of the WC for
transfer, together with a clear space 1200mm deep in front of the WC.
WC should be centered 500mm away from the side wall, with the front edge of the pan
750mm away from the back wall. Have a back support. The WC with a back support should
not incorporate a lid, since this can hinder transfer.
L-shape grab bar at the adjacent wall and on the transfer side (open side) swing up
grab bar shall be provided.
The cistern should have a lever flush mechanism, located on the transfer side and not
on
the wall side and not more than 1000mm from the floor.
Grab Bars
Grab bars should be manufactured from a material which contrasts with the wall
finish (or use dark tiles behind light colored rails), be warm to touch and provide
good grip. - It is essential that all grab rails are adequately fixed, since considerable
pressure will be placed on the rail during maneuvering. Grab bars should sustain
weight of 200kgs minimum.
A hinged type moveable grab bar should be installed adjacent to the WC on the transfer
side. This rail can incorporate a toilet tissue holder. 320mm from the center line of the
WC between heights of 200-250mm from the top of the WC seat. It should extend 100-
150mm beyond the front of the WC.
A fixed wall-mounted L- shape grab bar (600mm long horizontal and 700mm long
vertical)
on the wall side should be provided. It should be placed at a height of 200-250mm above
the WC seat level.
Washbasins
The basin should be fixed no higher than 750mm above the finished floor level.
Be of dimensions 520mm and 410mm, mounted such that the top edge is between
800 - 900mm from the floor; have a knee space of at least 760mm wide by 200mm
deep by 650-680mm high.
The position of the basin should not restrict access to the WC i.e. it should be
located 900mm away from the WC.
A lever operated mixer tap fitted on the side of the basin closest to the WC is useful
as it allows hot and cold water to be used from a seated position on the WC.
The hand drying facilities should be located close to the hand washbasin between
1000-1200mm.
Hand washbasins should be fitted on cantilevered brackets fixed to the wall.
Lever type handles for taps are recommended.
Mirror’s bottom edge to be 1000mm from the floor and may be inclined at an angle.
Contrast between fittings and fixtures and wall or floor finishes will assist in their
location. For example, using contrasting fittings, or dark tiles behind white hand
washbasins and urinals, contrasting soap dispensers and toilet roll holders. Contrast
between critical surfaces, e.g. floors, walls and ceilings help to define the
dimensions of the room.
Towel rails, rings and handrails should be securely fixed to the walls and positioned
at 800-1000mm from the floor.
The mirror should be tilted at an angle of 300 for better visibility by wheelchair users.
It should have lower edge at 1000mm above floor finish and top edge around
1800mm above floor finish.
Hooks should be available at both lower-1200mm and standard heights- 1400mm,
projecting not more than 40mm from the wall.
Where possible, be equipped with a shelf of dimensions 400mm x 200mm fixed at a
height of between 900mm and 1000mm from the floor.
Light fittings should illuminate the user's face without being visible in the mirror.
For this reason, most units which have an integral light are unsatisfactory.
Large, easy to operate switches are recommended, contrasting with background to
assist location, at a maximum height of 1000mm above floor finish.
All toilet facilities should incorporate visual fire alarms.
Alarms must be located so that assistance can be summoned both when on the
toilet pan i.e. at 900mm height and lying on the floor i.e. at 300mm, from floor
surface. Alarms should be located close to the side wall nearest the toilet pan,
750mm away from rear wall and at 900mm and 200mm above floor finish.
All unisex accessible toilets to have access symbol in contrast colors. A distinct audio
sound (beeper/clapper) may be installed above the entrance door for identification
of the toilets.
At least one of the urinals should have grab bars to support ambulant persons with
disabilities (for example, people using mobility aids like crutches).
A stall-type urinal is recommended.
Urinals shall be stall-type or wall-hung, with an elongated rim at a maximum of
430mm
above the finish floor. This is usable by children, short stature persons and
wheelchair users.
Urinal shields (that do not extend beyond the front edge of the urinal rim) should
be provided with 735mm clearance between them.
Grab bars to be installed on each side, and in the front, of the urinal.
The front bar is to provide chest support; the sidebars are for the user to hold on to
while standing.
Drinking water fountains or water coolers shall have up front spouts and control.
Drinking water fountains or water coolers shall be hand-operated or hand and foot-
operated.
In emergency situations, it is critical that people are quickly alerted to the situation
at hand, for persons with disability the following needs to be considered.
Consider having audible alarms with ‘voice instructions’ that can help guide them
to the nearest emergency exit. As an alternative to the pre-recorded messages,
these alarms may be connected to the central control room for on-the-spot
broadcasts.
Non-auditory alarms (visual or sensory) to alert persons with hearing impairments
should be installed at visible locations in all areas that the passengers may use
(including toilet areas, etc.).
A written evacuation procedure that details the egress plan for people with disability should be
installed behind the entrance door in the accessible rest rooms. The evacuation procedure should
be detailed in large print letters that contrast strongly against the background. Where possible,
it should also incorporate raised letters and Braille. The evacuation route should be displayed on
a high contrast tactile map for benefit of persons with vision impairments.
Designate routes that are at least 1200mm wide, to ensure that a person using a
wheelchair and a non-disabled person can pass each other along the route. The
route should be free of any steps or sudden changes in level and should be kept free
from obstacles such as furniture, coolers, AC units and flower pots.
Use Exit signage along the route. Orientation and direction signs should be installed
frequently along the evacuation route and these should preferably be internally
illuminated. The exit door signage should also be internally illuminated.
A ‘way guidance lighting system’ consisting of low mounted LED strips to outline the
exit route (with frequent illuminated direction indicators along the route) should be
installed along the entire length of the evacuation route. Way guidance systems allow
persons with vision impairments to walk significantly faster than traditional overhead
emergency lighting. Moreover, emergency exit lights in green color and directional
signals mounted near the floor have been found to be useful for all people in cases
where a lot of smoke is present.
Luminance on the floor should be 1lux minimum provided on along the center line
of the route and on stairs.
Install clear illuminated sign above exit and directional signage along the route.
The directional exit signs with arrows indicating the way to the escape route should
be provided at a height of 500mm from the floor level on the wall and should be
internally illuminated by electric light connected to corridor circuits.
Fire resistant doors and doors used along the emergency evacuation route are generally heavy
and the force required to open these is much higher than 25 Newtons, making it difficult for
people with disability to negotiate these doors independently. There are, however, magnetic and
other types of door holders available that can be connected to fire alarms so that they will hold
the doors open normally but will release the doors when the fire alarm is activated.
Footpath (Sidewalk)
Kerb Ramp
Kerb should be dropped, to be flush with walk way, at a gradient no greater than
1:10 on both sides of necessary and convenient crossing points. Width should not
be less than 1200mm. If width (X) is less than 1200mm, then slope of the flared side
shall not exceed 1:12.
Floor tactile paving- Guiding & Warning paver shall be provided to guide persons
with vision impairment so that a person with vision impairment does not
accidentally walk onto the road.
Finishes shall have non-slip surface with a texture traversable by a wheel chair.
Road Intersections
Median/Pedestrian Refuge
Cut through and level with the street; or Have kerb ramps on both the sides and
have a level area of not less than 1500 mm long in the middle; and
A colored tactile marking strip at least 600 mm wide should mark the beginning and
end of a median/ pedestrian refuge to guide pedestrian with visual impairments to
its location.
Pedestrian traffic lights should be provided with clearly audible signals for the
benefit of pedestrians with visual impairments;
Acoustic devices should be installed on a pole at the point of origin of crossing and
not at the point of destination;
The installation of two adjacent acoustic devices such as beepers is not
recommended to avoid disorientation;
The time interval allowed for crossing should be programmed according to the
slowest crossing persons; and
Acoustical signals encourage safer crossing behavior among children as well.
Subways and foot over bridges should be accessible for people with disabilities. This may be
achieved by:
Providing for seats for people with ambulatory disabilities at regular intervals along
the walkway and at landings.
All areas and services provided in the station that are open to the public should be accessible.
6.5.3.34 Approach
Passenger walkways, including crossings to the bus stops, taxi stands, terminal /
station building, etc. should be accessible to persons with disabilities.
Uneven surfaces should be repaired and anything that encroaches on corridors or
paths of travel should be removed to avoid creating new barriers. Any obstructions
or areas requiring maintenance should be white cane detectable.
Access path from plot entry and surface parking to terminal entrance shall have
even surface without any steps.
Slope, if any, shall not have gradient greater than 5%. The walkway should not have
a gradient exceeding 1 :20. It also refers to cross slope.
Texture change in walk ways adjacent to seating by means of tactile warning paver
should be provided for persons with vision impairment.
Avoid gratings in walks.
Signage
Symbol
International Symbol of Accessibility should be clearly marked on the accessible parking lot for
drivers/riders with disabilities only.
The car park entrance should have a height clearance of at least 2400 mm.
Location;
Accessible parking lots that serve a building should be located nearest to an accessible
entrance and / or lift lobby within 30 meters. In case the access is through lift, the
parking shall be located within 30 meters.
The accessible route of 1200 mm width is required for wheelchair users to pass
behind vehicle that may be backing out.
7. INTERMODAL INTEGRATION
The Multi-modal Integration Plan shall include requirements in respect of integrated transport
and how the System must integrate into the existing transport modes at metro station,
including non-motorized trips, viz. walking and cycling. All the physical elements necessary to
ensure seamless connectivity between the metro and the broader transport network shall be
accommodated.
While Pune Metro provides a high capacity transport system to carry the passengers, the need
for integration with other transport modes is essential to ensure a seamless transfer. This
concept is to provide first mile and last mile connectivity to the commuters within their places
of residence/ business. At present the various modes of commute in Pune region comprise of
State Transport buses, City bus services, Mini buses, Auto Rickshaws, Private cars, Two
Wheelers and Bi-Cycles.
The new Metro Rail Policy (2017) also highlights provision of infrastructure for integration of
various modes of transport, last mile connectivity, seamless transfer between various modes
through common payment instrument and universally accessible infrastructure.
A world-class public transport system, incorporating best practice interchange hubs, will also
help to meet the social, economic and environmental needs of a thriving and growing city,
including;
Easily customizable, modifiable and upgradable for the whole of its life to accommodate
and support future expansion, demand and growth for the Metro system at an
economical cost;
Improves the overall image of Pune.
Multi Modal Integration refers to transportation and land use planning that considers
diverse transportation options, typically including walking, cycling, public transit and
private transport modes, and accounts for land use factors that affect accessibility. Multi
Modal transportation accounts for the integration of different capabilities of different
modes, including their availability, speed, costs, limitations, and therefore their most
appropriate uses. To be efficient and fair, a transportation system must serve diverse
demands. For example, would be inefficient, if inadequate sidewalks force parents to
chauffeur children to local destinations to which they would rather walk or bicycle, or if
inadequate mobility options force urban commuters to drive although they would prefer
to rideshare or use transit. Physically, economically and socially challenged people in
particular need diverse mobility options; walking and cycling for local travel, public transit
for longer trips, and automobiles (ridesharing, chauffeuring and taxi travel) when
necessary. As a result, to be efficient and fair, transportation must be Multi Modal.
Before about 1980, walking and bicycling were recognized as important travel modes, but
for most of the last century transport planning was automobile-oriented. As a result, most
communities now have well developed road systems that allow motorists to drive to most
destinations with relative convenience and safety; at worst they may be delayed by peak
period congestion and pay tolls and parking fees at some destinations.
From the past case experience, it is evident that integration plays a very vital role in
emphasizing the commuters to shift from private mode of transportation to public
transportation. The main tools of any public transportation system must be Multi Modal.
As there is constant change in the requirement / advancement of infrastructure, other
essential tools of integration are promoting active mobility (cycling and walking) users,
providing safe and reliable infrastructure to reach primary mode of public transportation
system, through feeder services, park & ride system, education and public outreach to
commuters (marketing strategy), etc.
Transport Integration Plan shall enable maximum number of passengers with ease of
accessibility which ensures, safe, quick, convenient and seamless connectivity among the
various modes of transport. Making streets safe, clean and walkable reduce impact on
the natural environment, making less harm and to retain the natural resources. Access
modes to transit stations is presented in below.
Integration of modes should be planned in such a way that the people using various modes
are integrated well by providing footpath for pedestrians, bicycle racks/parking for cyclists,
bus bays for buses, taxi ranks and stands for Taxi and auto rickshaw, kiss & ride for Car users.
Approach for safe access is presented below.
Local road connections- to ensure first mile and last mile connectivity, the immediate
surrounding road network nearby the interchange, shall be enhanced to have an
uninterrupted connectivity.
Below figure shows the alignment proposed metro extension towards south, which consists
four stations with a total length of 5.464 km along the Pune-Satara Road. Following figure
shows the description of each of the proposed stations.
Table 64 : Connectivity with Other Public Transport Systems - Swargate - Katraj Corridor
Station Name Connectivity with City Bus System and Other Features
Station 1 is the first station of Swargate-Katraj South extension. It is
proposed to be underground.
At station 1, the estimated number of boarding and alighting
passengers during peak hour are 1750 and 1720 respectively in the
year 2057.
This station is surrounded by public area, residential buildings,
Station 1 commercial area etc.
Roads near Metro station are Pune-Satara Highway & Swami
Vivekananda Road.
The transport integration plan for station 1 would facilitate a
seamless connectivity for passengers by providing proper facilities
like, footpath, bus stop, parking, pick up /drop off area. Staircase,
ramps & escalators are proposed for seamless transfer of passengers.
Station 2 is proposed as an underground metro station near
Padmavati Bus Stand.
The land use around the station are commercial (Mangal Murti
Complex, Manomayy Technologies etc.), public
At this station, the estimated number of boarding and alighting
passengers during peak hour are 2020 and 1690 respectively in the
Station 2 year 2057.
Station 2 is proposed near Pune-Satara Highway X Golvalkar Guruji
Path Intersection which has 3 arms.
The proposed transport integration plan of Metro Station facilitates
smooth and safe interchange of passengers by providing proper
facilities like pedestrian pathway, cycle track, bus stop, parking, pick
up & drop off area, etc.
Station Name Connectivity with City Bus System and Other Features
Station 3 is located near Katraj depot, which is one of the main bus
depots on the corridor. Near the 4-arm intersection formed by
conjunction of roads i.e. Pune-Satara Road and Mumbai-Pune Bypass
Road. Katraj station is the major point of interchange as it is the last
station/terminal of the metro corridor. It is one of the major entry
points to the city. Most of the passengers are the business passengers
Station 3
and daily workers/employees from the surrounding rural areas.
The surrounding area is equally dominated by residential
developments (i.e. high-rise apartments) and commercial
development (i.e. JSMP group of institutes, Manik Moti Complex
etc.). The expected peak hour boarding and alighting at the station by
year 2057 will be 7130 and 6790 respectively.
Feeder services are the most vital secondary public transportation systems as it enables the users
with last mile connectivity and contributes to build a stronger patronage for Metro system.
Usually, the coverage of feeder service is about 2 to 4 Kms in radius.
Fleet requirement is based on the passenger demand who are likely to use the proposed feeder
service after metro line is operational. The assessment is made considering existing bus routes
complementing to the metro shall continue. Feeder service has been planned for the areas which
are not served by any public transit system to provide first & last mile connectivity.
Route planning is done targeting passengers in radial distance of 2-4 km from the metro stations
and complementing the other public transit and Bicycle Schemes. There are a good number of
bus services already serving the commuters in the influencing area. The number of feeder buses
required has been estimated considering the peak demand of the horizon years viz. 2027, 2037,
2047 and 2057. The additional Feeder routes proposed on Swargate-Katraj corridor are
presented below. The feeder buses requirement for respective years for South extension
(Swargate-Katraj) is presented in below.
In Delhi, DMRC has deployed feeder buses with a sitting capacity of 18 passengers and total
capacity of 30 passengers. However, feeder bus service facility has long way to go as the bus
conditions are not so good to travel. Since it is handled by the private operators who normally
waits to fetch more passengers, the headway become long and passengers must wait for longer
time. Because of this, passengers shift to other modes of transport (i.e. Auto/Taxi) to access the
metro station. These things should be kept in mind while implementing feeder services at any
metro station.
The roads on which the metro feeder routes are proposed are presented below.
Figure 78. Proposed Metro Feeder Bus Routes – Swargate -Katraj Corridor
Station 2
2 R1 Station 2 to Station 1 via Golvalkar Guruji Path-Chandrashekhar Azad Path 2.43 1 2 3 4
(Padmavati)
Station 3 to Bhartiya Vidyapeeth via Akshay Nagar, Chandrabhaga Nagar Road &
R1 2.96 1 2 3 5
3 Mumbai Pune Road
Station 3
Station 3 to Katraj Ghat Road via Katraj Kondhwa Road - Katraj Lake Road &
(Katraj) R2 1.95 1 2 4 5
Gujarwadi Road
Year Wise Total Buses Required 4 8 13 18
Vulnerable user groups like differently abled, the elderly and their accessibility measures must
be taken care meticulously. Some of the facilities include longer crossing time for senior citizens
(Pelican signal upgradation), pedestrian sidewalks of about 1.8 m - 3 m width, bicycle lanes of 1
m - 1.2 m, walking shelters to protect commuters from rain and heat, etc. Tactile paving,
elevators and ramps need to be provided within the MRT stations. Ramps with gentle slope shall
be designed for pedestrians and wheelchair users. Cycle parking shall be planned at all the
stations to safely park the private cycles (Docked /Turnstile). Junctions and intersections should
be proposed with proper pedestrian crossings. Proper road markings, Traffic Signages, Zebra
Crossings and Pedestrian Signals shall be proposed to provide safe and uninterrupted pedestrian
movement.
A limited number of parking slots should be provided in selected stations to discourage the usage
of private modes of transportation. This action encourages car/ two-wheeler commuters to use
public transport automatically with a great comfort and satisfaction due to high congestion of
roads during peak hours. Transport planners strive to attract huge number of users towards MRT
by different modes such as walking, cycling or feeder services only.
Physical (or spatial) integration describes efforts to co-locate the various parts of a transport
system. This generally occurs at stations, but also happens elsewhere in the network. Examples
include taxi stands outside metro stations, walkways connecting stations directly to adjacent
buildings, stations serving various bus and train lines, and bikeways along Metro routes, among
others.
The first priorities for physical integration within a Metro network, essentially pre-requisite of
good system design, is with the pedestrian and cycling environment surrounding the station,
terminal or Multi Modal facility and with the different lines and services of the metro system
itself by creating an easy transfer within.
Metro can be integrated with short and long-distance public transport infrastructure e.g., Bus/
BRT/ Train Stations, and, in some cases, airports. Again, physical planning is key to making this
option viable. Travellers from such modes often are carrying luggage or goods and need a
convenient transfer mechanism.
Please refer Annexure 1 for Physical Integration Plans for both Swargate – Katraj metro corridor.
Annexure 1
Station wise Schematic Physical Integration Plans as mentioned below are presented in the
next pages.
Swargate-Katraj Corridor
1) Station 1
2) Station 2
3) Station 3
PADMAVATI
8.1.1 Stations
(1A)
-II
Recommended locations from operations perspective are minimum one near Katraj and one
near Swargate
Peak hour peak direction traffic demands (PHPDT) for the Pune Metro Corridor-1 Phase-2A
for the horizon years for the purpose of planning the network capacities are summarised
hereunder. Station Boarding/ Alighting figures and Sectional PHPDT is detailed in subsequent
tables in this section.
Sectional Boarding and Alighting figures for horizon years are detailed in table
hereunder.
Table 69 : Boarding- Alighting figures for Corridor - Nigdi-Katraj
Nigdi to Katraj Peak-Hour-Boarding/Alighting
SI
Station 2027 2037 2047 2057
No Boarding Alighting Boarding Alighting Boarding Alighting Boarding Alighting
1 Nigdi 1020 1090 1360 1830 1570 2210 1610 2260
2 Akurdi 1310 1450 1530 2130 1760 2530 1800 2580
3 Chinchwad 1140 1390 1630 2110 1890 2580 1940 2640
4 PCMC 4970 3390 6230 4770 7030 5460 7180 5580
5 Tukaram
2670 2630 3610 3900 4090 4560 4180 4660
Nagar
6 Bhosari 3750 3680 4840 4970 5460 5660 5580 5790
7 Kasarwadi 2390 2330 3260 3350 3660 3760 3740 3840
8 Fugewadi
2100 1820 2860 2650 3200 3080 3270 3150
9 Dapodi 4480 4000 5310 5030 5920 5910 6050 6040
10 Bopodi 4420 4380 5370 5510 6100 6360 6240 6500
11 Khadki
2140 2370 2780 2980 3090 3420 3160 3490
Station
12 Range Hill 2610 3080 3310 3880 3740 4460 3820 4550
13 Shivaji Nagar 5180 5350 6600 6550 7630 7750 7790 7920
14 Civil Court 7990 8730 10240 11120 11690 12560 11940 12830
15 Budhwar
3570 2860 4550 3660 5400 4330 5510 4420
Peth
16 Mandai 2670 2520 3430 3260 4180 3940 4270 4020
17 Swargate 6100 7180 8830 8830 11830 10340 12090 10570
18 Station 1 880 880 1580 1480 1740 1690 1750 1720
Boarding Alighting
14000
12000
2037 Boarding
10000
2037 Alighting
8000
2047 Boarding
6000
2047 Alighting
4000
2057 Boarding
2000
2057 Alighting
0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Sectional Traffic Demand for horizon years is given the table hereunder:
Table 70 : Traffic Demand - Corridor-Nigdi-Katraj
Traffic Demand in PHPDT
Section Year
From To 2027 2037 2047 2057
Nigdi Akurdi 1090 1830 2210 2300
Akurdi Chinchwad 2520 3940 4700 4900
Chinchwad PCMC 3750 5490 6560 6840
30000
Traffic Demand (PHPDT)
25000
20000
15000
10000
5000
0
To meet the projected traffic demand, the possibility of running trains with different
headways has been examined.
Accordingly, for Corridor-1, 3-car trains are proposed for the year 2027 whereas a mix of 3-car
and 6-car trains is proposed for year 2037, 2047 and 2057.
Composition
DMC : Driving Motor Car
MC : Motor Car
TC : Trailer Car
3 Car Train Composition DMC + TC + DMC
6 Car Train Composition DMC + TC + MC + MC + TC + DMC
Capacity
3 Car Train: 6p/sqm standee- 764 Passengers;
8p/sqm standee- 975 Passengers
6 Car Train: 6p/sqm standee- 1574 Passengers;
8p/sqm standee- 2004 Passengers
Based on the projected PHPDT demand, Train operation for Pune Metro Corridor-1 Phase-2A
is planned with train carrying capacity calculated @6 persons per square meter of standee
area in train and is detailed in following sections for years 2027, 2037, 2047 and 2057.
Year 2027
Corridor-1 (Nigdi to Katraj) has peak traffic with PHPDT of 18000 in section Khadki Station-
Range Hill. To cater the traffic, Train operation with 3-car trains with headway of 2.7 min in
section PCMC-Swargate is planned with Peak Hour Peak Direction Capacity of 16800 @6
persons per square meter of standee area (Capacity of 21500 @8 persons per square meter
of standee area under crush loading conditions).
As PHPDT in sections beyond PCMC-Swargate is very low (PHPDT of 4370), peak headway of
only 5.4 min is considered sufficient in this section. Accordingly, every alternate train is
planned to be short looped from PCMC and Swargate, at least during peak hours. This has
minimized Rolling Stock and Train Operator requirement.
The planned capacity of 16800 (21500 under crush loading) is less than the PHPDT demand in
four sections out of twenty sections. With this planned PHPDT capacity, optimum utilization
of Rolling Stock will be achieved, and empty running of trains will be considerably reduced.
However, the Rolling Stock is designed for carrying higher density loading @ 8 standee
passengers per square meter. The sections in which PHPDT capacity exceeds the planned
capacity, overloading during these peak hours is tolerable. Traffic demand and train capacity
for this corridor in the year 2027 is tabulated and represented on a chart provided hereunder
25000
Demand vs Capacity - Corridor-1 Phase 2A- 2027
20000
15000
10000
5000
Year 2037
Corridor-1 (Nigdi to Katraj) has peak traffic with PHPDT of 23000 in section Khadki Station-
Range Hill. To cater the traffic, Train operation with 3-car & 6-car trains with headway of 2.5
min in section PCMC-Swargate is planned with Peak Hour Peak Direction Capacity of 20000
@6 persons per square meter of standee area (Capacity of 25500 @8 persons per square
meter of standee area under crush loading conditions).
As PHPDT in sections beyond PCMC-Swargate is very low (PHPDT of 6750), peak headway of
only 5 min is considered sufficient in this section. Accordingly, every alternate train is planned
to be short looped from PCMC and Swargate, at least during peak hours. This has minimized
Rolling Stock and Train Operator requirement.
The planned capacity of 20000 (25500 under dense loading) is less than the PHPDT demand in
five sections out of twenty sections. With this planned PHPDT capacity, optimum utilization of
Rolling Stock will be achieved, and empty running of trains will be considerably reduced.
However, the Rolling Stock is designed for carrying higher density loading @ 8 standee
passengers per square meter. The sections in which PHPDT capacity exceeds the planned
capacity, overloading during these peak hours is tolerable. Traffic demand and train capacity
for this corridor in the year 2037 is tabulated and represented on a chart provided hereunder.
Table 72 : Traffic Demand and Capacity – Corridor-Nigdi-Katraj
Year 2037
Headway (Sec) 150
S Capacity Capacity
From To PHPDT
No. @6p/sqm @8p/sqm
1 Nigdi Akurdi 1830 9978 12729
Year 2037
Headway (Sec) 150
2 Akurdi Chinchwad 3940 9978 12729
3 Chinchwad PCMC 5490 9978 12729
4 PCMC Tukaram Nagar 9430 19956 25458
5 Tukaram Nagar Bhosari 12370 19956 25458
6 Bhosari Kasarwadi 15800 19956 25458
7 Kasarwadi Fugewadi 17660 19956 25458
8 Fugewadi Dapodi 19320 19956 25458
9 Dapodi Bopodi 21020 19956 25458
10 Bopodi Khadki Station 22390 19956 25458
11 Khadki Station Range Hill 22760 19956 25458
12 Range Hill Shivaji Nagar 22980 19956 25458
13 Shivaji Nagar Civil Court 20890 19956 25458
14 Civil Court Budhwar Peth 19780 19956 25458
15 Budhwar Peth Mandai 16770 19956 25458
16 Mandai Swargate 13720 19956 25458
17 Swargate Station 1 6790 9978 12729
18 Station 1 Station 2 6600 9978 12729
19 Station 2 Station 3 6060 9978 12729
30000
Demand vs Capacity - Corridor-1 - 2037
25000
20000
15000
10000
5000
In case of any mismatch in the capacity provided and the actual traffic, the capacity can be
moderated suitably by either varying the rake composition or adjusting the headway. E.g. in
case of higher demand, headway may be reduced easily by injecting more trains out of reserve
trains
Year 2047
Corridor-1 (Nigdi to Katraj) has peak traffic with PHPDT of 27000 in section Range Hill to
Shivaji Nagar. To cater the traffic, Train operation with 3-car and 6-car trains with headway of
2.5 min in section PCMC-Swargate is planned with Peak Hour Peak Direction Capacity of 24000
@6 persons per square meter of standee area (Capacity of 30600 @8 persons per square
meter of standee area under crush loading conditions).
As PHPDT in sections beyond PCMC-Swargate is very low (PHPDT of 7700), peak headway of
only 5 min is considered sufficient in this section. Accordingly, every alternate train is planned
to be short looped from PCMC and Swargate, at least during peak hours. This has minimized
Rolling Stock and Train Operator requirement.
The planned capacity is less than the PHPDT demand in four sections out of twenty sections.
With this planned PHPDT capacity, optimum utilization of Rolling Stock will be achieved, and
empty running of trains will be considerably reduced. However, the Rolling Stock is designed
for carrying higher density loading @ 8 standee passengers per square meter. The sections in
which PHPDT capacity exceeds the planned capacity, overloading during these peak hours is
tolerable. Traffic demand and train capacity for this corridor in the year 2047 is tabulated and
represented on a chart provided hereunder.
Year 2047
Headway (Sec) 150
S Capacity Capacity
From To PHPDT
No. @6p/sqm @8p/sqm
13 Shivaji Nagar Civil Court 24840 24006 30603
14 Civil Court Budhwar Peth 23480 24006 30603
15 Budhwar Peth Mandai 20260 24006 30603
16 Mandai Swargate 16920 24006 30603
17 Swargate Station 1 7680 12003 15302
18 Station 1 Station 2 7430 12003 15302
19 Station 2 Station 3 6760 12003 15302
25000
20000
15000
10000
5000
In case of any mismatch in the capacity provided and the actual traffic, the capacity can be
moderated suitably by either varying the rake composition or adjusting the headway. E.g. in
case of higher demand, headway may be reduced easily by injecting more trains out of
reserve trains.
Year 2057
Corridor-1 (Nigdi to Katraj) has peak traffic with PHPDT of 28000 in section Range Hill- Shivaji
Nagar. To cater the traffic, Train operation with 3-car trains with headway of 2.5 min in
section PCMC-Swargate is planned with Peak Hour Peak Direction Capacity of 25500 @6
persons per square meter of standee area (Capacity of 32500 @8 persons per square meter
of standee area under crush loading conditions).
As PHPDT in sections beyond PCMC-Swargate is very low (PHPDT of 8000), peak headway of
only 5 min is considered sufficient in this section. Accordingly, every alternate train is planned
to be short looped from PCMC and Swargate, at least during peak hours. This has minimized
Rolling Stock and Train Operator requirement.
The planned capacity at crush loading is less than the PHPDT demand in four sections out of
twenty sections. With this planned PHPDT capacity, optimum utilization of Rolling Stock will
be achieved, and empty running of trains will be considerably reduced. However, the Rolling
Stock is designed for carrying higher density loading @ 8 standee passengers per square
meter. The sections in which PHPDT capacity exceeds the planned capacity, overloading
during these peak hours is tolerable. Traffic demand and train capacity for this corridor in the
year 2057 is tabulated and represented on a chart provided hereunder.
Table 73 : Traffic Demand and Capacity - Corridor-Nigdi-Katraj
Year 2057
Headway (Sec) 150
Capacity Capacity
S No. From To PHPDT
@6p/sqm @8p/sqm
1 Nigdi Akurdi 2300 12813 16331
2 Akurdi Chinchwad 4900 12813 16331
3 Chinchwad PCMC 6840 12813 16331
4 PCMC Tukaram Nagar 11460 25626 32661
5 Tukaram Nagar Bhosari 15010 25626 32661
6 Bhosari Kasarwadi 19110 25626 32661
7 Kasarwadi Fugewadi 21230 25626 32661
8 Fugewadi Dapodi 23190 25626 32661
9 Dapodi Bopodi 25420 25626 32661
10 Bopodi Khadki Station 27240 25626 32661
11 Khadki Station Range Hill 27770 25626 32661
12 Range Hill Shivaji Nagar 28170 25626 32661
13 Shivaji Nagar Civil Court 25900 25626 32661
14 Civil Court Budhwar Peth 24480 25626 32661
15 Budhwar Peth Mandai 21130 25626 32661
16 Mandai Swargate 17640 25626 32661
17 Swargate Station 1 8010 12813 16331
18 Station 1 Station 2 7890 12813 16331
19 Station 2 Station 3 7130 12813 16331
35000
Demand vs Capacity - Corridor-1 Phase-2A- 2057
30000
25000
20000
15000
10000
5000
0
In case of any mismatch in the capacity provided and the actual traffic, the capacity can be
moderated suitably by either varying the rake composition or adjusting the headway. E.g. in
case of higher demand, headway may be reduced easily by injecting more trains out of reserve
trains.
The Summary of Peak Hour Headway and Traffic capacity provided on line 1 Phase 2A in
horizon years of operation is tabulated in Table 74.
Table 74 : Capacity Provided for Nigdi – Katraj Corridor
Demand (PHPDT) and Capacity Plan – line 1 Phase 1A (Nigdi- Katraj)
Year 2027 2037 2047 2057
Section
Nigdi-PCMC &
Nigdi-PCMC &
Nigdi-PCMC &
Nigdi-PCMC &
Swargate -
Swargate-
Swargate-
Swargate-
Swargate
Swargate
Swargate
Swargate
PCMC-
PCMC-
PCMC-
PCMC-
Katraj
Katraj
Katraj
Katraj
Peak Hour
characteristics
Headway (seconds) 327 164 300 150 300 150 300 150
No. of 3- Cars trains/
11 22 12 10 12 5 12 3
Hr
No. of 6- Cars trains/
0 0 0 2 0 7 0 9
Hr
Peak Demand 4370 18070 6770 22980 7680 27020 8010 28170
Total Capacity
@6p/sqm of standee 8404 16808 9168 19956 9168 24006 9168 25626
area
Total Capacity
@8p/sqm of standee 10725 21450 11700 25458 11700 30603 11700 32661
area
No services are proposed between 24:00 hrs to 05:00 hrs, which are reserved for
maintenance of infrastructure and rolling stock.
The hourly distribution of daily transport capacity for Corridor 1 Phase 2A for horizon years
are provided in following tables and represented in graphically in following charts.
Table 76 : Hourly Train Operation Plan for Corridor – Nigdi to Katraj
Year 2027
Time
PCMC- Swargate PCMC- Nigdi & Swargate
Headway No. of Trips Headway No. of Trips
From To
(Min.) UP DN (Min.) UP DN
05:30 06:00 15 2 2 15 2 2
06:00 07:00 12 5 5 12 5 5
07:00 08:00 6 10 10 6.0 10 10
Year 2027
Time
PCMC- Swargate PCMC- Nigdi & Swargate
11:00 12:00 6 10 10 6 10 10
12:00 13:00 9 7 7 9 7 7
13:00 14:00 9 7 7 9 7 7
14:00 15:00 9 7 7 9 7 7
15:00 16:00 9 7 7 9 7 7
16:00 17:00 6 9 9 6 9 9
17:00 18:00 2.7 22 22 5.5 11 11
18:00 19:00 2.7 22 22 5.5 11 11
21:00 22:00 9 7 7 9 7 7
22:00 23:00 12 5 5 12 5 5
23:00 23:30 15 2 2 15 2 2
16.0
14.0 2027 PCMC-
12.0 Swargate
Headway
10.0
(Min.)
8.0
6.0
4.0 2027 PCMC-
2.0 Nigdi &
0.0 Swargate
Headway
(Min.) DN
16.0
14.0
12.0 . PCMC- Swargate
10.0
8.0
6.0 . PCMC- Nigdi &
Swargate-Katraj
4.0
2.0
0.0
05:30
06:00
07:00
08:00
09:00
10:00
11:00
12:00
13:00
14:00
15:00
16:00
17:00
18:00
19:00
20:00
21:00
22:00
23:00
23:30
The calculation for vehicle kilometre is based on assumption that 50% trains will be short
looped only during peak-hours. Vehicle kilometres can be further reduced by introducing short
looping during off-peak hours such that headway in Phase 2A is not too high for passenger
convenience.
Note: Total Car Requirement' includes 90 cars already planned for earlier phases. The detailed
calculations of Rolling Stock Requirement in the year 2027 is shown at end of this chapter.
Assumptions:
However, for planned requirement in Phase-2A in year 2047 & 2057, i.e. additional 8 number
of 3-car trains, additional stabling facility is required.
TO = 74.7 mins
Hence, No. of Trains = 26.68 = 27 Nos.
TO = 26.0 mins
Hence, No. of Trains = 2.13 = 2 Nos.
1. The requirement of Rolling Stock for Nigdi – Swargate section is 90 coaches in year 2025.
2. The requirement of Rolling Stock for Nigdi – Kataraj is 108 in year 2027 (mentioned in DPR pg no. 266 (8.5)).
Accordingly, additional requirement 18 coaches (108 minus 90 required for Nigdi – Swargate ) is considered.
Metro carries large number of passengers at a very close headway requiring a very high level
of safety enforcement and reliability. At the same time, heavy investment in infrastructure
and rolling stock necessitates optimization of its capacity to provide the best services to the
public.
These requirements of the metro are planned to be achieved by adopting ‘CATC’ (Continuous
Automatic Train Control System) based on "CBTC" (Communication based Train Control
System) which includes ATP (Automatic Train Protection), ATO (Automatic Train Operation)
and ATS (Automatic Train Supervision) sub-systems using radio communication between Track
side and Train. This will:
Provide high level of safety with trains running at close headway ensuring
continuous safe train separation and for bidirectional working;
Eliminate accidents due to driver passing signal at danger by continuous speed
monitoring and automatic application of brake in case of dis-regard of signal /
warning by the driver;
Provide safety and enforce speed limit on section having permanent and
temporary speed restrictions;
Improve capacity with safer and smoother operations. The driver will have
continuous display of Target Speed / Distance to Go status in his cab, enabling
him to optimize the speed potential of the track section. It provides signal /
speed status in the cab even in bad weather;
Increase productivity of rolling stock by increasing line capacity and train speeds
and enabling train to arrive at its destination sooner. Hence, more trips will be
possible with the same number of rolling stocks;
Improve maintenance of signalling and telecommunication equipments by
monitoring system status of trackside and train borne equipment’s and enabling
preventive maintenance.
Signalling & Train Control system on the line shall be designed to meet the required headway
during peak hours.
Note: Radio for CBTC shall work in License free ISM band.
The Signalling and Train Control system shall be as below. Sub-system/components will
conform to international standards like CENELEC, IEEE, IEC, BS, ITU-T etc:
Continuous Automatic Train Control based on CBTC will consist of - ATP (Automatic Train
Protection), ATO (Automatic Train Operation) and ATS (Automatic Train Supervision) sub-
systems:
Automatic Train Protection is the primary function of the train control systems. This sub-
system will be inherently capable of achieving the following objectives in a fail-safe manner.
Line side signals will be provided at diverging routes (i.e. at points & crossings) as well as other
required locations, which shall serve as backup signalling in case of failure of ATP system.
Cab Signalling;
Track Related Speed Profile generation based on line data and train data
continuously along the track;
Continuous monitoring of braking curve with respect to a defined target
point;
Monitoring of maximum permitted speed on the line and speed restrictions
in force;
Detection of over-speed with audio-visual warning and application of
brakes, if necessary;
Maintaining safety distance between trains;
Monitoring of stopping point;
Monitoring of Direction of Travel and Rollback.
The cab borne equipment will be of modular sub-assemblies for each function for easy
maintenance and replacement. The ATP assemblies will be fitted in the vehicle integrated with
other equipment of the rolling stock.
This system will operate the trains automatically from station to station while remaining
within the safety envelope of ATP & open the train doors. Driver will close the train doors and
press a button when ready to depart. In conjunction with ATP/ ATS, ATO can control dwell
time at stations and train running in accordance with headway/timetable.
A train supervision system will be installed to facilitate the monitoring of train operation and
remote control of the station. The train supervision will log each train movement and display
it on the workstations with each Traffic Controller at the OCC and on one workstation placed
in the Station Control Room (SCR) with each Station Controller.
The centralized system will be installed in the Operation Control Centre. The OCC will have a
projection display panel showing a panoramic view showing the status of tracks, points, signals
and the vehicles operating in the relevant section/ whole system. ATS will provide the
following main functionalities:
Interlocking system
The entire line including turnback track, transfer track and sidings will be equipped with CBI
system for operation of points and crossings and setting of routes.
The setting of the route and clearing of the signals will be done by workstation, which can be
either locally (at station) operated or operated remotely from the OCC.
This sub-system is used for controlling vehicle movements into or out of stations automatically
from a workstation. All stations having points and crossings will be provided with workstations
for local control. Track occupancy, point position, etc. will be clearly indicated on the
workstation. It will be possible to operate the workstation locally if the central control hands
over the operation to the local station. The interlocking system design will be based on fail-
safe principle.
The equipment will withstand tough environmental conditions encountered in a Mass Rapid
Transit System. Suitable IEC, IEEE, BS and CENELEC standards or equivalent international
standards will be followed in case wiring, installation, earthing, cabling, power supply and for
material used in track circuits, axle counters, relays, point operating machines, power supply
etc.
Primary mode for track vacancy detection system on main line may be through radio and for
secondary detection it can be through Track circuit / Axle Counter.
Signals
Line side signals: Multi Aspect Colour Light (LED) type Line side signals shall be
installed on the Main Line and depot entry/exit.
At stations with point and crossing for point protection catering for
bidirectional working;
At departure location at stations for normal direction of working.
Point Machines
Non-Trailable Electrical Point Machine capable of operating with either 110V DC or 3-phase
380V AC will be used on main line. The depot point machine will preferably be trailable type.
One depot at the end of Chakan area (Opposite to Swapna Nigdi). All depot lines except the
one which is used for shunting and in the workshop shall be interlocked. A workstation shall
be provided in the Depot Control Centre for electrical operation of the points, signals and
routes of the depot yard. Audio Frequency Track Circuits will be used in the depot.
9.1.2 Standards
The standards to be adopted for the signalling system are shown in the Table 79.
Table 79: Standards of Signalling System
S/No. Description Standards
Computer based Interlocking adopted for station having
switches and crossing. All related equipment as far as possible
1 Interlocking will be centralised in the equipment room at the station. The
depot shall be interlocked except for lines mainly used for
shunting, workshop/inspection shed areas.
Operation of With Direct current 110V D.C. point machines or 380 volts 3
2
Points phase, 50 Hz. AC point machines.
Primary train detection system to use bidirectional digital
transmission of signal/data by radio transponder and to be
provided on Main Line, sidings, test track and transfer track
3 Train Detection
(Entry & Exit of Depot). Secondary train detection system to
use Axle counters and to be provided at entry and exit of each
station and in mid sections as required
Adequate space for proper installations of all signalling equipment at each of the stations has
to be provided keeping in view the case of maintenance and use of instrumentation set up for
regular testing and line up of the equipment/system. The areas required at each of the stations
for signalling equipment shall be generally as follows:
Space for UPS Room (common for signalling and telecom) - 60 sq. m
Space for Signalling Equipment Room - 50 sq. m at interlocked station with points
Space for Signalling Equipment Room – 20 sq. m at other stations.
The philosophy of continuous monitoring of system status and preventive & corrective
maintenance of signalling and telecommunication equipment’s shall be followed. Card /
module / sub-system level replacement shall be done in the field.
Maintenance personnel shall be suitably placed at intervals and they shall be trained in multi-
disciplinary skills. Each team shall be equipped with a fully equipped transport vehicle for
effectively carrying out the maintenance from station to station.
The defective card / module / sub-system taken out from the section shall be sent for
diagnostic and repair to a centralized S&T repair lab suitably located on the section. This lab
will be equipped with appropriate diagnostic and test equipment’s to rectify the faults and
undertake minor repairs. Cards / modules / equipment’s requiring major repairs as specified
in supplier’s documents shall be sent to manufacturer's workshop.
The CBTC system is an efficient way to increase the capacity by allowing to decrease the
headway between trains with the use of moving blocks.
In urban transport systems, automation refers to the process by which responsibility for
operation management of the trains is transferred from the driver to the train control system.
There are various degrees of automation (or Grades of Automation, GoA). These are defined
according to which basic functions of train operation are the responsibility of staff, and which
are the responsibility of the system itself.
For example, a Grade of Automation 0 would correspond to on-sight operation, like a tram
running on street traffic. Grade of Automation 4 would refer to a system in which vehicles are
run fully automatically without any operating staff on board.
For this project, the choice of automation is same as that of the phase I and to be made fully
compatible with the proposed system of signalling and train control as in phase I.
9.2 Telecommunication
The telecommunication system acts as the communication backbone for Signalling systems
and other systems such as SCADA, AFC etc and provides telecommunication services to meet
operational and administrative requirements of metro network.
For efficient Metro railway management and operation, it is essential to have a well-organized
telecommunication network covering strategic locations like OCC, BCC, passenger platforms,
depot and it is equally essential to have reliable links between the strategic locations and
moving trains or working staff along the railway track/tunnel.
The telecommunication facilities proposed are helpful in meeting the requirements for:
Following are the major communication requirements from station to station or station to
OCC/BCC/Depot or vice versa:
Telephone System;
Passenger Announcement System and Passenger Information and Display System within
the station and from Central Control to each station;
Centralized Clock System;
Radio Communication between Central Control and Moving Cars and maintenance
personnel;
CCTV Systems;
Access Control System;
Integrated SCADA for Telecom;
Data Channels for Telecom subsystems, Signalling, SCADA, Automatic Fare collection
etc.
Forensic Debriefing Analysis and Cyber Security System
The main bearer of the bulk of the telecommunication network is proposed with optical fibre
cable system. Considering the channel requirement and keeping in view the future expansion
requirements, four optical fibre cables of minimum 144 fibres are proposed to be laid in ring
configuration with path diversity.
IP based min 10G Wide Area Network being provided under FOTS Sub-system of contract shall
provide all necessary communication channels for carrying voice, data, and video signals for
Metro railway management and operation from Station/Depot TER to OCC/BCC CER.
The Transmission Backbone is also to be used for Communication Based Train Control system
therefore redundancy at every level must be maintained.
Telephone System
The telephone system shall also consist of a direct line or intercom telephone communication
network exclusively for the train operation and maintenance functions.
There is one main node at OCC which should be in primary cluster with dual server. In the case
of a failure of one of the servers, the other server will take over the load of the failed server.
The main node shall be connected with FOTS to the secondary cluster with servers at
individual stations.
The IP PBX’s shall be installed in TER at all locations. The IP PBX switches shall be connected
to each other through ethernet links of the FOTS to form the IP PBX switch network. The
ethernet channels shall be provided by FOTS.
CDRS facility shall be provided in OCC & BCC. CDRS shall provide multichannel voice recording
and indexing of direct line communication including communication from all direct line
consoles and emergency telephone lines, two-way radio communications, emergency or fire
messages broadcast on station PAS initiated from OCC/BCC and on train borne PAS initiated
from OCC/BCC.
Mobile Radio Communication system having adequate logical channels is proposed for on-line
emergency communication between moving train (Front end and Rear end of train) and the
Central Control. The system shall be based on Digital Trunk Radio Technology to TETRA
International standard. All the stations and the OCC/BCC/Depot will be provided with fixed
radio sets. Mobile communication facility for maintenance parties and Security Personnel will
be provided with handheld sets to communicate with each other as well as with central
control.
The frequency band for operation of the system will be that for TETRA in 400/800 MHz band,
depending on frequency availability.
The system shall provide Instant mobile radio communication between the motorman of the
moving cars from any place and the Central Control. The motorman can also contact any
station in the network through the central control, besides intimating the approaching trains
about any emergency like accident, fire, line blocked etc., thus improving safety performance.
To provide adequate coverage, based on the RF site survey to be carried out during detailed
design stage, base stations for the system will be located at sites conveniently selected after
detailed survey. The train radio system shall also be used for depot operation. Train Radio
communication shall also be used for making PAS announcements from OCC & BCC to the
passengers on the train.
A Centralized Digital Voice Recording System shall record all communication from OCC
controller to personal having radio fixed or handheld devices.
The system shall be capable of announcements from the local station as well as from OCC.
Announcements from OCC will have over-riding priority in all announcements.
At the stations, a suitable Public-Address System shall be provided for making announcements
to passengers regarding train arrival / departure and shall work as the primary means of
communication with passengers and staff during emergencies. In the normal case, audio-
broadcast shall be made from Station Control Room or Platform Supervisor’s Booth/Panel and
in a train by the driver/attendant. However, it shall also be possible for the OCC & BCC to make
announcement to any station, group of stations or all stations.
This will ensure an accurate display of time through a synchronization system of slave clocks
driven from a Master Clock at the operation control centre. Master Clock System shall also
provide reference timing signals for all telecom and other systems for network
synchronization Redundancy shall be maintained for master clock. NTP based clocks shall be
provided and sub master clocks are not required. The System will ensure identical display of
time at all locations. Clocks are to be provided at platforms, concourse, Station Master's
Room, and any other location as desired at stations, Depot, OCC & BCC and other service
establishments etc.
Self-illuminated analogue façade clock with hour and minutes hands shall be proposed. These
clocks will be installed at station entry/ exits.
These shall be located at convenient locations at all stations to provide multi lingual visual
indication of the status of the running trains and will typically indicate information such as
destination, arrival/departure time, and also special messages in emergencies. The boards
shall be provided at all platforms and concourses of all stations.
A Passenger Information Display system triggered by Signalling & train control system shall
automatically provide real time visual information about train arrival/departure throughout
the station. The PIDS display shall be coordinated with PAS for real time passenger audio broad
casts for train arrival/departure. PIDS shall enable the operator in SCRs , OCC & BCC to display
routine and special emergency messages for passengers and staff in stations. Display boards
shall be provided for each platform side at all stations and in concourse at all stations.
Wi-Fi
The System should be secure, reliable and offer sufficient bandwidth to cater to current and
future needs of the system.
CCTV System
CCTV surveillance system shall be built through CCTV sub-system for supervising strategic
operational locations like station car park, AFC gates, ticketing offices and lobby, escalator,
lifts and staircase exits, platform operational area and PF ends, to ensure safe operation of
the metro and security locations at stations.
It shall be supervised from the station control room and security room at each station
simultaneously, and this video shall also be transmitted to the OCC & BCC, both as live and as
recorded, from the stations/depot for remote supervision. Similarly, a CCTV depot surveillance
system shall also be built.
It shall be supervised locally from DCC & Security Control room and remotely from OCC & BCC.
A Centralized Digital Recording System is to be provided in CER at the OCC & BCC for minimum
30 days.
The Access Control System shall be provided at Stations, OCC & BCC, Depots & Administrative
Building. It shall be provided in important rooms like SCR, Ticket Office, Service gates (near
AFC gate array), Technical rooms (Power Supply, Signalling and Low Voltage technical rooms),
ASS and other important rooms. In Depots, OCC & BCC & Admin building, it shall, as a
minimum, be provided in Technical rooms (Power Supply, Signalling, Telecom, AFC and Low
Voltage technical rooms), DCC & OCC & BCC theatre, Security room including main entry &
exit gates to control access into important equipment rooms and critical areas. Location of the
ACIDS system shall be finalized during detailed design stage.
The functions of the system shall be access management, alarm management and intrusion
detection. The Human Machine Interfaces (HMI) shall be located in the SCR of each station,
the guard room at depot and the OCC & BCC to ensure the safety of major equipments. The
HMI of Access control shall be integrated with HMI of the CCTV system.
Metro Rail faces new security challenges as system has become more interconnected,
integrates more and more digital technologies and increasingly uses data to deliver higher
capacity & performance and thus cybersecurity is essential to the safe and reliable operation
of modern Metro Rail System. Cybersecurity is required to ensure end-to-end information
security, not only to prevent and to detect attacks, but also to react rapidly if they occur.
Objective of Cybersecurity for Metro includes availability, integrity, confidentiality, reliability
and safety of information and process of entire Metro Rail Eco-System.
Metro Rail uses heterogeneous IT technologies and software solutions and consists of
following core sub-systems:
On-Board Train Control & Management System
Centralized Signalling & Train Control System
Power SCADA System
Building Management System
Fibre Optic Transmission System
Train Radio System
Telephone System
Additionally, Metro Rail employs other information technologies services for various uses:
Office Network and Internet Connectivity for staff
Email Exchange Service & website
Enterprise Resource Services
Document Management System
Wi-Fi system
Metro Mobile & Web Applications
To meet the Cyber Security threats, a security policy and framework is recommended for Pune
Metro to manage the cyber security needs and mitigate the project risks. The Cyber Security
System shall be an integral part of the Telecom system.
9.2.4 Standards
The standards proposed to be adopted for telecommunication systems are shown in below
table:
Table 80: Standards of Telecommunication System
SYSTEM STANDARD
Transmission System IP based for the entire telecom network.
Optical Fibre system as the main bearer for bulk of the
Transmission Media
telecommunication network,
Telephone Exchange IP based Voice Communication System
Digital Train radio (TETRA) communication between motorman of
Train Radio System moving cars, stations, maintenance personnel, depots and central
control.
LCD based boards with adequate visibility to be provided at
Passenger
convenient location at all stations to provide multi lingual visual
Information Display
indication of the status of the running trains, and also special
System
messages in emergencies.
SYSTEM STANDARD
Accurate display of time through a synchronization system of
Centralized clock slave clocks driven from a master clock at the OCC/BCC and in
system station/depots. This shall also be used for synchronization of
other systems.
Passenger Integrated PIDS/PAS System at OCC/BCC/Depot and stations
Announcement covering all platform and concourse areas with local as well as
System central announcement.
Access Control The access control system shall use contact-less smart card with
System ID as the access media for smart card reader. Biometrics shall also
be used for high security zones.
Redundancy (Major Redundancy on major equipments.
System) Path Redundancy for Optical Fibre Cable by provisioning in ring
configuration.
Environmental
All equipment rooms to be air-conditioned.
Conditions
Maintenance System to have, as far as possible, automatic switching facility to
Philosophy alternate routes/circuits in the event of failure. Philosophy of
preventive checks of maintenance to be followed. System
networked with NMS for diagnosing faults and co-ordination.
Card/module level replacement shall be done in the field and
repairs undertaken in the central laboratory/manufacture's
premises.
The following equipment rooms will be provided to install the telecommunication equipment:
Electric power to the equipment room shall be drawn from the central UPS which will not be
in scope of Telecom.
Adequate space for proper installations of all Telecommunication equipment at each of the
stations should be provided keeping in view the case of maintenance and use of
instrumentation set up for regular testing and line up of the equipment/system. The areas
required at each of the stations for only telecom equipment shall be generally 40 sq.m each
for Telecom Room and 60 sq.m. for UPS Room (common for signal, telecom and AFC). These
areas shall also cater to local storage and space for maintenance personnel to work.
The philosophy of continuous monitoring of system status and preventive & corrective
maintenance of Signalling and telecommunication equipment shall be followed.
Maintenance personnel shall be suitably placed at intervals and they shall be trained in
multidisciplinary skills. Each team shall be equipped with a fully equipped transport vehicle
for effectively carrying out the maintenance from station to station.
The defective card/module/sub-system taken out from the section shall be sent for diagnostic
and repair to a centralized repair lab suitably located on the section. This lab will be equipped
with appropriate diagnostic and test equipment to rectify the faults and undertake minor
repairs. Cards / modules / equipment requiring major repairs as specified in supplier’s
documents shall be sent to manufacturer's workshop.
Platform screen doors are mainly provided at metro stations to ensure safety and comfort of
the passengers. In case of Underground stations, PSDs saves considerable amount of energy
and improves climate control within the stations (heating, ventilation and air conditioning are
more effective when station is physically isolated from the tunnel). In case of Phase 2A, the
complete stretch is underground , thus PSD are proposed at all the stations.
In view of the above and since the previous phase of the project has an already approved AFC
system, a computer based Automatic Fare collection system is proposed for this phase of the
project as well to ensure easy integration and interoperability of the new system with the one
already proposed/implemented.
The System shall be capable for open loop transactions as well to further integrate the mobility
solution with the advancements in technology and to allow for seamless transition from
dedicated cards to common multi-use stored value fare media that can be used for financial
transactions such as making purchases at shops etc. as well as a fare media in the system.
To accommodate the same the system shall conform to the following standards as a minimum:
The system shall be of open architecture to allow for the integration of multiple fare products
and shall be capable of interfacing with cards from different vendors. Additionally, the system
shall not be proprietary as far as possible to allow multiple types of fare media from multiple
sources to be integrated into the system.
The AFC system for this phase shall be of contactless smart card & token type. For multiple
journeys, stored value smart cards shall be available and for single journeys, smart tokens shall
be available, which shall be deposited at the exit gates at the time of exit validation.
Automatic Fare Collection Systems are proposed as the Semi-Automatic (Manual) Systems
have some inherent disadvantages and the Automatic Fare Collection Systems have some
advantages:
The AFC system shall be of contactless smart token/card type. The equipment for the same
shall be provided at each station at convenient locations.
The equipment shall be connected by a local area network to the station control unit in the
Equipment Room with a terminal in the station control room (SCR).
Control Gates
Control Gates shall be retractable flap type. These types of gates offer high throughput and
require less maintenance. Tripod turnstile type gates and flap type gates offer less throughput
and require more maintenance.
A minimum of two Passenger Operated Machines (Automatic Ticket Vending Machines) each
are proposed at all stations. The POM’s shall provide a convenient way for passengers to buy
fare media and avoid standing in queues at Ticket Offices and provide services of international
standard.
10.1.1 Standards
The standards to be adopted for AFC systems are shown in the table below:
Standards Description
a) Contactless Smart Token – For single journey. They shall have
Fare Media stored value amount for a particular journey. Tokens shall be
captured at the exit gates.
b) Contactless smart cards – for multiple journeys.
Computer Controlled retractable flap type automatic gates at entry
Gates and exit. Gates shall be classified in the following categories:
Entry
Exit
Reversible – can be set to entry or exit.
Wide Reversible - Gate for disabled people.
All fare collection equipment shall be connected in a Local Area
Station Computer, Network with a station server controlling the activities of all the
Central Computer machines. These station servers will be linked to the central
and AFC Network. computer situated in the Operations Control Centre through the
optic fibre communications channels. The centralized control of the
system shall provide real time data of earnings, passenger flow
analysis, blacklisting of specified cards etc.
Manned Ticket Office Machine shall be installed in the stations for
Ticket Office selling cards/tokens to the passengers.
Machine (TOM/EFO)
Ticket reader shall be installed near EFO for passengers to check
Ticket Readers and information stored in the token / cards.
Portable Ticket
Decoders
Common UPS of S&T system will be utilized.
UPS (uninterrupted
power at station as
well as for OCC)
Being fully Contactless systems, manpower requirement for
Maintenance maintenance is much less compared to system with magnetic
Philosophy tickets. However, adequate facilities to be provided similar to that
of S&T systems.
Each station shall be designed with enough space to allow for the installation of AFC
equipment such as Gates, RCTM, TR, TOM and TVMs. The design should also consider
adequate space for specific rooms such as EFOs to be provided in station architecture.
For Central Equipment at the OCC/BOCC, existing equipment at these locations shall be
utilized provided adequate provision for expansion was considered in phase I of Pune Metro.
No additional equipment shall be required to be installed at OCC/BOCC in case the central
equipment was sized with provision of expansion. In case additional equipment is required
the existing space provided at OCC/BOCC locations shall be utilized, provided the provision for
expansion was provided.
AFC equipment requirements based on available data and assumptions are given in Table 81.
Swargate-Katraj Section
AFC
Swargate- Katraj BOARDING ALIGHTING REQUIREMENT Gates TOM EFO TVM RCTM TR
2057
SI
Station 2057 2057 Entry Exit Entry Exit Reversible
NO
1 Station 1 1750 1720 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
2 Station 2 2020 1690 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
3 Station 3 7130 6790 7 2 4 3 2 2 2 2 2 2
Table 81 : AFC Equipment Requirements
The following optimum size of the coach has been chosen in line with existing corridor design
as mentioned in table:
Table 82: Size of the coach
The weights of driving motor car and trailer car have been estimated as in table below,
referring to the experiences in existing Metro in India. The average passenger weight has been
taken as 65 kg.
Composition
DMC : Driving Motor Car
MC : Motor Car
TC : Trailer Car
3 Car Train Composition DMC + TC + DMC
6 Car Train Composition DMC + TC + MC + MC + TC + DMC
Table 84: Weight of Metro Rail Vehicles (tons)
DMC (ton) TC (ton) 3 Car Train (ton)
Tare Load (Maximum) 42 40 124
Passenger Load
Normal Load@3p/sqm 9.425 10.4 29.25
Crush Load@6p/sqm 16.055 17.55 49.66
Engg. Load @8p/sqm 20.54 22.295 63.375
Gross Load
Normal Load @3p/sqm 52.425 51.4 156.25
Crush Load@6p/sqm 59.055 58.55 176.66
Engg. Load @8p/sqm 63.54 63.295 190.375
Crush Axle Load @6 p/sqm 14.52 14.40
Engg. Axle Load @8 p/sqm 15.63 15.58
* AW0 - Without any passenger
The axle load @ 6persons/sqm of standing area works out in the range of 14.40T to 14.52T.
Heavy rush of passenger, having 8 standees per sq. meter can be experienced occasionally. It
will be advisable to design the coach with sufficient strength so that even with this overload,
the design will not result in over stresses in the coach. Coach and bogie should, therefore, be
designed for 16T axle load.
11.1.2.2 Performance parameters
Since the track on a viaduct could possibly be constructed on a level and the traction motors
could be operated with overload for a short time, 8 traction motors with about 220 KW
installed on a three-car train would be enough, even if the equivalent gradients on a curved
section of track are considered. The train shall be propelled by a 3-phase AC asynchronous
motor drive system with variable voltage and variable frequency (VVVF) Control.
11.1.2.3 Coach design and basic parameters
The controlling criteria are reliability, low energy consumption, lightweight and high efficiency
leading to lower annualized cost of service. The coach should have high rate of acceleration
and deceleration.
11.1.3 Selection of technology
11.1.3.1 Low life cycle cost
Low life cycle cost is achieved by the way of reduced scheduled and unscheduled maintenance
and high reliability of the sub-systems. It is possible to achieve these objectives by adopting
suitable proven technologies. Following essential aspects will be considered for the
achievement of low life cycle cost;
Life Cycle cost plan with an aim to minimize the overall life cycle cost whilst
meeting the safety, quality and reliability requirements;
Life Cycle cost will include, the capital cost, cost of operation (including energy
consumption), maintenance (both material and labour), depreciation,
refurbishment, inflation etc. per unit energy consumption.
11.1.3.2 Car body
In the past carbon high tensile steel was invariably used for car bodies. ln-fact almost all the
coaches built by Indian Railways are of this type. These steel bodied coaches need frequent
painting and corrosion repairs, which may have to be carried out up to 4-5 times during the
service life of these coaches. It is now a standard practice to adopt stainless steel or aluminium
for car body.
The car bodies with aluminium require long and complex extruded sections which are still not
manufactured in India. Therefore, aluminium car body has not been considered for use.
Stainless steel sections are available in India and therefore stainless-steel car bodies have been
specified. No corrosion repair is necessary on stainless steel cars during their service life.
Stainless steel car body leads to energy saving due to its lightweight. It also results in cost
saving due to easy maintenance and reduction of repair cost from excellent anti corrosive
properties as well as on improvement of riding comfort and safety in case of a crash or fire.
11.1.3.3 Bogies
Bolster less lightweight fabricated bogies with rubber springs are now universally adopted in
metro cars. These bogies require less maintenance and overhaul interval is also of the order
of 4,20,000km.
Use of air spring at secondary stage is considered with a view to keep the floor level of the
cars constant irrespective of passenger loading unlike those with coil spring.
Perturbation from the track are also dampened inside the car body on account of the
secondary air spring along with suitable Vertical Hydraulic Damper.
The primary suspension system improves the curve running performance by reducing lateral
forces through application of conical rubber spring. A smooth curving performance with better
ride index is being ensured by provision of above type of bogies.
11.1.3.4 Braking system
The regenerative braking will be the main brake power of the train and will regain the
maximum possible energy and pump it back to the system and thus fully utilize the advantage
of 3 phase technology.
The regenerative braking should have air supplement control to bear the load of trailer car. In
addition, speed sensors mounted on each axle, control the braking force of the axles with anti-
skid valves, prompting re-adhesion in case of a skid.
The brake actuator shall operate either a tread brake or a wheel disc brake, preferably a wheel
disc brake for better braking effectiveness and wheel life.
11.1.3.5 Propulsion System Technology
In the field of Electric Rolling Stock, DC series traction motors have been widely used due to
their ideal characteristics and good controllability for traction applications. But these required
intensive maintenance because of commutators and electro-mechanical contractors, resistors
etc
The brush less 3 phase A.C. induction motors has now replaced the DC series motors in traction
applications. The induction motor, for the same power output, is smaller and lighter in weight
and ideally suited for rail-based Mass Rapid Transit applications. The motor tractive effort and
speed is regulated by 'Variable Voltage and Variable frequency' (VVVF) control and can be
programmed to suit the track profile and operating requirements.
Another advantage of 3 phase A.C. drive and VVVF control is that regenerative braking can be
introduced by lowering the frequency and the voltage to reverse the power flow and to allow
braking to very low speed.
For this corridor, 3 phase A.C. traction drive that are self-ventilated, highly reliable, robust
construction and back up by slip/slide control have been recommended for adoption.
The AC catenary voltage is stepped down through a transformer and converted to DC voltage
through converter and supply voltage to DC link, which feeds Inverter operated with Pulse
Width Modulation (PWM) control technology and using Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistors
(IGBT). Thus 3 phase variable voltage variable frequency output drives the traction motors for
propulsion.
Recently advanced IGBT has been developed for inverter units. The advanced IGBT contains
an Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor (IGBT) and gate drive circuit and protection. The advanced
IGBT incorporates its own over current protection, short circuit protection, over temperature
protection and low power supply detection. The IGBT has internal protection from over
current, short circuit, over temperature and low control voltage.
The inverter unit uses optical fibre cable to connect the control unit to the gate interface. This
optical fibre cable transmits the gate signals to drive the advanced IGBT via the gate interface.
This optical fibre cable provides electrical isolation between the advanced IGBT and the
control unit and is impervious to electrical interference. These are recommended for adoption
in Trains of MRTS.
11.1.3.6 Auxiliary power System Technology
This shall consist of static converter-inverter(s) together with back-up batteries and battery
charger. Auxiliary Converter shall be suitable for operation at 25kV ac single phase for the
frequency variation from 48 to 52Hz.
There will be at least two auxiliary power supply equipment in the 3-car train. When any train
operator’s cab is activated, all the auxiliary power supply equipment in the train shall operate.
In the event of failure of an auxiliary power supply equipment in the train, the remaining
auxiliary power supply equipment must be capable of supplying all auxiliary power to
complete 3-car train except for HVAC load which may be restricted to one HVAC per car.
11.1.3.7 Interior and gangways
Passenger capacity of a car is maximized in a Metro System by providing longitudinal seats for
seating and utilizing the remaining space for standing passenger. Therefore, all the
equipments are mounted on the under frame for maximum space utilization. The gangways
are designed to give a wider comfortable standing space during peak hours along with easy
and faster passenger movement especially in case of emergency.
11.1.3.8 Passenger doors
For swift evacuation of the passenger in short dwell period, four doors of adequate width, on
each side of the coach have been considered. These doors shall be of such dimensions and
location that all the passengers inside the train are able to evacuate within least possible time
without conflicting movement. Automatic door closing mechanism is envisaged from
consideration of passenger safety. Passenger doors are operated electrically by a switch in the
driver cab.
Electronically controlled door operating mechanism has been preferred over pneumatically
operated door to avoid cases of air leakage and sluggish operation of doors.
11.1.3.9 Air-conditioning
With heavy passenger loading of 6 persons/sqm for standing area and doors being closed from
consideration of safety and with windows being sealed type to avoid transmission of noise, air
conditioning of coaches is considered essential.
Each coach shall be provided with two air conditioning units capable of cooling, heating and
dehumidifying and thus automatically controlling interior temperature throughout the
passenger area at 25°C with 65% RH all the times under varying ambient conditions up to full
load.
For emergency situations such as power failure or both AC (of the same car) failures etc.,
ventilation provision supplied from battery will be made. Provision shall be made to shut off
the fresh air intake and re-circulate the internal air of the coach, during an emergency
condition, such as fire outside the train causing excessive heat and smoke to be drawn in to
the coach.
11.1.3.10 Cab layout and emergency detrainment door
The modem stylish driver panel shall be FRP (Fibre Reinforced Plastic) moulded which gives
maximum comfort and easy accessibility of different monitoring equipment to the driver along
with clear visibility. The driver seat shall be in the cabin.
An emergency door for easy detrainment of the passenger on the track has been provided at
the centre of the front side of each cabin which has an easy operation with one handle type
master controller.
11.1.3.11 Communication
The driving cab of the cars are provided with continuous communication with base
Operational Control Centre and station control for easy monitoring of the individual train in
all sections at all the time.
Public Address and Passenger Information Display System is provided in the car so that
passengers are continuously advised of the next stoppage station, final destination station,
interchange station, emergency situations if any, and other messages. The rolling stock is
provided with Talk Back Units inside the cars, which permit conversation between passengers
and the drivers in case of any emergency.
11.1.3.12 Noise and vibration
The trains will pass through heavily populated urban areas. The noise and vibration for an MRT
become an important criterion from public acceptance viewpoint. The source of noise is (i)
rail-wheel interaction (ii) noise generated from equipment like blower, compressor, air
conditioner, door, inverter etc. (iii) traction motor in running train. For elimination and
reduction of noise following feature are incorporated:
ATP
The rolling stock is provided with continuous Automatic Train Protection to ensure
absolute safety in the train operation. It is an accepted fact that 60-70% of the accidents
take place on account of human error. Adoption of this system reduces the possibility of
human error.
Fire
The rolling stock is provided with fire retarding materials having low fire load, low heat
release rate, low smoke and toxicity inside the cars. The electric cables used are also
normally low smoke zero halogen type which ensures passenger safety in case of fire.
Emergency door
The rolling stock is provided with emergency doors at both ends of the cab to ensure
well directed evacuation of passengers in case of any emergency including fire in the
train.
Gangways
Broad gangways are provided in between the cars to ensure free passenger movement
between cars in case of any emergency.
The salient features of the proposed Rolling Stock are detailed in Table 85.
Table 85: Salient features of Rolling Stock for MRT’s parameter details
S.No. Salient Features of Rolling Stock for MRT’s Parameter Details
1 Gauge (Nominal) Traction
1435mm
2 system
2.1 Voltage 25 KV AC
2.2 Method of current collection Overhead Current Collection System
3 Train composition:
3.1 3 car trainsets DMC+TC+DMC
6 car trainsets DMC + TC + MC + MC + TC + DMC
4 Coach Body Stainless Steel
5 Coach Dimensions
5.1 Height 3.9 m
5.2 Width 2.9 m
5.3 Length over body (approx.) 21.64 m
5.4 Locked down Panto height (if 4048 mm
5.5 applicable)
Floor height 1100mm
6 Designed - Passenger Loading
6.1 Design of Propulsion 8 Passenger/ m2
6.2 equipment
Design of Mechanical systems 10 Passenger/ m2
7 Carrying capacity- @ 6
7.1 standees/sqm
Coach carrying capacity
DMC 247 (seating - 43 ; standing - 204)
TC 270 (seating - 50 ; standing - 220)
MC 270 (seating - 50 ; standing - 220)
7.2 Train Carrying capacity
3 car train (with the future 764 (seating - 136 ; standing - 628)
consideration of adding Trailer 1574 (seating - 286 ; standing - 1288) : Train of 6 car (2-
car to make the rake of 6 car) DMC, 2-TC, 2-MC)
8 Weight (Tonnes)
8.1 Tare weight (maximum) in
tons
DMC 42
TC 40
As this is an extension of existing line, system with existing design or compatibility shall be used.
Electricity is obtained from the utility supply systems, at transmission or sub transmission
voltage level, through traction feeding substation. This electricity is required for operation of
Metro system for running of trains, station services (e.g. lighting, lifts, escalators, signalling &
telecom, firefighting etc.) workshops, depots & other maintenance infrastructure within
premises of the metro system.
The power requirements of a metro system are determined by peak-hour demands of power
for traction and auxiliary applications. Broad estimation of auxiliary and traction power
demand is made based on the following requirements:
Keeping in view the train operation plan, the demand of auxiliary and traction power
requirements projected for the years 2027, 2037, 2047 and 2057 are summarized in the
following table.
POWER REQUIREMENTS - For year 2027 , 2037, 2047 and 2057 for PCMC to Nigdi
Elevated Station 0.30 MW 0.30 MW 0.30 MW 0.30 MW
Station at underground 2.50 MW 2.50 MW 2.50 MW 2.50 MW
No. of Elevated Stations 3 3 3 3
No. of Station at underground 0 0 0 0
Total Station Aux Power
0.9 MW 0.9 MW 0.9 MW 0.9 MW
requirement
Depot Aux. power requirement 0.0 MW 0.0 MW 0.0 MW 0.0 MW
Total Aux. Power requirement 0.9 MW 0.9 MW 0.9 MW 0.9 MW
Total auxiliary power
requirement (MVA) assuming
1.1 MVA 1.1 MVA 1.1 MVA 1.1 MVA
5% energy losses and .85 pf for
auxiliary loads.
Total traction & aux power
1.75 MW 1.82 MW 1.82 MW 1.82 MW
requirement (MW)
Diversity Factor 0.50 0.50 0.60 0.60
Yearly Auxiliary Power
Million Million Million Million
Consumption with 20hrs a day, 3.3 3.3 3.9 3.9
units units units units
365 days working
C. Total Power Requirement
Total power requirement (MVA)
assuming 5% energy losses and
2.0 MVA 2.1 MVA 2.1 MVA 2.1 MVA
.95 & .85 pf for traction & aux
loads respectively
For the Phase 1A (Nigdi to PCMC) the OHE is taken into consideration.
Diversity factor is considered 0.50 in 2027 & 2037 and 0.60 in 2047 and 2057 for auxiliary
power requirements.
Also, the power demand calculation for the Existing corridor (PCMC to Swargate) of auxiliary
and traction power requirements projected for the years 2027, 2037, 2047 and 2057 are
summarized in table below due to increased headway.
Table 88 : Auxiliary and Traction Power supply PCMC – SWARGATE requirements till year 2057
Year
Corridor
2027 2037 2047 2057
Existing Corridor- 1
Traction 8.5 MVA 9.9 MVA 10.9 MVA 11.1 MVA
PCMC-Swargate
POWER REQUIREMENTS - For year 2027 , 2037, 2047 and 2057 for Swargate to PCMC
A. Traction Power
Requirements Year 2027 Year 2037 Year 2047 Year 2057
No. of Station at
5 5 5 5
underground
Total Station Aux Power
15.2 MW 15.2 MW 15.2 MW 15.2 MW
requirement
Depot Aux. power
2.5 MW 2.5 MW 2.5 MW 2.5 MW
requirement
Total Aux. Power
17.7 MW 17.7 MW 17.7 MW 17.7 MW
requirement
Total auxiliary power
requirement (MVA)
assuming 5% energy losses 21.9 MVA 21.9 MVA 21.9 MVA 21.9 MVA
and .85 pf for auxiliary
loads.
Total traction & aux power
25.43 MW 26.67 MW 27.53 MW 27.78 MW
requirement (MW)
Diversity Factor 0.50 0.50 0.60 0.60
Yearly Auxiliary Power
Million Million Million Million
Consumption with 20hrs a 64.6 64.6 77.5 77.5
units units units units
day, 365 days working
C. Total Power
Requirement
Total power requirement
(MVA) assuming 5%
energy losses and .95 & 30.4 MVA 31.8 MVA 32.7 MVA 33.0 MVA
.85 pf for traction & aux
loads respectively
For the Existing phase (PCMC to Swargate) the OHE/ROCS 8 is taken into consideration based
on the elevated and underground Stations.
Diversity factor is considered 0.50 in 2027 & 2037 and 0.60 in 2047 and 2057 for auxiliary
power requirements.
8 ROCS is recommended for phase 2A whereas OHE is only used as a reference for calculation purpose.
Assuming 3/6 car trains as per train operation plan is running in year 2037,2047 and 2057
respectively for calculating the power demand and the number of 3 cars and 6 cars in
respective years is calculated as below:
Table 90 : Year wise Rake requirement for corridor 2A
Pune Metro Corridor-1 Phase 2A - Nigdi to Katraj
Total Car Total Trains Required
Year
Requirement 3-Car 6-Car
2027 108 36 0
2037 132 36 4
2047 150 30 10
2057 156 28 12
According to the above data, Power calculation is calculated based on the number of 3 and 6
cars train in year 2037, 2047, 2057 respectively considering the average of total train weight
with respect to the weightage of 3 and 6 car trains:
Table 91 : Traction and auxiliary Power supply for corridor 2A, Swargate to Katraj
Year
Corridor
2027 2037 2047 2057
Corridor- 2A
Traction 1.1 MVA 1.2 MVA 1.2 MVA 1.2 MVA
Swargate - Katraj
Auxiliary 9.9 MVA 9.9 MVA 9.9 MVA 9.9 MVA
Total 11.0 MVA 11.1 MVA 11.1 MVA 11.1 MVA
POWER REQUIREMENTS - For year 2027 , 2037, 2047 and 2057 for Swargate to Katraj
Headway 5.4 min 5 min 5 min 5 min
Specific Energy KWhr/1000 KWhr/1000 KWhr/1000 KWhr/1000
70 70 70 70
Consumption GTKM GTKM GTKM GTKM
No. of Trains/hr 22 Nos. 24 Nos. 24 Nos. 24 Nos.
Peak traction power
1.5 MW 1.6 MW 1.6 MW 1.6 MW
requirement
Less Regeneration @ 30% 0.4 MW 0.5 MW 0.5 MW 0.5 MW
Depot Power Requirement 0.0 MW 0.0 MW 0.0 MW 0.0 MW
Net Traction Power
1.0 MW 1.1 MW 1.1 MW 1.1 MW
Requirement
Total Traction Power
Requirement (MVA)
assuming 5% energy losses 1.1 MVA 1.2 MVA 1.2 MVA 1.2 MVA
and .95 pf for traction
loads.
Yearly Traction Energy
Consumption with 18hrs a Million Million Million Million
6.8 7.3 7.3 7.3
day, 365 days working and units units units units
30% regen
B. Station Aux. Power
Requirement
Elevated Station 0.30 MW 0.30 MW 0.30 MW 0.30 MW
Station at underground 2.50 MW 2.50 MW 2.50 MW 2.50 MW
No. of Elevated Stations 0 0 0 0
No. of Station at
3 3 3 3
underground
Total Station Aux Power
7.5 MW 7.5 MW 7.5 MW 7.5 MW
requirement
Mid shaft Aux. power
0.5 MW 0.5 MW 0.5 MW 0.5 MW
requirement
Total Aux. Power
7.5 MW 7.5 MW 7.5 MW 7.5 MW
requirement
Total auxiliary power
requirement (MVA)
assuming 5% energy losses 9.9 MVA 9.9 MVA 9.9 MVA 9.9 MVA
and .85 pf for auxiliary
loads.
Total traction & aux power
9.03 MW 9.12 MW 9.12 MW 9.12 MW
requirement (MW)
Diversity Factor 0.50 0.50 0.60 0.60
POWER REQUIREMENTS - For year 2027 , 2037, 2047 and 2057 for Swargate to Katraj
Yearly Auxiliary Power
Million Million Million Million
Consumption with 20hrs a 29.2 29.2 35.0 35.0
units units units units
day, 365 days working
C. Total Power
Requirement
Total power requirement
(MVA) assuming 5% energy
losses and .95 & .85 pf for 11.0 MVA 11.1 MVA 11.1 MVA 11.1 MVA
traction & aux loads
respectively
As all the stations are underground in Phase 2A (Swargate to Katraj) the ROCS is taken into
consideration.
Mid shaft has been introduced between Gultekdi Metro station and Katraj metro station with
assumption of Auxiliary load of 500 kW.
Diversity factor is considered 0.50 in 2027 & 2037 and 0.60 in 2047 and 2057 for auxiliary
power requirements.
The total power Requirement for the complete corridor (NIGDI - KATRAJ) is as below:
Table 93 : Total power requirement for complete corridor – Nigdi-Katraj
Year
Corridor
2027 2037 2047 2057
PCMC-NIGDI Traction 0.9 MVA 1.0 MVA 1.0 MVA 1.0 MVA
Auxiliary 1.1 MVA 1.1 MVA 1.1 MVA 1.1 MVA
PCMC-SWARGATE Traction 8.5 MVA 9.9 MVA 10.9 MVA 11.1 MVA
Auxiliary 21.9 MVA 21.9 MVA 21.9 MVA 21.9 MVA
SWARGATE - Katraj Traction 1.1 MVA 1.2 MVA 1.2 MVA 1.2 MVA
Auxiliary 9.9 MVA 9.9 MVA 9.9 MVA 9.9 MVA
Total Power Demand Traction 10.5 MVA 12.1 MVA 13.1 MVA 13.3 MVA
(NIGDI-SWARGATE) Auxiliary 32.9 MVA 32.9 MVA 32.9 MVA 32.9 MVA
As PHPDT in sections beyond PCMC-Swargate is very low (PHPDT of 8000), peak headway of
only 5 min is considered sufficient in this section. Accordingly, every alternate train is planned
to be short looped from PCMC and Swargate, at least during peak hours. This has minimized
Rolling Stock and Train Operator requirement.
Incidences of any power interruption, apart from affecting train running, will cause congestion
at stations. Interruption of power at night during train operation hours is likely to cause alarm
and increased risk to travel public. Lack of sufficient illumination at stations, non-visibility of
appropriate signage, disruption of operation of lifts and escalators is likely to cause confusion,
anxiety and ire in commuters, whose tolerance level are low on account of stress. Effect on
signal and communication may affect train operation and passenger safety as well. Therefore,
reliable and continuous power supply is mandatory for efficient metro operations.
To ensure reliability of power supply, it is essential that both the sources of Power Supply and
connected transmission & distribution networks are reliable and have adequate redundancies
built in itself. It is desirable to obtain power supply at grid voltage of 220KV, 132 KV or 66 kV
from stable grid sub-stations of Power Supply authority and further transmission &
distribution is done by the Pune Metro.
The high voltage power supply network of Pune City has only 220kV and 132kV network on
the periphery of the city to cater to various types of power supply demand in vicinity of the
proposed corridor. 220/132 kV substations are far away from the alignment and therefore, it
involves substantial cable and it’s laying cost.
Keeping in view the reliability requirements, three input sources of 220 kV or 132KV Voltage
level are normally considered for each corridor. Therefore, to achieve the desired reliability,
two existing receiving substations (132/33/25 kV) are there to feed extension corridors i.e.
PCMC to Nigdi. The intersection of the extension corridors will be at PCMC for extension of
PCMC to Nigdi and intersection of extension corridor Swargate to Katraj is at swargate.
*the exact length of cables from GSS to RSS will be provided after the cable route survey, if
required
The above sub-stations are being considered as a conventional sub-station. In case a 132 kV
GIS to be provided, there will be an additional cost of Rs. 45 Crores per sub-station
respectively.
It is assumed that in normal operation the traction load for Nigdi to Range Hill shall be fed by
PCMC RSS and Traction Load for Rangehill to Katraj shall be fed by Range Hill RSS. However,
for Auxiliary Load it is assumed that the complete Auxiliary Load shall be fed by all 3 RSS in
approximate equal portion of total load for Normal case.
The above table represents the peak power demand for each RSS as a complete Traction load
of corridor Nigdi to Katraj shall be cater by any of RSS (near PCMC or Range hill) in normal
condition while in emergency condition any of one RSS can cater the full Traction load
requirements of complete corridor (NIGDI - Katraj).
The above calculation represents the power load calculation in normal and emergency
conditions. For the traction power requirement as the peak traction power requirement is
13.4 MVA in year 2057 which shall be taken care by any of the traction transformer of 21.6
MVA capacity in any of 3 RSS. While for the auxiliary power requirement is 32.9 MVA in year
2057 which shall be taken care by the 2-auxiliary transformer of 20 MVA rating in 3 RSS. So, in
case of any outage of any 1, remaining 2 shall be capable to cater the complete auxiliary as
well as traction load of the corridor from Nigdi – PCMC – Swargate – Katraj.
The 132 KV power supply will be stepped down to 25kV single phase for traction purpose at
the RSS of Pune Metro and the 25kV traction supply will be fed to the OHE at viaduct and ROCS
at underground through cable feeders.
For feeding the auxiliary loads, the 132/33 kV or 132/33 KV power supply received will be
stepped down to 33 kV and will be distributed along the alignment through 33kV Ring main
cable network. These cables will be laid along the viaduct/tunnel. If one RSS trips on fault or
input supply failure, train services can be maintained from the other RSS
In case of total grid failure, all trains may come to a halt, but station lighting & other essential
services can be catered to by stand-by DG sets. Therefore, while the proposed scheme is
expected to ensure adequate reliability, it would cater to emergency situations as well.
The 132 KV cables will be laid through public pathways of Maharashtra Grid Sub-stations to
RSS of Metro Authority.
For corridor – 1A extension PCMC- NIGDI, both existing substations viz PCMC RSS and Depot
RSS shall be provided with 2nos. (one as standby) 220/132/25 kV, 21.6 MVA single-phase
traction transformers for feeding traction and 2nos. (one as standby) 220/132/33 KV, 20 MVA
three phase transformers for feeding auxiliary loads.
For existing corridor PCMC- Swargate, both existing substations viz PCMC RSS and Depot RSS
shall be provided with 2nos. (one as standby) 220/132/25 kV, 21.6 MVA single-phase traction
transformers for feeding traction and 2nos. (one as standby) 220/132/33 KV, 20 MVA three
phase transformers for feeding auxiliary loads.
For corridor – 2A extension Swargate - Katraj, 1 new Receiving Substation shall be provided
near swargate with area approximate 4000 sq.m GIS type with 2nos. (one as standby)
220/132/25 kV, 21.6 MVA single-phase traction transformers for feeding traction and 2nos.
(one as standby) 220/132/33 KV, 20 MVA three phase transformers for feeding auxiliary loads.
Auxiliary supply arrangements for stations and depot Existing power supply arrangement at
depot shall be considered for the extension line also as in the existing line the Auxiliary sub-
stations (ASS) are envisaged to be provided at each station (1 ASS for elevated station and 2
ASS for underground Station) for stepping down 33 kV supply to 415 V for auxiliary
applications. No extra ASS is required in depot for the extension line as the existing depot ASS
can cater the 2.5 MW load in year 2057. The station ASS’s will be located at mezzanine or
platform level inside a room. The auxiliary load requirements have been assessed at 300kW
for elevated / at-grade stations and 2500 kW for underground station for year 2027 to 2057.
In order to meet the requirement of auxiliary power two dry type cast resin transformers
(33/0.415kV) of 500 kVA capacity are proposed to be installed at the elevated stations (one
transformer as standby) and two 2.5 MVA transformer for underground stations (one
transformer as standby) also, two existing transformer of 2.5 MVA at Depot ASS.
The implementation of Nigdi – PCMC & Swargate-Katraj metro corridor will increase the Power
supply Load requirement on Phase 1 corridors as well. It is necessary to duly consider the
incremental power supply load requirement while doing the Power load calculations. The
incremental load requirement due to the extension of the corridor, viz. Nigdi – PCMC &
Swargate-Katraj have been estimated considering the traction power requirement and
Auxiliary power requirements for elevated & underground section from NIGDI to KATRAJ. To
cater this incremental requirement with reliability of the Power Supply for traction as well as
auxiliary load, One RSS is Proposed near Swargate to cater the Power supply load
requirements for Phase 1 corridor from Nigdi to Katraj.
Power demand calculation Year 2027 Year 2037 Year 2047 Year 2057
Total Power Demand Traction 10.6 MVA 12.2 MVA 13.1 MVA 13.4 MVA
(NIGDI-SWARGATE) Auxiliary 32.9 MVA 32.9 MVA 32.9 MVA 32.9 MVA
(BT/RC) System is proposed for EMI mitigation. Concrete structures of elevated viaducts
/underground tunnels are not good electrical earths and therefore, Earthing and Bonding of
the traction system shall be in accordance with the latest standards EN50122-1, IEEE80 and
other relevant standards. Two earth conductors –Overhead Protection Cable (OPC) and Buried
Earth Conductor (BEC) are proposed to be laid along with elevated viaduct/underground
tunnels and all the metallic structures, structural reinforcement, running rails etc. will be
connected to these conductors to form an equi-potential surface & least resistance path to
the fault currents. The overhead protection cable will also provide protection against lightning
to the 25kV OHE/ROCS9 and the elevated viaduct/underground tunnels.
The ROCS above the tracks contains the Conductor Rail (CR): A contact wire (150 Sqmm Hard
drawn copper) is clamped into the conductor rail profile. The CR is suspended from hinged or
gliding supports provided with insulators.
The point of transition from the conventional overhead line to the conductor rail is equipped
with a transition bar, contact wire anchoring bar and endpoint anchor.
The maximum span between two drop tubes is 11-12m. on overlap, the rigid catenary is
supported at closer intervals, all the ROCS support bracket is earthed.
9 ROCS is recommended for phase 2A whereas OHE is only used as a reference for calculation purpose.
25 kV ac ROCS shall comprises of 150mm2 HD-copper the maximum span between two drop
tubes is 11-12m. on overlap, the rigid catenary is supported at closer intervals. There is a
continuous Aluminium conductor of 93.3 Sq.mm (known as OPC) which runs all along the ROCS
and it is clamped to each and every ROCS support bracket.
Based on emergency demand expected at each RSS as shown in above Table, two nos. 220 or
132/25kV traction transformers of 21.6 MVA capacity and 2 nos. 132/33 KV, 20MVA capacity
Auxiliary transformers shall be provided at each RSS in Corridor NIGDI - Katraj . The 132kV
incoming cable 3-phase single core XLPE insulated with 630 mm2 Aluminium conductor and
220kV, 3-phase single core XLPE insulated with 800 mm2 Aluminium conductor for corridor
NIGDI - Katraj shall be used to meet the normal & emergency loading requirements and fault
level of the 132 kV and 220 KV supply.
33kV and 25kV switchgear shall be rated for 1250 A being standard design. 33kV cable ring
network shall be adequately rated to transfer requisite auxiliary power during normal as well
as emergency situations and accordingly 3 number of Single core 300 mm 2 FRLS Aluminium
conductor cable XLPE insulated 33kV cable is proposed for ring main network.
Adequate no. of cables are required for transfer of traction power from Metro’s RSS to 25kV
OHE/ROCS10. Single-phase XLPE insulated cables with 240 mm2 copper conductor are
proposed for traction power. Based on current requirements, 2 cables are required for each
of the two circuits to feed power to OHE/ROCS10.
The above capacities of transformers, switchgear, cables etc. have been worked out based on
the conceptual design. Therefore, these may be required to be revised for better accuracy
during design stage of project implementation.
10 ROCS is recommended for phase 2A whereas OHE is only used as a reference for calculation purpose.
Silent type DG sets with low noise levels are proposed, which do not require a separate room
for installation.
For the smooth functioning, high reliability and safety of the transit system the SCADA system
plays a vital role in supervision, control and acquisition of various specified data from the
‘controlled station’ along the line such as receiving substation(RSS), auxiliary substation(ASS),
traction substation (TSS), metro stations, OHE/ROCS11 system switching stations along the line,
depot etc. Modern SCADA system with intelligent remote terminal units (RTUs) shall be
provided for control and monitoring of the whole power supply system from a centralized
Operation Control Centre (OCC). Existing OCC & BOCC shall be updated based on the extension
line phase 1A (PCMC-NIGDI) and extension corridor 2A (Swargate- Katraj).
The Digital Protection Control System (DPCS) is for providing data acquisition, data processing,
overall protection control, interlocking, inter-tripping and monitoring of the entire power
supply system consisting of 33kV ac switchgear, transformers, 25kV ac switchgear and
associated electrical equipment. DPCS will utilize microprocessor-based fast-acting numerical
relays & Programmable Logic Controllers (PLCs) with interface with SCADA system.
SCADA system allows the Power Operator to control and monitor the HV (High Voltage), MV
(Medium Voltage) and LV (Low Voltage) equipment. The purpose of this system is to manage:
the incoming lines to provide reliable electrical supply to all the equipment, the Auxiliary
power supply sub-stations: transformers from high voltage to medium and low voltage. The
traction power supply sub-stations: transformers from high voltage to 25 kV traction power.
The control of the Traction Power shall be done through the Traction Power Supply function.
The Power as a whole is managed from the Energy Control Centre ECC, from where centralized
Operation of the line is carried out.
11 ROCS is recommended for phase 2A whereas OHE is only used as a reference for calculation purpose.
The power generation depends upon various factors such as the intensity of the solar
radiation, the net useable area available on the roof top, the obstructions due to shadow or
the shading factor, the orientation of the solar panels, efficiency of the solar cells etc. The solar
power generation potential in Pune metro corridors is required to be reviewed and finalized
during detail design stage.
It is proposed that the solar PV installation for Pune metro shall be done on the basis of RESCO
model which is also being followed by other metros in India. In the RESCO model, the MAHA
Metro shall sublet the rooftop to the project developer who will be responsible for the solar
PV installation. The power shall be purchased by MAHA metro on the basis of the unit rate
specified by Power Purchase Agreement (PPA).
(i) Modern rolling stock with 3-phase VVVF drive and lightweight stainless-steel
coaches has been proposed, which has the benefits of low specific energy
consumption and almost unity power factor.
(ii) Rolling stock has regeneration features and it is expected that 30% of total
traction energy will be regenerated and fed back to 25kV ac OHE/ROCS12 to be
consumed by nearby trains.
(iii) Effective utilization of natural light is proposed. In addition, the lighting system
of the stations will be provided with different circuits (33%, 66% & 100%) and
the relevant circuits can be switched on based on the requirements (day or
night, operation or maintenance hours etc.).
(iv) Machine-room less type lifts with gearless drive have been proposed with 3-
phase VVVF drive. These lifts are highly energy efficient.
(v) The proposed heavy-duty public services escalators will be provided with 3-
phase VVVF drive, which is energy efficient & improves the power factor.
Further, the escalators will be provided with infrared sensors to automatically
reduce the speed (to idling speed) when not being used by passengers.
(vi) The latest state of art and energy efficient electrical equipment (e.g.
transformers, motors, light fittings etc.) has been incorporated in the system
design.
(vii) Efficient energy management is possible with proposed modern SCADA system
by way of maximum demand (MD) and power factor control.
(viii) LED lighting is proposed in certain areas.
12 ROCS is recommended for phase 2A whereas OHE is only used as a reference for calculation purpose.
increase to about 10.0 Million Units by year 2057. For existing Corridor of line, the annual
energy consumption is assessed to be about 115.4 million units in initial years (2027), which
will increase to about 143.8 Million Units by year 2057. For another extension of corridor 2A
the annual energy consumption is assessed to be about 34.2 million units in initial years (2027),
which will increase to about 40.3 Million Units by year 2057. The total annual energy
consumption for line 1, Phase 1 with extension 1A and 2A is assessed to be about 160.3 Million
Units by year 2027 which will increase upto 196.1 Million units by year 2057. In addition to
ensuring optimum energy consumption, it is also necessary that the electric power tariff be
kept at a minimum in order to contain the O&M costs. Therefore, the power tariff for this
Corridor should be at effective rate of purchase price (at 132/220 kV voltage level) plus
nominal administrative charges i.e. on a no profit no loss basis. This is expected to be in the
range of Rs. 7.6 per unit (Grid supply charges = Rs. 5.8 per unit and 20% of supplies from solar
(@ Rs 4 per unit) as per RESCO model) with Rs. 270/KVA/month fixed charges. It is proposed
that Government of Maharashtra will take necessary steps to fix power tariff for Pune Metro
at “No Profit No Loss” basis. Financial analysis has been carried out based on this tariff for the
purpose of finalizing the DPR. Similar approach is being pursued for Delhi Metro.
However, for planned requirement in Phase-2A in year 2047 & 2057, i.e. additional 8 number
of 3-car trains, additional stabling facility is required.
For Phase -2A in year 2047 & 2057, stabling lines are proposed in table below to accommodate
requirement of year 2047 & 2057.
Type Elevated
Number of Stabling Lines 4
Capacity per stabling line One 6-cars train
or
Two 3-car Train
Length of each Stabling Line 140m
Plot Area 0.29 Ha
Total Cost without land 11.72 Cr
Land Cost 5.43 Cr
Elevated, 4 stabling lines are proposed for stabling of 6-car train on each line. However, all
necessary maintenance activities(major/minor/scheduled/etc.) will be catered in Range Hill
depot of Pune Metro Phase 1.
With a view of developing effective and efficient mass transit system towards improving the
share of public transport trips, the Government of Maharashtra conceived and implemented
Metro rail system. Phase I of the Metro Project was approved in 2016 and construction is
currently taking place on the two lines.
Line 1 running from North to South from PCMC to Swargate. It is 17.8 km long and comprises
14 stations including 5 underground and 9 elevated stations;
Line 2 running from West to East from Vanaz to Ramwadi. It is 15.7 km long and comprises 16
elevated stations.
In addition, Line 3 is also planned under PPP model, being implemented by PMRDA, which will
be running between Shivajinagar and Hinjewadi. Line 3 metro is 23.33 km long and comprises
of 23 stations.
After experiencing the rapid growth, particularly in the out-growth areas of PMC & PCMC and
Chakan area, the Government of Maharashtra/ Maha Metro – Pune Metro planned for further
development of the metro network as an extension of Phase I.
The present chapter is dedicated to Environmental Impact Assessment of corridor 2-A Swargate
to Katraj and the total length of this corridor is 5.464 km.
Corridor – 2A: Swargate to Katraj
The Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF), Government of India issued notification on
14th September 2006 for getting Environmental Clearance. All new projects/expansion and
modernization of existing projects or related activities listed in the schedule I of the
notifications are required to obtain prior environmental clearance from MoEF. However, Rail
projects are exempted from this list and hence environmental clearance will not be required
for the present project.
Environmental Assessment Report is prepared for the present assignment in order to identify
the baseline environmental status of the proposed Metro Rail alignment & stations,
assessment of impact due to the proposed project on various Environmental parameters and
preparation of Environmental Management Plan to mitigate the negative impact on these
parameters. The broad scope of the study includes:
14.3 Methodology
Suitable methodology was adopted to accomplish the study. As the first step, scoping exercise
was undertaken to identify the parameters needed to be considered for the study and to
outline the activities for collecting data on each parameter. Data pertaining to all facets of
environment viz. physical, ecological and socioeconomic environment both through primary
and secondary sources were collected. The step wise activities include:
India has a well-defined institutional and legislative framework. The legislation covers all
components of environment viz air, water, noise, soil, terrestrial and aquatic flora and fauna,
natural resources, and sensitive habitats. The environmental legislations in India are framed
to protect the valued environmental components and comply with its commitment to the
international community under various conventions and protocols as well. Review of Indian
legal system has been carried out to identify its applicability to the project. WB/ADB has also
defined their Environmental and Social Safeguard policies.
The Acts, Rules and Norms which are generally relevant to Metro rail projects are listed below;
Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000 amendment in 2010 ISO/
TC 108 (vibration);
Metro Rail Transit System, Guidelines for Noise and Vibrations, RDSO, Ministry
of Railways, September 2015;
Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980, amended 1988;
Forest (Conservation) Rules 2003 and Forest (Conservation) Amendment Rules,
2014 (procedure for FC);
The Indian Wildlife (Protection) Act 1972 and The Wildlife (Protection)
Amendment Act 2002;
The Metro Railways (Operation and Maintenance) Act 2002 as amended vide.
The Metro Railways (Amendment) Act 2009 (disaster management);
The Ancient Monuments and Archaeological sites and Remain (Amendment and
Validation Act) 2010;
Groundwater (Regulation) Act, 1987 as amended till 2008 and
Guidelines/Criteria for evaluation of proposals/requests for ground water
abstraction (With effect from 16.11.2015), Central Ground Water Authority;
World Bank, Operational policy OP 4.12 , involuntary resettlement
World Bank, Environmental Assessment OP 4.01
ADB Safeguard Policy Statement, July 2009
This Act was passed as an overall comprehensive act “for protection and improvement of
environment”. According to this Act, the Central Government has the power to take all such
measures as it deems necessary or expedient for the purpose of protecting and improving the
quality of environment and preventing, controlling and abating environmental pollution.
Under this act, rules have been specified for discharge/emission of effluents and different
standards for environmental quality. These include Ambient Noise Standard, Emission from
Motor Vehicles, Mass Emission Standard for Petrol Driven Vehicles, General Effluent Standards
etc. especially important for Metro project.
Metro rail projects are not included as a sector in the Schedule of the Environmental Impact
Assessment (EIA) Notification 2006 that provides a list of projects which need to undergo EIA
studies. However, Metro projects include components that may individually qualify for
obtaining Environmental Clearance.
For metro rail projects, station buildings are required to be developed. If the built-up area of
any of these station buildings is >20,000 square metres, then an Environmental Clearance is
required to be obtained under Item 8(a) of the Schedule of EIA Notification 2006 & its
amendment 15th November 2018.
Train maintenance depots would need to be developed as part of the projects. The depots
would include administrative buildings and occupy a large area for undertaking maintenance
of the rolling stock. If the built-up area of the buildings in the depot will be >20,000 square
metres, then an Environmental Clearance may require to be obtained under Item 8(a) of the
Schedule of EIA Notification 2006.
The Forest (Conservation) Act, 1960 came in to force with effect from October 25, 1980. Under
the provision of this act, prior approval of the Central Government is essential for de-
reservation of forest lands and / or diversion of forest lands for non-forestry purposes. There
is no reserve/protected forest along the proposed project alignment.
The Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972 has allowed the Government to establish a number of
National Parks and Sanctuaries to protect and conserve the flora and fauna of the state. The
Wildlife Protection Act, (1972) is the first comprehensive act enacted to protect the wild
animals and their habitats. It will improve protection measures of the existing National Parks
and Sanctuaries and strengthen the Protected Areas (PA). The objectives of the act include to
protect the rapidly declining wild animal and birds of the country, control trade in wildlife
products, streamline and strengthen wildlife setup at Central and State level and
establishment of Wildlife Advisory Board. In the extensive amendment in 1991, endangered
wild plants have also been included within the protective umbrella of this Act.
Water Act and Air Acts provide for the prevention and control of water and air pollution
respectively. These acts empower the Pollution Control Boards to collect effluent and emission
samples, entry to industrial units for inspection, power to prohibit on use of any water bodies
for waste disposal and creation of new discharge outlets, provide consent to set up and
operate certain facilities likely to create air and water pollution including power to give
directions and prosecuting offenders.
The Air and Water Act are particularly applicable to all civil works activities. All construction
work contractors need to obtain the consent-to-establish and consent-to-operate for plants
and other machinery that they may be required for the purpose of construction. The NOC
certificates need to be obtained from the regional offices of the SPCB. Wherein the existing
plants are used, the contractor shall ensure that all applicable consents are obtained for
operating the plant/equipment.
14.4.1.5 Central Motor Vehicle Act -1988 and Central Motor Vehicle Rules 1989
In 1988, the Indian Motor Vehicles Act empowered the State Transport Authority to enforce
standards f or vehicular pollution and prevention control. The Authority also checks emission
standards of registered vehicles, collects road taxes, and issues licenses. In August 1997, the
Pollution Under Control Certificate (PUC) programme was launched in an attempt to
crackdown on the vehicular emissions in the states.
Central Motor Vehicle Rules 1989 provide for working rules for licensing of drivers of motor
vehicles, registration of motor vehicles, overall dimensions of motor vehicles, rules &
regulations, etc.
14.4.1.6 Ancient Monuments and Archaeological Sites and Remains Rules, 1959 and 2010
As per the Act, area within a radius of 100m and 200m from the “protected property” are
designated as “protected area” and “regulated area” respectively. No development activity
(including mining operations and construction) is permitted in the “protected area” and all
development activities likely to damage the protected property are not permitted in the
“regulated area” without prior permission of the Archaeological Survey of India (ASI).
Protected property entails the site/remains/ monuments are protected by ASI or the State
Department of Archaeology.
Alignment does not pass through any prohibited, protected, restricted area of heritage
structure/ Monument area’.
Environmental Assessment is used in the World Bank to identify, avoid, and mitigate the
potential negative environmental impacts associated with Bank’s lending operations early-on
in the project cycle. The policy states that Environment Assessment (EA) and mitigation plans
are required for all projects having significant adverse environmental impacts or involuntary
resettlement. Assessment should include analysis of alternative designs and sites, or
consideration of “no option” and require public participation and information disclosure
before the Bank approves the project.
The World Bank's environmental assessment policy and recommended processing are
described in Operational Policy (OP)/Bank Procedure (BP) 4.01: Environmental Assessment.
The project requires a number of statutory clearances under different Acts and Rules a
different stage of the project. These are listed in.
Table 97 : Summary of Environment Legislation Applicable for this Project
Ambient air quality standards/limits provide a legal framework for the control of air pollution
and the protection of public health.
The Ministry of Environment and Forest (MoEF&CC), Govt. of India, vide gazette notification,
G.S.R826 (E), dated 16.11.2009 have notified/amended the National Ambient Air Quality
Standards by amending the Environment (Protection) Rules 1986. The National Ambient Air
Quality Standards (NAAQS) prescribed by CPCB are given in Table 98.
1 2 3 4 5
24 80 80 Ultraviolet fluorescence
hours**
24 80 80 Gas Phase
hours** Chemiluminescence’s
Carbon Monoxide (CO)
mg/m3 8 hours** 02 02 NonDispersive
infraredspectroscopy
1 hour 04 04
* Average Arithmetic mean of minimum 104 measurements in a year taken for a week 24 hourly at uniform interval.
Realizing the need to control and regulate noise levels, the Ministry of Environment & Forest,
Government of India, have notified Noise Level Standards and Guidelines under Environment
(Protection) Rules, 1986, known as Noise Pollution (Regulation & Control) Rules, 2000. The
specific standards described in the rules are given in Table 99.
Table 99 : National Ambient Noise Quality Standards
Sr. Area Category of Leq*** in dB (A)
No. Code Zone *Day **Night
1 A Industrial 75 70
2 B Commercial 65 55
3 C Residential 55 45
4 D Silence Zone 50 40
* Day Time – 6.00 am – 10.00 pm (16 hours)
** Night Time – 10.00 pm – 6.00 am (8 hours)
*** Leq – Equivalent noise level
(Source: Noise pollution (Regulation and control) Rules, 2000)
The CPCB has identified water quality requirements in terms of few chemical characteristics,
known as primary water quality criteria. The "designated best uses" along with respective
water quality criteria is given in Table 100.
Table 100 : Use Based Classification of Surface Waters in India
Designated Class of
Water
Best Use Criteria
Total Coliforms MPN/100 ml shall be 50 or less
14.6 Drinking Water source A pH between 6.5 to 8.5
(with conventional Dissolved Oxygen 6 mg / 1 or more
treatment)
Biological Oxygen demand (BOD) 5 days 200C, 2 mg/l or
less
Total Coliforms Organism MPN/100 ml shall be 500 or
Outdoor bathing B less
(organized) pH between 6.5 to 8.5
Dissolved Oxygen 5 mg / l or more
Biological Oxygen demand (BOD) 5 days 200C 3 mg/1 or
less
Designated Class of
Water
Best Use Criteria
Total Coliforms MPN/100 ml shall be 5000 or less
14.7 Drinking Water source C pH between 6.5 to 8.5
(without conventional Dissolved Oxygen 4 mg / 1 or more
treatment)
Biological Oxygen demand (BOD) 5 days 200C 3 mg/1 or
less
pH between 6.5 to 8.5 for fisheries
14.8 Propagation of Wildlife D Dissolved Oxygen 4 mg / 1 or more
Free Ammonia (as N) 1.2 mg/1 or less
pH between 6.0 to 8.5
14.9 Irrigation, Industrial E Electrical Conductivity at 250C µmhos/cm Max. 2250
Cooling, Controlled Sodium absorption ratio Max. 26
Waste
Boron, Max.2 mg/1
(Source: Guidelines for Water Quality Management – CPCB 2008)
Since all groundwater resources of the State are classified for more than one use and
therefore, the most stringent or protective criteria will be applicable. Therefore, its qualities
have been compared with Bureau of Indian standards: IS :10500:1991 and WHO Guideline for
Groundwater Sources for Drinking Water which is presented in the form of
Table 101 : Indian Standards for Drinking Water-Specification BIS:IS 10500:2012
Sr. Substance or Characteristics/Parameter BIS, Indian Standards (IS 10500:2012)
No. Desirable Limit Permissible Limit in the
absence of Alternate
Source
(1) (2) (3) (4)
Essential Characteristics
1 Colour,(HazenUnits, Max) 5 15
2 Odour Unobjectionabl ---
e
3 Taste Agreeable ---
4 Turbidity, NTU, Max 1 5
5 pH value 6.5 to 8.5 No relaxations
6 Total hardness (as CaCO2) mg/L, Max 200 600
7 Iron (as Fe) mg/L, Max 0.3 No relaxations
8 Chloramines (as Cl2 ), mg/l, Max 4 No relaxations
9 Chlorides (as Cl) mg/L , Max 250 1000
Collection of baseline information on bio-physical, social and economic aspects of the project
area is the most important reference for conducting EIA study, based on the existing
environmental scenario, potential impacts of project will be identified and accordingly
management plan will be proposed so as applicability of Government of India (GoI) regulatory
requirements. The baseline environmental conditions will help in comparing and to monitor
the predicted negative and positive impacts resulting from the project during construction and
operation phases.
Data was collected from Primary & secondary sources for the macro-environmental setting
like climate, physiography (Geology and slope), biological and socio-economic environment.
First-hand information has been collected to record the micro-environmental features within
and adjacent to the project corridor. Collection of first hand (Primary) information includes
preparation of base maps, extrapolating environmental features on proposed Metro Track &
Station design, tree inventories, location and measurement of socio-cultural features abutting
proposed project. Scope of this exercise was 10 kilometres on both sides from the centre of
the project location as per guidelines of Ministry of Environment and Forests, Government of
India. However, the focus of the study was on the areas within and directly adjacent to the
corridor of impact and ROW.
Following section describes the nature, type and characteristics of the physical, biological,
cultural and socioeconomic components along the project Stretch.
Pune is the second largest district of Maharashtra State in respect of area. The district has a
geographical area of 15642 sq.km., which is 5.08% of the total area of State. It is situated in
the western part of the State and lies between north latitude 17°54’ and 19°24’ and east
longitudes 73°29’ and 75°10’.
It is bounded by Ahmednagar district in the north and east. Satara and Solapur districts in
south and south east respectively and Thane and Raigarh districts in north west and west
respectively. For administrative convenience it is divided in 14 talukas namely Pune City,
Haveli, Khed, Ambegaon, Junnar, Shirur, Daund, Indapur, Baramati, Purandhar, Bhor, Velhe,
Mulsi and Maval.
Municipal Limit identified with length distribution of the project is shown in the Table 102
hereafter:
Table 102 : District wise distribution of the project alignment
Tentative
State District Chainage Taluka
Length(km)
Swargate to Haveli Taluka (Pune
Maharashtra Pune 5.464
Katraj Municipal Corporation)
“The district forms part of Western Ghat and Deccan Plateau. Physiographically the district
can be divided in to three distinct belts i.e.,
(1) The western belt stretching from 16 to 31 km. East of Sahayadri –an extremely rugged
country cut by deep valleys, divided and crossed by hill ranges.
(2) The central belt extending for about 30 km. East of the western belt across the tract whose
eastern boundary is roughly marked by a line drawn from Pabal in the north, southwards
through Pune to Purandhar. In this belt a series of small hills stretch in to valleys and large
spurs from Plateau and
(3) The eastern belt with a rolling topography and the low hills sinking slowly in to the plains
with relatively broader valleys.
Therefore, the physiography of the district has given rise to four major characteristic land
forms namely; (1) The hills and ghats (2) the foot hills (3) the plateau and (4) the plains.”
(Source: cgwb.gov.in/District Profile)
From the riverbed of Mutha, highest portion in the Pune City is Kedareshwar hill, which is
about 612 meters from the riverbed. The Western portion from Mulshi, Maval, Tahsil in Pune
District, contains black soil where the main crop is paddy. All lands to the north, west south
and east have generally reddish soil.
(Source: krishi.maharashtra.gov.in)
To identify the actual condition of soil, soil quality analysis has been carried out by MoEF &
NABL accredited, Shreeji Aqua Treatment Pvt. Ltd. Laboratory, located at Pune. Soil sample
was collected along the project corridor. Laboratory analysis results are reported in
Table 103. The result shows that the soil is slightly alkaline in nature .
Table 103 :Result of Soil Quality Monitoring of the Study Area
Sr. No. Parameters Unit Reference Method Result
14.10.3 Topography:
Pune district lies in the Bhima and Nira basins. It has a shape of triangle with its base in
Sahyadri mountains on the West and its apex in the extreme South-East corner near Nira River.
Taking into consideration the height from sea level, rainfall, soil pattern etc. it is divided into
three zones viz. Western Zone, Central Zone and Eastern Zone. The Sahayadri ranges are
spread from North to South in the district. Pune district lies in Seismic Zoning III. This zone is
classified as Moderate Damage Risk Zone.
It can be seen from the LULC map below that out of geographical area, about 23 percent of
land is under non-agricultural usage i.e. forest, land under non-agricultural use, cultivable
waste, permanent pasture and miscellaneous trees and groves.
About 7 percent land is as current and other fallow and about 64 percent of land is sown. Thus,
altogether about 14.71 percent of land is available in the form of cultivable waste, permanent
pastures, land under tree crops and grooves, current as well as other follows, which can be
brought under productive use with a proper wasteland development programme.
The land use along the project corridor is principally of the Urban category passing through
the open and commercial land.
14.10.5 Meteorology
The ambient environment is responsible for the health of human beings, animals, wildlife and
vegetation. All air pollutants emitted by point and non-point sources are transported,
dispersed or concentrated by meteorological and topographical conditions.
The meteorological parameters regulate the transport and diffusion of pollutants into the
atmosphere. In order to assess the impact on existing ambient environment due to the project,
it is necessary to have baseline status of ambient environmental parameters.
Pune District forms a part of the tropical monsoon land and therefore shows a significant
seasonal variation in temperature as well as rainfall conditions. The climate of the Western
region of Pune District is cool, whereas the Eastern part is hot and dry.
14.10.5.1 Seasons
The winter season is from December to about the middle of February followed by summer
season which last up to May. June to September is the south-west monsoon season, whereas
October and November constitute the post-monsoon season.
14.10.5.2 Temperatures
The mean minimum temperature is about 12°C and mean maximum temperature is about
39°C.
14.10.5.3 Rainfall
The normal annual rainfall over the district varies from about 468 mm to 4659 mm.
Table 104 : Rainfall for last five years in Pune District (in mm)
YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC
R/F R/F R/F R/F R/F R/F R/F R/F R/F R/F R/F R/F
2013 0.5 0.3 0.9 0 0.8 293 397 129 233 32 13.6 5.4
2014 1.2 1.2 36.9 4.3 21.8 42.6 386 345 105 29 22.7 12
(Source: www.imd.gov.in)
Humidity is low during the summer months due to increased evaporation losses from the
atmosphere. The diurnal variations in humidity during this period are high, water vapour gets
condensed due to falling night-time temperatures and the daytime temperatures are high.
In the summer months the relative humidity ranges from a minimum of 20% to maximum of
67% during the day.
During the monsoon period, the relative humidity varies from 68% to 87%. The relative
humidity during winter shows maximum diurnal variation varying from 37% to 88%.
Table 105 : Met Data, Pune (1981-2010)
Month Temperature Humidity % Monthly
Rainfall (mm)
Min Max 08.30hr 17.30 hr
January 11.2 29.8 85 34 1.1
February 12.2 32.1 72 26 0.3
March 15.7 35.6 55 21 2.2
April 19.6 37.6 48 24 8.5
May 22.6 36.9 59 37 16.8
June 23.1 31.9 77 66 173.4
July 22.4 28.3 83 76 181.4
August 21.7 27.6 86 79 145.2
September 20.9 29.4 84 73 146.1
October 18.4 31.5 79 53 86.3
November 14.5 30.4 76 43 25.0
December 11.5 29.2 82 39 7.0
Source: Environment Impact Assessment Report for proposed expansion of IT Park Infosys Limited November 2017
The site-specific Meteorological data collected by MoEF & NABL accredited, Shreeji Aqua
Treatment Pvt. Ltd. Laboratory by installing Met station, adjacent to the project corridor. Site
specific Meteorological data & Windrose diagram is given below .
Table 106 : Site Specific Meteorological Data
Barometric
Wind Speed Wind Temp. Relative
Date 0C Pressure Rainfall
( Kmph) Direction Humidity %
Kpa
31.12.2018 3.7 206.3 17.9 33.5 101.6 0.0
01.01.2019 2.2 135.0 21.0 26.7 100.8 0.0
02.01.2019 2.2 135.0 21.9 29.0 101.3 0.0
Barometric
Wind Speed Wind Temp. Relative
Date 0C Pressure Rainfall
( Kmph) Direction Humidity %
Kpa
03.01.2019 3.8 131.3 22.1 37.3 101.2 0.0
04.01.2019 3.8 191.3 24.7 29.4 101.0 0.0
05.01.2019 2.5 176.3 23.2 27.4 97.3 0.0
06.01.2019 2.9 150 22.6 24.5 101.1 0.0
Based on the evaluation of the wind rose, it can be said that the overall predominant wind
direction for the district is from the West to South West, with absolutely no wind from the
South and considerable percentage of wind from the North direction .The predominant winds
from the West and South West direction are responsible for the monsoons as they carry
moisture-laden clouds from the Arabian Sea.
Baseline conditions define the characteristics of the existing environment and shape projected
future conditions, assuming no project is undertaken. They provide the basis from which
project impact comparison are made. Existing ambient air, noise and water quality data on
various sections of the project corridors has been collected from secondary sources to
establish a baseline database.
Ambient air quality refers to the background air quality levels in a region, characterised by
concentrations of various pollutants in the atmosphere. In most cases vehicular emissions are
the predominant source of air pollution. Existing ambient air quality data on various sections
of the project corridors was collected to establish a baseline database. The aim was to identify
areas that already have high pollution levels or are expected to experience so, on account of
the project, and to design adequate mitigation measures, as applicable.
The activities, which generate modify atmospheric air quality, are transportation (i.e., motor
vehicle emissions, which are addressed in this study); industry; domestic and construction.
The principal sources of air pollution due to metro projects are machineries used during
construction phase and the vehicles that ply over it during the operation phase. The
monitoring locations should be selected based on the sensitivity of the receptors to vehicular
traffic and to obtain baseline concentrations of the various representative land uses along the
corridors. The baseline data of air environment need to be monitored for the below
mentioned parameters:
Dispersal of pollutants depends upon factors like prevailing wind direction and other weather
conditions, height of the source, and characteristics of plantation and presence of other sinks
along the project corridor.
Primary data collected from project corridor has been examined to establish the baseline
scenario for the project corridor. The sources of air pollution in the region are identified as
industries, vehicular traffic, dust arising from roads etc.
Ambient air quality data within vicinity of the Project Corridor has been Monitored & analysed
by MoEF & NABL accredited, Shreeji Aqua Treatment Pvt. Ltd. laboratory. Site specific ambient
air quality is given below:
Table 107 : : Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results
Sr. Location Concentration µg/m3 mg/m3
No. PM2.5 PM10 SO2 NOx CO
1 Swargate 56.0 97.0 28.0 30.0 0.069
2 Katraj 58.0 94.0 24.0 28.0 0.063
CPCB Standards 60 100 80 80 04
The ambient air quality levels with respect to PM2.5, PM10, Sulphur dioxide, Nitrogen oxides
(NOx) and Carbon monoxide (CO) ranges from 56.0 µg/m3 to 58.0 µg/m3, 94.0 to 97.0 µg/m3,
24.0 µg/m3 to 28.0 µg/m3, 28.0 to 30.0 µg/m3 and 0.063 to 0.069 mg/m3 respectively in the
project corridor. All the ambient air quality parameters are within the National Ambient Air
Quality Standards (NAAQS).
Along the proposed project construction proposals, there is significant industrial activity and
significant vehicular traffic contributing to ambient noise levels. Therefore, the ambient noise
levels may be higher than the noise quality standards. Project development results in increase
in noise levels due to movement and operation of machinery, heavy vehicles, loading and
unloading of construction materials, apart from high noise levels at the asphalt plants (90 -
100 dB(A). These activities are intermittent and localised.
During the operation phase, noise will be generated from Metro Rail movement in three ways,
namely from the vehicle body parts, from the Wheel-Track system (also known as the rolling
noise) and from the driver behaviour, such as use of horns.
To assess background noise levels in the study area, primary data from project corridor has
been collected. Description of the noise monitoring stations and the Leq values at each station
are given in the following tables.
The day noise level monitored during 6 A.M. to 10 P.M. and night levels 10 P.M. to 6 A.M.
reviewed from existing data of Pune District & within vicinity of the Project Corridor, collected
by MoEF & NABL accredited, Shreeji Aqua Treatment Pvt. Ltd. laboratory. The major source of
noise identified in the study area has been predominantly the vehicular movement and the
construction activities.
In the vicinity of the Project Corridor, Ambient Noise Monitoring night time Leq (Ln) varies
from 57.27 to 60.48 dB (A) and the daytime Leq (Ld) varies from 78.37 to 80.15 dB (A) within
the study area. Ambient noise level is very high as per the standards prescribed by CPCB for
Silence, Residential, Commercial & Industrial Area. The major source of noise identified in the
study area has been predominantly the vehicular movement and the construction activities.
Table 108 : : Ambient Noise Quality Monitoring Results
Results Requirement (as per CPCB
S.
Test Parameters Units Guidelines Limits in
No. Swargate Katraj
dB (A) Leq
Category of Day Night
1. Equivalent Noise Level Area/ Zone Time Time
(6.0 AM TO 10.0 PM) 80.15 78.37 dB(A) Industrial 75 70
Area
Commercial 65 55
Area
Equivalent Noise Level Residential 55 45
2. 57.27 60.48 dB(A)
(10.0 PM TO 6.0 AM) Area
Silence 50 40
Zone
Water environment consists of water resources and its quality. Its study is important from the
point of view to assess the adequacy of water resources for the needs of the project in its
various stages of the project cycle and also to assess the impact of the project on water
environment.
The Mutha River flows from western side to eastern side towards Daund. Mula River, which is
coming from Western side of Pune City, meets the Mutha river near Sangamwadi and then the
combined rivers flow towards Solapur side. Width of Mutha River bed is 200 meters (660 feet).
The northwestern outskirts of Pune’s urban area serve as the crossway for two other rivers,
namely Pavana and Indrayani. The Bhima River also flows from the northwestern part about
8-9 km away from the main city. Most of the talukas in Pune district are flood prone. The rivers
likely to cause flooding are:
Prime source of ground water in the district are Dug wells and tube wells. Ground water
Bearing Formations in Pune district are: Weathered, fractured, jointed and vesicular Basalts.
The depth to water level in the district shows wide variation:
Pre-Monsoon Depth to Water Level (May-2011): 0.40 to 20.10 mbgl
Post-Monsoon Depth to Water Level (Nov.2011): 0.09 to 14.65 mbgl
Pre-Monsoon Water Level Trend (2002-11): Rise- Negligible to 0.75 m/yr : Fall-
Negligible to 0.56 m/yr
Post-Monsoon Water Level Trend (2002-11): Rise- Negligible to 0.63 m/yr : Fall-
Negligible to 0.27 m/yr
Baseline information on the quality of surface and ground water sources along the alignment
of proposed project is required before predictions can be made of the future quality. The
proposed project may contaminate the surface/ground water during the construction,
operation as well as maintenance phases. A plan for monitoring and mitigation will, therefore,
be required to avoid the pollution or deterioration of the water sources.
Ground water of the area may be impacted due to leaching of contaminants from stored raw
materials at site & sewage generated due to labour activity, excess draft of ground water. Run-
off from project site may contains high quantity of suspended solids due to presence of
sediments from excavated area & other pollutants due to presence of contaminants like oil,
paints etc. This run-off on reaching surface water body will degrade the surface water quality
which in turn may impact aquatic flora & fauna. Ground water Quality of Pune City & along
the project corridor is given in below mentioned tables.
Table 109 : Physico-chemical Characteristics Ground Water Monitoring
units Khadki Kunbisahkari Ashoka Bharat Agricultur water
station Bank Shiv mall petrol al college Desirable
Limit
(durbankar) aji pump
Sr. No Parameters
naga (karve
r road)
The quality of the well water was inferred in comparison with the National Standards of
Drinking Water Quality (IS: 10500). All the well water samples were colourless, odourless and
with agreeable taste. One sample had high turbidity and the samples showed well-balanced
pH. The chemical characteristics such as total hardness, chlorides, dissolved solids, sulphates
and nitrates were within limits. Among the metals analysed iron, copper, zinc, chromium,
magnesium, cadmium, selenium, mercury and arsenic were not detected or were within
stipulated limit.
Table 110 : Physico-chemical & Biological Characteristics Ground Water along the project corridor
Acceptable Permissible
Sr. No. Parameters Unit Reference Method Result limits of IS limits of IS
10500:2012 10500:2012
Standard Standard
Acceptable Permissible
Sr. No. Parameters Unit Reference Method Result limits of IS limits of IS
10500:2012 10500:2012
Standard Standard
The source of surface water of Pune is the Mula and Mutha river. Secondary data of surface
water quality of the Pune City is given below Table 111.
Table 111: Physico-chemical Characteristics Surface Water Monitoring
S. No. Parameters Unit Vitthalwadi GarwareBri Sangam Bund Acceptable
(Mutha river) dge (Mula Bridge Garden limits of IS
river) (Mutha (Mula - 10500:201
river) Mutha) 2
3 Turbidity NTU 26 32 30 28 5
7.50 7.35 7.30 7.40 6.5-
4 pH -- 8.5
5 Conductivity uS/cm 550 640 690 460 -
Total Dissolve Solids sum
6 mg/l 360 448 476 325
7 Alkalinity as CaCO3 mg/l 140 165 173 115 200
Total Hardness as CaCo3
8 mg/l 162 188 195 113 300
9 Calcium as Ca mg/l 35 52 60 27 75
10 Magnesium as Mg mg/l 18 14 11 11 30
11 Sodium mg/l 29.0 45.0 52.0 21.0 _
12 Potassium mg/l 8.0 11.0 9.0 11.0 _
13 Bicarbonate mg/l 171 201 211 140 _
14 Chloride as Cl mg/l 43 67 58 35 250
15 Sulphate as SO4 mg/l 35 42 47 23 200
16 Nitrate as NO3 mg/l 3.5 11.4 14 3 45
17 Fluorides as F mg/l 0.2 0.4 0.5 0.3 1
Phenolic compound as 0.0
18 C6H5OH mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL 01
19 Cyanide mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.0 5
Katraj lake is near to the project alignment & Physico-chemical & Bacteriological
characteristics. Water quality of the lake is given below.
Table 112 : : Physico-chemical & Biologicall Characteristics of Surface Water
Sr. No. Surface Water
Parameters Unit Reference Method Result Standards
as per IS:2296
1 Temperature °C IS 3025 (Part 9):1984 25 NS
2 pH -- APHA 4500 H+B 8.97 8.5
3 Colour -- Observation Method Colourless NS
4 Conductivity µs/cm APHA 2510-B 891.0 1000.0
5 Turbidity NTU APHA-2130-B 3.3 NS
6 Total Suspended
mg/lit APHA 2540-D 72.0 NS
Solids (TSS)
7 Total Dissolved
mg/lit APHA 2540-C 584.0 NS
Solids (TDS)
8 Dissolved
mg/lit IS 3025 (Part 38):1989 8.2 4.0
Oxygen (DO)
9 Bio-Chemical
Oxygen Demand
mg/lit IS 3025(Part 44):1993 21.0 NS
(BOD)@ 270C
for 3 days
10 Chemical
Oxygen Demand mg/lit APHA 5220-C 59.02 NS
(COD)
11
12
Oil & Grease mg/lit IS 3025(Part 39):1991 <2.0 0.1
13 Total Hardness mg/lit APHA-2340-C 344.0 NS
14 Calcium mg/lit APHA-3500-Ca-B 84.96 NS
15
16
Sodium mg/lit APHA 3120,3500-Na 81.46 NS
17 Magnesium mg/lit APHA-3500-Mg-B 62.94 NS
18 Ammonical
mg/lit APHA-4500-NH3-C <0.1 NS
Nitrogen
19 Phosphate mg/lit APHA-4500-P-D 2.4 NS
20 Sulphate mg/lit APHA 4500- SO42--E 56.2 NS
21 Chloride mg/lit APHA 4500-Clˉ-B 85.26 NS
22 Fluoride mg/lit APHA-4500-F-D BDL NS
23 Phenol mg/lit APHA-5530-D BDL NS
24 Lead mg/lit APHA-3120,3500-Pb 0.11 NS
25 Iron mg/lit APHA-3120,3500-Fe 7.54 NS
26 Arsenic mg/lit APHA-3120,3500-As 0.06 NS
27 Zinc mg/lit APHA-3120,3500-Zn <0.01 NS
28 Cadmium mg/lit APHA-3120,3500-Cd <0.01 NS
29 Manganese mg/lit APHA-3120,3500-Mn <0.01 NS
The Katraj water quality was assessed through physio-chemical and bacteriological analysis.
The results have been compared with the drinking water quality standards specified in IS:
10500 & IS 2296 for various use of water. Parameters like BOD, COD, Faecal Coliform, Coliform
etc. exceeds the limits and not suitable for drinking & domestic use.
The proposed corridors do not pass through any reserve/protected forest in their entire
lengths. Moreover, no protected areas/environmentally sensitive areas are found in their
indirect impact zones as well (10 km radius).
However, the project alignment is running parallel to the Rajiv Gandhi zoological park in Katraj.
The Rajiv Gandhi Zoological Park, commonly known as the Rajiv Gandhi Zoo or Katraj Zoo, is
located in Katraj, Pune district. It is managed by the Pune Municipal Corporation. The 130-acre
(53 ha) zoo is divided into three parts: an animal orphanage, a snake park, and a zoo, and
includes the 42-acre (17 ha) Katraj Lake.
Figure 99. Rajiv Gandhi Zoological Park along the Project Alignment
The main tree species in the project area are Madhuca, Erythrina, Terminalia elliptica,
Brideliaretusa, Tectonagrandis, Meynalaxiflora, Dalbergiasisoo, Holarrhenapubescens,
Grewiatilifolia, Lagerstroemia sp. Eucalyptus, Peltophorum, Bombax ceiba, Butea
monosperma, Mangiferaindica, GliricidiaseMetro Authoritym, Cassia fistula, Careyaarborea,
Terminalia chebula, Ficus sp. Melia azadirecta Diospyros melanoxylon, HolopteliaXantolis,
Acacia chundra, Sterculiaurens, Lannea&Emblica officinalis etc.
Fauna- The wild fauna found in study area are Semnopithecushypoleucos, Macaca radiata,
Herpestesedwardsii, Pteropusgiganteus, Funambuluspalmarum
Birds- The Avi Fauna found in study area are Milvus migrans, Accipiter badius, Alcedoatthis,
Halcyon smymensi, Ardeolagrayii, Bubulcuscoromandus, Egretta intermedia, Vanellus indicus,
Spilopeliachinensis, Streptopelia senegalensis, Corvus culminates, Corvussplendens,
Eudynamysscolopaceus, Dicrurusmacrocercus, Meropsorientalis, Cinnyrisasiaticus, Passer
domesticus, Phalacrocoraxniger, Pavocristatus, Ploceusphillippinus, Pycnonotuscafer,
Pycnonotusjocosus, Turdoidesmalcolmi
Reptiles- Indian Monitor (Varanus bengalensis), Garden Lizard (Calotes versicolor), Common
Rat Snake (Ptyasmucosus), Common tree Snake (Dendrelaphistristis), etc.
However, significant amounts of vegetation are observed within proposed ROW of metro
corridors. 146* trees will be impacted due to proposed project construction. Impacted Tree
species along the project stretch are: Almond, Ashok, Bada Neem, Banyan, Berry (Ber Coconut
Gulmohar Banyan Jamun, Karanjia, Mango, Neem, Neergudi, Palm, Guava, Papdi, Pipal, Sirish,
Umber.
Impacted Trees along the Station-2 Impacted Trees along the Station-3
Table 113 : Summary of Girth Wise Trees Impacted Along the Project Stretch
Side Girth Size (Cm)
0-30 31-60 61-90 91-120 121-150 >150 Total
Right 34 9 7 5 3 2 60
Left 31 17 5 6 16 11 86
Total 65 26 12 11 19 13 146
* Approximatey, 146 no. of trees will be impacted due to the project. However, this is a preliminary assessment. Detailed
assessment shall be done at later stages.
14.10.8 Seismicity
Pune lies very close to the seismically active zone around Koyna Dam, about 100 km (62 mi)
south of the city and has been rated in Zone 3 by the India Meteorological Department. Pune
has experienced some moderate and many low-intensity earthquakes in its history. Suitable
seismic factor as per the India Meteorological Department (IMD) to be adequate needs to be
considered for design purpose for Civil Engineering structures and while finishing civil designs.
The proposed project falls in Pune district of Maharashtra State and it is expected that about
5,057,709 of the State population will benefit. The population percentage of the project
influence district is reflected in Table 114 .
Table 114 Affected Population
S. No State/District Total Population (2011)
1 Maharashtra 11,23,74,333
2 Pune 94,29,408
3 Pune Metropolitan Region 5,057,709
Source: PCA, Census of India 2011
Population density of the project influenced district varies considerably as per the census data
of 2011, which clearly indicate that the density of population in Pune district (603 persons/
sq.km.), has increased during 2001-2011. Any significant increase in population density brings
in two demographic factors that determines it i.e. natural increase in population and
migration. Further, natural increase depends on the fertility and mortality rates. This is evident
from the table below Table 115.
Table 115 Population Density
Density/km2
S. No State/ District
2001 2011
1 Maharashtra 315 365
2 Pune 462 603
Source: PCA, Census of India 2011
The positive environmental impacts typically include reduction in traffic congestion, quick
public transport service and safety, less fuel consumption, reduction in air pollution, reduction
of noise level etc. Due to the Proposed project possible impacts are identified and assessed
based on the activities associated with project location, design, construction & operation
phase. This segment identifies and evaluate the harmful impacts on the environment, likely to
be consequence of the proposed development. The various potential environmental impacts
envisaged from the various project activities are enlisted :
The construction and operational phases of the proposed project comprises various activities
each of which may have an impact on environmental parameters. Various impacts during the
construction and operation phases on the environment have been studied to estimate the
impact on the environmental attributes and are discussed in the subsequent section. The
probable impacts of each of these activities on various sectors of environment have been
mentioned below under three headings:
Land use changes: the alignment will not have much effect on the land use of the city. The
alignment contains only Underground stations. The efforts have been made to keep both the
land requirement and change of land use minimum.
Land acquisition impacts: The proposed project requires land. The acquisition of land for the
project shall displace people from their home, livelihood base since land is a scarce commodity
in Metropolitan areas. Acquisition of the private land may cause social disruption and
economic loss for the project affected families/people. While implementing the project, there
is a need to take into account these disturbances and losses due to the project, their impact
on socio-economic condition of the people and plan for their mitigation measures to minimize
any negative impacts. Efforts have been made to keep land requirement (Govt. and private
land) to the barest minimum by so choosing the alignments that the acquisition of private
property is minimal. Land need to be acquired for the proposed Depot/Station locations
however alignment will run underground.
Land is mainly required for station buildings, platforms, entry/exit structures, traffic
integration, Depot, power sub-stations, ventilation shafts, administrative buildings, and
temporary construction depots and work sites etc. route alignment of rail tracks is proposed
underground to minimise the resettlement impacts.
Impact on Flora & Fauna: The proposed metro lines are in urban/city area and will not pass
through any forests. However, due to the proposed metro construction some trees are likely
to be lost. With removal of these trees the process for CO2 conversion will get affected.
The alignment is running parallel to the Rajeev Gandhi Zoological Park; however, the station
locations has been proposed away from the park boundary keeping in mind the impact during
construction and operation phase. . Key impact to the zoological park is Air and Noise pollution
during construction stage, the project alignment is underground hence there will not be major
impact during operation stage.
Figure 101. Proposed Station Near Katraj, away from the Zoological Park
Shifting of utilities and drainages: there will be shifting of existing water supply pipelines,
electrical lines and sewerage lines.
Impact on Historical and Cultural Monuments, the proposed project will affect residential and
commercial structures at some of the portion of alignment. No Archaeological Monuments
are directly affected. Utmost care needs be taken so that no significant impact is anticipated
on the historical structures due to project activities during construction and operation.
The project has been proposed to cater the additional demand of present and future traffic
requirement. Hence, no loss of job to the existing transport facilities is anticipated. The drivers
of local transport facilities like buses, taxis, autos and rickshaws may be utilized to cater the
requirement of transport from stations to work place and vice-versa. Additional employment
opportunities are also anticipated due to the proposed project.
The most likely negative impacts related to the construction works are listed below:
Pressure on local infrastructure: considering the nature and the magnitude of the project,
impacts shall be short term and low in magnitude and will be limited to the construction phase
only.
Soil erosion/contamination: the vegetation and top soil shall be disturbed during the
construction stage due to excavation and movement of vehicles and equipment. Run off from
unprotected excavated areas, and underground construction can result in excessive soil
erosion. The spillage of oil from machinery or cement residual from concrete mixer plants
might contaminate the soil if not properly collected and disposed off.
Construction solid waste generation: problems could arise from dumping of construction
spoils (concrete, bricks) waste materials (from contractor camps) etc. causing surface and
ground water pollution. However, it is proposed to have mix concrete directly from batching
plant for use at site. Batching plants will be located away from the site. The other construction
materials such as steel, bricks, etc. will be housed in a fenced stored yard. The balance material
from these yards will be removed for use/disposal.
Health risk at construction site: at the project site, direct exposure to dust generation is likely
to cause health-related impact especially dust-related diseases. This would be minimized by
providing suitable respiratory personal protective equipments (PPE) such as nose masks with
suitable filters etc.
Dust mitigation plan has to be adopted for the local population. Health risks include disease
hazards due to lack of sanitation facilities (water supply and human waste disposal) and insect
vector disease hazards of local workers and disease hazards to the local population. Mitigation
measures should include proper water supply, sanitation, drainage, health care and human
waste disposal facilities. In addition to these, efforts need to be made to avoid water spills,
adopt disease control measures and employment of local labour. Problems could arise due to
difference in customs of imported workers and local residents. These risks could be reduced
by providing adequate facilities in worker’s camps and by employment of preferably local
labour.
Traffic congestion and diversion problems: most of the roads of the project area are broad
with traffic signals in proper places but some areas have congested stretches where traffic
movement is very slow. Hence, traffic congestion during the construction phase may be a
major issue.
Water contamination problems: within the vicinity of project site no water body is present,
however Katraj Lake in the zoological park is the only water body falling parallel to the project
alignment. Since all construction-related activities will primarily be confined to the enclosed
corridor, no major impacts are anticipated. The mitigation measure will include Prevention of
dumping of construction spoil and debris in the lake, Movement of machinery, workforce shall
be restricted around the water body and no waste from construction camps shall be disposed
into it.
Katraj
KatrajLake
Lake
Impact on air quality: potential impacts on the air quality during the construction stage will
be due to the fugitive dust and the exhaust gases generated in and around the construction
site. The principal sources of air pollution due to project is plants and machineries used during
construction phase. Such impacts will be low to moderate and spatially restricted along the
immediate corridor of impact.
Impact on noise quality: due to the various construction activities, there will be short-term
noise impacts in the immediate vicinity of the project corridor. The impact will be felt more in
the congested areas where utmost care has to be taken to reduce noise generation by using
acoustic enclosures. The utmost care shall be taken at the Katraj station along the zoological
park.
Social impact: as local labour will be hired from the vicinity of the project site and shall be
utilized for the construction purpose and all the activities shall be confined to the project site
only, no adverse social impacts are envisaged due to the proposed project.
The project may cause the following negative impacts during operation of the project due to
the increase in the number of passengers and trains at the stations:
Noise pollution: during the operation phase, the main source of noise will be from running of
metro trains. Noise radiated from train operations and track structures generally constitute
the major noise sources. Airborne noise is radiated from at-grade and elevated structures,
while ground-borne noise and vibration are of primary concern in underground operations.
Underground metros are not known to generate audible sound at the ground level. since the
metro has underground alignment, noise pollution will not be the major issue .
Vibration emanates from rail - wheel interaction and the same can be reduced by minimizing
surface irregularities of wheel and rail, improving track geometry, providing elastic fastenings,
and separation of rail seat assembly from the concrete plinth with insertion of resilient and
shock absorbing pad.
Air pollution: metro operation will cause no air pollution in the city and reduce congestion on
the roads there by contributing to improvement in the overall pollution levels in the city.
Water supply and sanitation: the metro’s operation will require substantial groundwater. The
Client shall install rainwater harvesting facilities at the stations in compliance to the
Mandatory Roof Top Rain Harvesting regulations. All stations shall employ a cooling water re-
circulation system for air conditioning. Recycled water shall be used for facility cleaning and
landscape irrigation. All toilets will be equipped with low-flow fixtures.
Safety: during operation, accidents related to train operation like collision, derailment, fire,
power outages, or operation stoppage may occur. In the unlikely event of simultaneous
tripping of all the input power sources or grid failure, the power supply to stations as well as
to trains will be interrupted. A standby silent type DG set at underground stations shall be
installed. To provide a high level of safety with trains running at close headway ensuring
continuous safe train separation, eliminate accidents continuous speed monitoring and
automatic application of brake in case of disregard of signal / warning by the driver, and
provides safety and enforces speed limit on section having permanent and temporary speed
restrictions .
Employment opportunity
Impact on Land Environment
Traffic flow Improvement/ Less air pollution;
Quick service and safety
Less fuel consumption and carbon dioxide reduction.
Reduction in air pollution
The project is expected to generate employment in the secondary and tertiary sectors during
the construction and operation phases. Thus, the project would provide substantial direct
employment; besides, more people would be indirectly employed in allied activities and
trades.
There would be increased scope for commercial, industrial and residential development along
the project corridor.
Introduction of Mass Rapid Transport System will reduce the traffic load on the roads. Many
vehicle owners and users of auto-rickshaws will shift to metro rail as it will be a faster and
convenient mode of transport. Thus, reduction of traffic will lead to reduction of automobile
emission and consequently air pollution.
The metro rail system would be more efficient and faster as compared to the traditional modes
of travel. In addition, reduction of congestion will make the roads safer and will reduce the
incidence of accidents.
On implementation of the project, it is estimated that both petrol and diesel consumption will
get reduced. The saving will be due to two factors namely Reduction in vehicles and
decongestion on roads.
A summary of the potential environmental impacts during construction and operation phases
along with recommended mitigation measures is presented in a matrix format in following
Table 116.
Table 116: Summary of environmental impacts and mitigation measures
Area Impacts Mitigation measures
Construction phase
Topography & Change in existing profile of The overall topography of the
geology the land-use area is not going to alter due to
Disturbance on geological the proposed alignment’s
setting due to quarrying . No new quarry will be
proposed for the Project
requirements only existing, live,
licensed quarries will be used as
sources of aggregates. It will be
ensured the aggregates
procured during construction
stage will be from the
authorized or licensed suppliers
Water use Impact on the local water Maximum rainwater harvesting
sources due to use of and minimum use of existing
construction water water sources for construction
will be ensured to minimize likely
impacts on other users
A matrix is a grid-like table that is used to identify the interaction between project activities,
which are displayed along one axis, and environmental characteristics, which are displayed
along the other axis. Using the table, environment-activity interactions can be noted in the
appropriate cells or intersecting points in the grid. Impact matrix summarizing environmental
parameters impact and nature of impact for the project is given in Table 117.
Based on the environmental screening, a checklist has been prepared (see table below) to assess
the Environmental & Social Sensitivity of Project:
Table 118: Environmental Assessment Checklist for Environmental & Social Sensitivity of Project
Large population influx during Most of the workers will be hired locally. The
project construction and small construction camps are unlikely to cause
operation that causes increased any significant burden on social infrastructure
burden on social infrastructure and services.
and services (such as water
supply and sanitation systems)?
Social conflicts if workers from Most of the workers will be hired locally.
other regions or countries are
hired?
Risks to community health and The construction material (aggregate from
safety due to the transport, approved quarries, borrow earth, bitumen)
storage, and use and/or disposal will be sourced from nearby and approved
of materials such as explosives, sources. No explosive or chemicals are likely to
fuel and other chemicals during be used. Bitumen waste if any generated
construction and operation? during construction and garbage from stations
will either be recycled or disposed of in
controlled manner.
Community safety risks due to No such impacts are anticipated. Adequate
both accidental and natural awareness will be created amongst people and
causes, especially where the workers through information disclosure,
Is the Project area subject to As per BIS categorization project area falls in
hazards such as earthquakes, Zone III indicating Moderate- low earthquake
floods, landslides, tropical hazard risk.
cyclone winds, storm surges,
The area is not subject to natural hazards like
tsunami or volcanic eruptions tropical cyclone winds, storm surges, tsunami
and climate changes? or volcanic eruptions and climate changes.
Could changes in temperature, The project design was based on projects
precipitation, or extreme events already in operation in other cities with similar
patterns over the Project climatic conditions. The project area is not
lifespan affect technical or subject to erosion or landslide etc. Technical or
financial sustainability (e.g. financial sustainability of the project is unlikely
increased erosion or landslides to be affected due to any extreme event
could increase maintenance pattern.
costs, permafrost melting, or
increased soil moisture content
could affect sub-grade).
Are there any demographic or No such condition exists or anticipated.
socio-economic aspects of the
Project area that are already
vulnerable (e.g., high incidence
No significant Social and Environmental impact has been found due to the proposed project
in the project influence area.
Prior to Contractor mobilization, the Metro Authority will ensure that an encumbrance free
Corridor of Impact is handed over to enable the start of construction. Clearance involves the
following activities:
Pre-construction stage involves mobilisation of the Contractor and the activities undertaken by the
Contractor pertaining to the planning of logistics and site preparation necessary for commencing
construction activities. The activities include:
Construction stage is the most crucial stage in terms of activities that require careful management
to avoid environmental impacts.
There are several other environmental issues that have been addressed as part of good engineering
practices, the costs for which have been accounted for in the Engineering Costs. They include
providing drainage, provision of cross-drainage structures etc.
The Metro Authorities /Supervision Consultant shall be involved in the smooth execution of the
project and assisting the EPC Contractor during this phase. Their work shall include but not limited
to:
O Monitoring and guiding the EPC Contractor on adopting good environmental and
engineering practices.
O Arranging training to the EPC Contractor and other stakeholders according to the
needs arising.
Noise Pollution List of all noise generating machinery onsite Contractor/ Environmental
along with age to be prepared. Equipment to Equipment logs, noise
Management Cell of Metro
be maintained in good working order reading
Authority
Night working to be minimized Working hours records Contractor/Civil Engg. unit
at the Project site
Maintenance records
Generation of vehicular noise
of vehicles
Implement good working practices Site working practices records, DPR/ Design Consultant /
(equipment selection and siting) to noise reading Civil Engg. unit of Metro
minimize Authority
Noise and also reduce its impacts on
human
health (ear muffs, safe
distances,
Log books/ physical Contractor/Civil Engg unit
enclosures)
No machinery running when not required supervision at the Project site
Contractor/ Environment
Acoustic mufflers/ enclosures to be
Mufflers/ enclosures in place Management Cell/ Unit of
provided in large engines Metro Authority
Noise to be monitored in Noise reading as per PCC requirement
ambient atmosphere within the or half yearly, whichever
premises is lesser
The noise level not to Noise level monitoring Contractor/
exceed the permissible limit both Environmental
during day and night times Management Cell/ Unit of
Random checks of Metro Authority
Contractor/CivilEngg unit
All equipment operated
equipment logs/ manuals at the Project site
within specified design
parameters
Fire protection and safety measures to Mock drills/ safety auditing Maintenance section of
Emergency take care of fire and explosion hazards, by the consultant the Station building
Preparedness mock drills to check the emergency (METRO AUTHORITY)
including Fire preparedness in case of fire, earthquake
Management etc.
Air Construction PM10, PM2.5, High volume The Air Plant Site Once in year Continuous 24 Contractor through Engineer,
Stage SO2, NOX, sampler to be (Prevention for hours- Weekly approved Metro
located 50 m from and Control twice for two monitoring agency Authority
CO, HC (non- the plant in the of Pollution) three non-
methane) downwind Rules, CPCB, seasons consecutive
direction. Use 1994 day.
method specified by (except
CPCB for analysis monsoons)
Construction PM10, PM2.5, High volume The Air Stretch of the Once in year Continuous 24 Contractor through Engineer,
Stage SO2, NOX, Sampler to be (Prevention project where for hours/ Weekly approved Metro
located 40 m from and Control construction is twice for two monitoring agency Authority
CO, the earthworks site of Pollution) in progress at three non-
downwind Rules, CPCB, the site seasons consecutive
direction. Use 1994 day.
method specified by At 4 Station (except
CPCB for analysis Locations monsoons)
Operation PM10, PM2.5, High Volume The Air At 4 station Once in year Continuous 24 Contractor through Engineer,
Stage SO2, NOX, Sampler to be (Prevention locations. for hours/or for 1 approved Metro
located at 15m from and Control full working monitoring agency Authority
CO, HC edge of the of Pollution) three day.
pavement Rules, CPCB, seasons
1994
(except
monsoons)
Water Quality Construction pH, BOD, Grab sample Water At 2 locations as Once in year - Contractor through Engineer,
Stage COD, TDS, collected from quality per for approved Metro
TSS, DO, total source and analyse standards by requirement. monitoring agency Authority
coliform, as per Standard CPCB three
conductivity Methods for seasons
Oil & Grease Examination of
and Pb Water and (except
Wastewater monsoons)
Operation pH, TDS, TSS, Grab sample Water At 2 locations as Once in a - Metro Authority Metro
Stage DO, Temp, collected from quality per year Authority
Pb, Oil and source and analyse standards by requirement.
Grease as per Standard CPCB
Methods for
Examination of
Water and
Wastewater
Noise Levels Construction Noise levels Free field at 1 m Noise Plant Site Once in year Continuous Contractor through Engineer,
Stage on dB (A) from the equipment standards by for over 24 hours approved Metro
scale whose noise levels CPCB monitoring agency Authority
are being three
determined. seasons
(except
monsoons)
Noise levels Equivalent Noise Noise Stretch of the Once in year Continuous Contractor through Engineer,
on dB (A) levels using an standards by project where for over 24 hours approved METRO
scale integrated noise CPCB construction is monitoring agency AUTHORITY
level meter kept at a in progress at three
distance of 9m & the site seasons
15m from edge of
Pavement At 4 Locations (except
monsoons)
Operation Noise levels Equivalent Noise Noise At 4 station Once a year Continuous Contractor through Engineer,
Stage on dB (A) levels using an standards by locations over 24 hours approved Metro
scale integrated noise CPCB monitoring agency Authority
level meter kept at a
distance of 9 m and
15 m from edge of
Pavement
Soil Quality Construction Monitoring of Contamination As per IRC At Selected 2 Once in year One-time Contractor through Engineer,
Stage heavy metals standards given by code of locations for sample approved Metro
EPA practice monitoring agency Authority
three
seasons
(except
monsoons)
Construction Phase
Operation Phase
31621641
Total Cost (A)+(B)
1581082
Contingency @5%
33202723
Total Environmental Mitigation Measures Cost (Rs.)
* Refer Exhibit 1 for Tree Inventory
Mitigation measures and management plan for Compensatory Afforestation, Construction Material,
Housekeeping, Air Pollution Control, Noise and vibration Control are suggested for early consideration
in designing and decision of most appropriate alignment.
A lot of positive impacts are anticipated which include employment opportunities, benefits to economy;
quick service and safety; reduced fuel consumption and reduction in air pollution.
This section deals with the Social Impact Assessment and the Short Resettlement Action Plan as a part
of the Detailed Project Report.
Social impact assessment aims to identify likely impacts on the local communities and other existing
settlements, congested and built up areas including community property resources (CPRs) and any
other impacts on the population within project corridor etc., so that the basic information could be
provided to the engineering design team.
The objective of this study is to minimize the adverse impacts on the targeted population, if any, with
the best possible engineering solutions and the most appropriate cost, with complete coordination
between the engineering, social and environmental teams during the design process.
At this stage, social impact assessment of the project area has been carried out and steps have been
taken to minimize adverse impacts at the design stage itself to make the project people friendly and
economically viable. Wherever avoidance/ reduction of the adverse social impact is not possible, the
affected population has been compensated, resettled and rehabilitated properly by adopting adequate
mitigation measures, with an objective of improving the living conditions of the project affected people
(PAPs).
The following key steps were taken, while preparing social impact assessment report and, thereafter,
short resettlement action plan for the project including options for mitigation measures at the time of
project implementation:
Avoid/ reduce the adverse social impacts at the initial design stage, especially while finalizing the
alignments;
Mitigate the unavoidable adverse impacts at planning, designing and implementation phase; and
Provide compensation to project affected persons (PAPs) and common properties at replacement costs
by adopting appropriate rehabilitation and resettlement measures in the light of Government of India
policies RFCTLARR Act, 2013, ADB Safeguard Policy Statement, 2009 (SPS) on the Involuntary
Resettlement guidelines and concerned State Government rules and regulations.
The Social Impact Assessment process generally begins with screening at the time of project
identification where steps are taken from the beginning and plans/ designs/ alignments are finalized in
such a way that to the extent possible adverse impacts are avoided at the designing stage itself and
make these projects people friendly. These steps are:
Avoiding the adverse social impact at the designing stage especially while finalising the alignments
and station locations.
Mitigating the adverse impacts at designing stage and construction /operation phase.
Compensating the affected people/common properties and rehabilitation and resettlement
measures.
The overall objective of conducting social impact assessment is to provide input of social concerns to
be detailed in design and to avoid or minimize the adverse social impacts with the best possible
engineering solutions at the most optimal cost with complete co-ordination between the engineering,
environmental and social teams during the entire design process.
In brief, keeping in mind the scope and objectives of the study, the following main tasks has been
considered for accomplishment:
The social impact assessment at this stage is based on ‘Social Survey’, conducted within the corridor.
The social survey of the affected properties has been carried out by using a questionnaire format,
conducted within the corridor in the light of up-to-date project design.
To understand the settlement pattern and the physical features along the project corridor to identify
the critical sections of the metro stretch and to develop an understanding of socio-economic profile.
A social survey was carried out, administering a questionnaire for collection of information on
affected population, properties/structures, likely impact on land, type of ownership and social
groups etc.
Documentation of the PAP’s perception regarding the adverse impacts that may be caused due to the
project.
Developing a database with estimates of different categories of PAPs irrespective of their legal
holdings.
Analysis of census and socio-economic data collected for the purpose of social impact assessment and
short resettlement action plan.
Major benefits that are likely to accrue from the project include:
Stimulus for further development in the region along with increase in employment opportunities;
Improved metro network benefitting the local people including businessmen, traders, merchant,
tourists and short distance motorists;
Reduction in travel time, distance as well as transportation cost will be reduced;
Boost for socio-economic and tourism development along the project;
Vulnerable and poor people’s income will be increased and;
Facilitate the provision of extension and social services by the government, NGOs and other
voluntary institutions;
As quantified above, the most direct beneficiaries of this project are users, i.e., the population living
along project, as well as passengers travelling in private and public transport etc. There will be benefit
from reduced transportation costs and travel times between the connected regions, and much
improved travelling comfort. However, the communities located along the project corridor will also get
economic benefit indirectly mainly because of two reasons;
During the construction period a large number of skilled and unskilled workers will be
employed by private contractors, resulting in important income generation. Unskilled
workers will be recruited from the area for physical works, resulting in direct income
generation for this group in the area of the project.
Private contractors and consultants will get benefit from the contracts that will arise from
project execution and from the subsequent operation. Both women and men are expected
to benefit from the improved mobility, safety and access to markets and services along the
project corridor. However, in terms of safety benefits women and children will be benefitted
from the increased safety related measures generated by the project at the time of travelling,
since they tend to constitute the majority of commuters in the proposed metro project, in
order to access social services, markets and shopping stores.
The present exercise will explore the impact on the population as well as on the properties, reported in
this section as follows:
This report will assess the social impacts and land acquisition requirement for the project section
Corridor-2A i.e. Swargate to Katraj which traverses through the Sahakar Nagar, Maharshi Nagar,
Walvekar Nagar, Bibvewadi, Padmawati Nagar, Balaji Nagar, Mangawadi, Dhankawadi & Katraj in Pune
District. Total length of the main line from Swargate to Katraj is 5.464 km which is completely
underground. 3 Stations have been proposed in Phase 2 A, all of which are underground stations.
The present report has described the impact on the land and structures at the proposed underground
station locations, entry exit and at proposed cross over. The track alignment is proposed as
underground keeping in mind to minimise the resettlement impact.
As per findings of the census survey of affected land and non-land assets, the project impacts can be
broadly classified as (i) impacts on private structures (ii) impacts on livelihoods due to loss of private
properties and (iii) loss of common property resources (iv) impact on Govt./Pvt. Land.
From the analysis of impacts, it is noted that altogether 52 structures including 46 private, 5 Govt and
1 religious structures will be affected due to the project. The details of project impacts are presented in
the following table:
Table 123 : Summary of Project Impacts
S. No. Impacts Number
1 Total land acquisition including Govt. and Pvt. Land (in hectare) 2.63
2 Total no. affected Structures 52
3 Total no. affected Private Structures (7 Households) 46
4 Total no. Tenants 21
5 Total no. Employees 205
6 Total no. Govt. Properties 5
7 Total no. Religious Properties 1
8 Fully Displaced Structures 46
9 Losing Commercial (TH) Fully displaced 43
Source: Census Survey, Systra Faridabad, 2018
The scope of land acquisition is quite significant in the project because of limited availability of RoW.
According to the latest Land Acquisition Plan (LAP), prepared as a part of Detailed Design Report, 1.94
hectares of land including private land and govt. land will be acquired for the main line and additional
0.29 Ha of defence land will be acquired for stabling lines proposed at Nigdi. Thus, total of 2.63 Ha of
area will acquired for the project.
Census survey of affected structure owners is carried out to identify the persons who would be affected
by the project and to make an inventory of their assets that would be lost to the project, which would
be the basis of calculation of compensation.
At this juncture, the land ownership details have been identified for the private landowners. However,
the further details can be assessed during the joint verification process. Here, the social composition of
affected persons has been analysed, considering the data collected from the structure owners.
The major findings and magnitude of impacts are discussed in the following sections.
The land acquisition for the project section has been calculated considering the proposed ROW. The
land, which has to be acquired, includes private as well as government land are documented in Table
124.
Sahakari
Housing
Society
Limited
Lift 02 Left 17 39.00 0.0039 0 2 0 0.00 Govt Footpath
Stair Case Left 17 99.00 0.0099 0 2 0 0.00 Govt Footpath
Entry 04 Left 17 324.00 0.0324 0 2 0 0.00 Govt Footpath
Ancillary Left 19 1421.00 0.1421 26220 2 74517240 7.45 Pvt Private
Left 17 1816.45 0.1816 0 2 0 0.00 Govt Nala/Drainage
Station Fruniture
Left 17 1633.23 0.1633 117280 2 383091367 38.31 Pvt
Box Market
Left 19 315.83 0.0316 26220 2 16562177.64 1.66 Pvt Open Land
Total 6012.52 0.6013 475343584.7 47.53
3 Vent Shaft Left 357.00 0.0357 26220 2 18721080 1.87 Pvt
357.00 0.0357 18721080 1.87
Entry 02 Left 6 324.00 0.0324 0 2 0 0.00 Govt Footpath
Lift 01 Left 1 35.00 0.0035 0 2 0 0.00 Govt Footpath
Stair Case Right NA 77.33 0.0077 0 2 0 0.00 Govt Footpath
Ancillary Right 84 816.30 0.0816 26220 2 42806929.32 4.28 Pvt Isuzu
Entry 03 Right NA 167.00 0.0167 0 2 0 0.00 Govt Footpath
Station 03
4 Station
(Katraj) Right 84 3765.12 0.3765 0 2 0 0.00 Govt
Box Road
Bharti
Right 7&6 125.69 0.0126 2 6580971.32 0.66 Pvt Vidhyapath
26180 Hostel
Cross Over
Pune District
Right 7&6 111.12 0.0111 2 0 0.00 Govt Cooperative
0 Milk
Production
Union
Footpath &
Right 7&6 1908.70 0.1909 2 0 0.00 Govt
0 Road
Total 7330.25 0.7330 49387900.64 4.93879006
5 Depot/ stabling lines 2926.754 0.29 17660 1 51686475.64 5.17 Defense
6 RSS 4000 0.4 0 0 0 0 Government
Grand Total 26277.47 2.63 1059973701 106
Contingency@5% 52998685.06 5.3
1112972386 111.3
Total Land Cost with Contingency@5%
The properties to be affected by the proposed project include shops, or any other structure. It
has been attempted to get the details of various structures that are located within the proposed
RoW of the project.
The census survey, within proposed Right of Way, has been carried out to enumerate the
properties falling within proposed ROW. The finding of the survey revealed that there are
significant numbers of structures, i.e., a total of 52 structures are going to be affected within
the proposed right of the way. Structures include the private properties, government properties
and religious properties. The following sections deals with the details of the affected structures
along the project. The number of properties and its distance from the existing centreline is
depicted in Table 127.
Table 127 : Properties to be Affected
S.
Properties to be Affected Left Right Total
No
1 Private, Government and Religious Properties 48 4 52
Source: Census Survey, Systra Faridabad, 2018
The properties falling within the corridor of impact as per its type of ownership have been
documented in Table 128
Table 128 : Ownership of Properties to be affected
S. No Type of Properties Left Right Total %
1 Private 42 4 46 88.46
2 Government 4 1 5 9.62
3 Religious 1 0 1 1.92
Total 47 5 52 100
Source: Census Survey, Systra Faridabad, 2018
The impact on religious structures is generally considered as an area of concern due to its
association with the religious sentiments of the people. It was observed during socio-economic
survey that religious properties are falling under proposed station boxes and cannot be avoided
as there is limited space available for station boxes. There is no other option available to
propose station boxes to avoid impact on religious properties. The details of type of
construction of the structures are summarized in Table 129
Table 129 : Type of Construction of Private Structures
S. No Type of Construction (Private Properties) Left Right Total %
1 Semi-Pucca 42 0 42 91.30
2 Pucca 0 4 4 8.70
Total 42 4 46 100
Source: Census Survey, Systra Faridabad, 2018
The total number of private properties will be affected due to the project is 46 in number. These
private properties are used for commercial purpose. It was revealed during social survey that
most of the structures along the project are commercial structures as shown in Table 130
Table 130 : Type of Private Properties to be Affected
S. No Type of Private Properties Left Right Total %
1 Commercial 41 1 42 91.30
2 Godown 1 0 1 2.17
3 Boundary Wall 0 2 2 4.35
4 Under Construction 0 1 1 2.17
Total 42 4 46 100
Source: Census Survey, Systra Faridabad, 2018
Data collected through field survey shows that there are 6 government properties are to be
affected due to the proposed project. The details of such properties are summarized in the
Table 130.
Table 131 : Type of Government & Religious Properties to be Affected
S. No Type of Government & Religious Properties Left Right Total %
1 Boundary Wall (City Pride) 1 0 1 16.66
2 Boundary Wall (Society) 1 0 1 16.66
3 Boundary Wall 1 0 1 16.66
4 Boundary Wall & Tin Shed (Society) 0 1 1 16.66
5 Temple 1 0 1 16.66
6 Toilet 1 0 1 16.66
Total 5 1 6 100
Source: Census Survey, Systra Faridabad, 2018
Due to loss of structures many people will be losing their properties/ livelihoods and will be
economically affected. As per the census survey of structures, 47 households will be losing their
properties/ livelihood due to loss of structures under titleholders’ category and 21 Tenants, 205
employees under non-titleholder’ category. The details of the affected households are shown
in Table 132.
Table 132 : : Entitlement of Properties
Number of PAPs
S. No Category of Affected Households Description Total
Left Right
1 Title Holder Structures 42 5 47
2 Tenant Structures 21 0 21
3 Employees Structures 205 0 205
Total 268 5 273
Source: Census Survey, Systra Faridabad, 2018
The purpose of our census survey was to create a broad database of the affected properties as
well as the project-affected persons (PAPs) in order to understand the social profile of the
project-affected area. It helps to appraise the positive as well as negative change in the life style
of the communities in the project influence area due to implementation of the project as an
external intervention. Based on the primary data collected during census survey, an assessment
of the social profile of the affected population of structures only has been outlined in the
following paragraphs and tables.
Due to loss of structures many people will be losing their properties/ livelihoods and will be
adversely affected. The data reveals that as many as total 273 households are getting affected
due to the proposed project. The details for the same are shown in Table 133.
Table 133 : Number of Affected Households
Number of PAPs
S. No Type of Impacts Category of PAHs
Left Right Total
1 Owner (TH) 42 5 47
2 Structure Only Tenant (NTH) 21 0 21
3 Employees (NTH) 205 0 205
Total 268 5 273
Source: Census Survey, Systra Faridabad, 2018
Social customs and tradition play a major role in determining the socio-economic development
as well as occupational pattern in the influence area, keeping this in mind a social analysis has
been conducted taking into account the religious profile of the PAHs within the corridor of
impact. In the project, majority of the PAHs belong to Hindu population (82.98%) followed by
Muslim population (17.02%). Table 134 delineates the religious cluster of the affected
households.
Table 134 : Religious Categories of PAHs along the Project
S. No Religious Group Left Right Total %
1 Hindu 37 2 39 82.98
2 Muslim 5 3 8 17.02
Total 42 5 47 100
Source: Census Survey, Systra Faridabad, 2018
In many places, especially in rural India, the social category plays a dominant role in determining
the accessibility to resources. People from Schedule Tribe or Schedule caste are deprived of
their rights. Such sections of the society need special concern while rehabilitating them.
At this stage, the socio-economic profile of structures owner has been updated, who are losing
their property due to the project. Here, the social composition of affected persons has been
analyzed, considering the data collected from the structure’s owners.
The analysis of collected data indicates that majority of PAH’s belongs to OBC category (44.68%)
followed by General category (31.91%) and (14.89%) are SC category. Data was collected
regarding social classification of PAHs and the same has been presented in Table 135
Table 135 : Social Stratification of PAHs along the Project
S. No Social Category Left Right Total %
1 SC 7 0 7 14.89
1 OBC 21 0 21 44.68
2 General 14 1 15 31.91
4 NA 0 4 4 8.51
Total 42 5 47 100
Source: Census Survey, Systra Faridabad, 2018
The analysis of collected data indicates that majority of PAH’s lives in Joint Family (82.98%)
followed by Nuclear Family (6.38%). Data was collected regarding type of family has been
presented in Table 136.
Table 136 : Type of family of PAHs along the Project
S. No Type of Family Left Right Total %
1 Joint 39 0 39 82.98
2 Nuclear 3 0 3 6.38
3 NA 0 5 5 10.64
Total 42 5 47 100.00
Source: Census Survey Systra Faridabad, 2018
The project is dominated by families which are involved in commercial activities. Table 137 gives
the detail explanation.
Table 137 : Occupation Pattern of PAHs along the Project
S. No Occupation Pattern Left Right Total %
1 Business 41 1 42 91.49
2 NA 1 4 5 8.51
Total 42 5 47 100
Source: Census Survey, Systra Faridabad, 2018
Scope and Triggers: The involuntary resettlement safeguards cover physical displacement
(relocation, loss of residential land, or loss of shelter) and economic displacement (loss of land,
assets, access to assets, income sources, or means of livelihoods) as a result of (i) involuntary
acquisition of land, or (ii) involuntary restrictions on land use or on access to legally designated
parks and protected areas. It covers them whether such losses and involuntary restrictions are
full or partial, permanent or temporary.
Policy Principles:
Screen the project early on to identify past, present, and future involuntary
resettlement impacts and risks. Determine the scope of resettlement planning
through a survey and/or census of displaced persons, including a gender
analysis, specifically related to resettlement impacts and risks.
Improve, or at least restore, the livelihoods of all displaced persons through (i)
land-based resettlement strategies when affected livelihoods are land based
where possible or cash compensation at replacement value for land when the
loss of land does not undermine livelihoods, (ii) prompt replacement of assets
with access to assets of equal or higher value, (iii) prompt compensation at full
replacement cost for assets that cannot be restored, and (iv) additional
revenues and services through benefit sharing schemes where possible.
Improve the standards of living of the displaced poor and other vulnerable
groups, including women, to at least national minimum standards. In rural areas
provide them with legal and affordable access to land and resources, and in
urban areas provide them with appropriate income sources and legal and
affordable access to adequate housing.
Ensure that displaced persons without titles to land or any recognizable legal
rights to land are eligible for resettlement assistance and compensation for loss
of non-land assets.
The Mumbai Metro 7 project falls in “Category B” based on Asian Development Bank’s
Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS), 2009 since the project is likely to have involuntary
resettlement impacts with more than 200 persons will be physically displaced from housing or
will lose 10% or more of their productive assets (income generating).
[Note: - The explanations provided above are only the supportive information on the basis of
City and Industrial Development Corporation of Maharashtra (CIDCO) practice and shall not be
included part of the Guidelines]
It may be seen that the Government of Maharashtra has further prescribed entitlements for
families affected due to acquisition of land, which are currently applicable.
The Revenue and Forest Dept., Govt. of Maharashtra, vide Notification dated 27/08/2014, has
prescribed rules for various matters under Section 109 of the RFCTLARR Act
The aims and objectives of the Act include: (i) to ensure, in consultation with institutions of
local self-government and Gram Sabhas established under the Constitution of India, a humane,
participative, informed and transparent process for land acquisition for industrialization,
development of essential infrastructural facilities and urbanization with the least disturbance
to the owners of the land and other affected families; (ii) provide just and fair compensation
to the affected families whose land has been acquired or proposed to be acquired or are
affected by such acquisition; (iii) make adequate provisions for such affected persons for their
rehabilitation and resettlement; (iv) ensure that the cumulative outcome of compulsory
The key features of the new land acquisition act are as follows: Schedule I outlines the
proposed minimum compensation based on a multiple of market value. Schedule II and III
outline the resettlement and rehabilitation (R&R) entitlements to land owners and livelihood
losers, which shall be in addition to the minimum compensation per Schedule I. The Schedules
IV lists out other land acquisition acts, which will be repealed with 1 year after LAAR is effective.
The salient provisions of the RTFCTLARR Act relevant to the Metro project are as follows:
The Act (Section 105) specifies that the provision of the Act shall not apply to the
enactments relating to land acquisition specified in the Fourth schedule of the Act
which includes Metro Railways (Construction of Works) Act, 1978. However, as
stipulated in Sub Section (3) of Section 105 and as subsequently notified by the GoI,
the compensation for acquisition of private land and rehabilitation and resettlement
benefits specified under the new LARR Act remain applicable even for such activities
taken up under the Metro Railways Act.
Preparation of Social Impact Assessment study including assessment of public
purpose through a process of public consultation and disclosure for land acquisition
proposals covered under the Act.
Transparent procedures to be followed in the acquisition of land from preliminary
notification to award and possession and preparation and implementation of
rehabilitation and resettlement schemes for those affected by acquisition of land for
public purpose.
Procedure and methodology for determination of market value for compensation to
be provided to legal title holders.
Infrastructural facilities to be provided in resettlement areas and special provision
for Scheduled Castes and Tribes.
Institutional mechanism for implementing the provision of the Act, monitoring of
R&R and grievance redressal.
Procedure for payment of compensation.
Temporary possession of land.
The owners of land and structures (including those having certain legal rights)
proposed to be acquired and, in urban areas, those who are staying on or whose
livelihood is dependent on such land for a period of 3 years prior to acquisition of
land are entitled for certain compensation and benefits under the Act.
For legal title holders in urban areas, the compensation for land is equivalent to
market value of land, value of assets attached to the land or buildings and 100%
solatium on value of land.
For houses lost as a result of acquisition of land in urban areas, a constructed house
of not less than 50 sq.m. plinth area (if required in multi-storied building) is to be
provided for a family. Alternatively, if so desired by the PAP, a one-time financial
assistance of not less than Rs. 1.5 lakhs are to be given for construction of a house.
However, the location of house in terms of the distance from lost house is not
prescribed.
In addition, the affected family is to be provided (i) training and skill development
for job to one family member in the project or one-time payment of Rs. 5 lakhs or
annuity policies that pay Rs. 2,000 per month per family for 20 years indexed to CPI
(ii) monthly subsistence allowance of Rs. 3,000 per month for a period of one year
(iii) one-time financial assistance of Rs. 50,000 towards transportation cost for
shifting (iv) one-time resettlement allowance of Rs. 50,000.
Each petty shop owner / small trader / self-employed person and family owning non-
agricultural land, or commercial, industrial or institutional structure is to be provided
one-time financial assistance of minimum Rs. 25,000 for construction of shop.
The stamp duty and registration charges for the land and house to be provided to
the PAPs shall be borne by the acquiring body.
It may be seen that while elaborate provisions for compensation and R&R benefits are made
for those affected due to the acquisition of land for the project, the Act does not prescribe
any benefits for occupants of structures located on public (Government) land and affected
by the project. Further, the Act does not envisage any resettlement benefit for occupants /
owners of structures used for other than residential purposes and affected by the project.
The Central Board of Direct Taxes vide Order dated 25/10/2016 has clarified that the
compensation received in respect of award or agreement, which has been exempted from
levy of income tax vide Section 96 of the RFCTLARR Act shall also not be taxable under the
provisions of Income Tax Act, 1961.
Extensive public consultations were carried out with various stakeholders at various locations
throughout the length of the project corridor. The consultations were undertaken with PAPs, in
selected area. The locations, number of people that participated and the consultation methods
are summarized in Table 138
Table 138 : Summary of Consultation Sessions
No. of Type of
Date State District Tehsil Village
person Consultation
The purpose of public participation and consultation for this resettlement planning study was
to create awareness on the project and involve those persons in the study who are to be
affected positively or negatively and involve also other stakeholders by giving them
opportunities to express their views and concerns about expected and perceived impacts and
about the most suitable ways for mitigating negative effects and enhancing positive project
effects.
The consultations intended to create a sense of commitment towards implementing the social
safeguard plan for the project. With due consideration of vulnerable PAPs including SC, PH,
Aged (60+) and WHH, consultations were carried out through various methods including
individual interviews, consultation meetings, and informal and formal group discussions.
A list of participants’ location/place wise is provided in this report. The photographs of public
consultations are shown in following figure.
Figure 104. A view of people’s participation during census survey and public consultation along the
project road corridor near City Pride Cinema & Katraj Chowk (Top ), Furniture Market, Dhanakwadi
(Bottom)
Various topics were covered in the consultations with villagers, project affected people,
community leaders and village sarpanches. The issues raised, and the responses given are
summarized in table below.
Table 139:Issues raised and responses
I. Provision of new bypass The PAPs suggestions will be discussed with the design Engineers
construction and accordingly incorporated if technically feasible.
Resettlement impacts A resettlement action plan will be prepared in line with relevant
mitigation measures LARR Act, 2013.
Underpasses at schools The exact location of underpasses will be discussed with the
and hospitals design engineer. The final location will select by taking into
account people’s concerns and needs, as much as technically
viable.
Wayside amenities and The locations of road side amenities and public services such as
public facilities including rest areas, service areas, bus shelter, urinals and drinking water
toilets and drinking facilities will be incorporated in the project design.
water
Road safety measures Adequate road safety measures will be incorporated in the
project design. If needed, additional road safety measures can be
added during construction, taking into account local people’s
concerns.
Pedestrian pathways The design includes pedestrian pathways for crossing the highway
at populated locations. Local people’s suggestions can still be
incorporated in the project, if technically feasible.
Resettlement assistance Compensation will be paid to the eligible PAPs and assistance will
package be given for relocation and livelihood rehabilitation as set to be
forth in the LARR Act, 2013.
During construction Contractors typically give priority to local people when hiring
local people should be workers, both during construction and operational phases.
preferred for
employment by the
contractor
14.16.20 Definitions and Eligibility Criteria for Various Categories of Displaced Persons
The definitions provided below are as per Chapter 1 Section 3 of the Right to Fair
Compensation and Transparency in Land Acquisition, Rehabilitation and Resettlement Act,
2013 (RFCTLARR).
13 “Landless” means such person or class of person considered as such under any state law for the time being in force.
The R&R budget for the proposed project worked out approximately for Corridor 2A is
Rs. 156.82 Crores, which includes the cost of land and structure, relocation or enhancement of
religious and government structures and R & R Assistance given to affected people. The details
of the tentative budget are given in Table 142.
NGO (RAP
1 1500000 0.15
Implementation)
Distance
Condition
from Condition
Tree Girth Girth Size 1- Fit Height
Sr.No. Kilometer Centre Species Name 1.- Green Remarks
No. Size (m) (cm) 2- Unfit (m)
of Road 2.- Dry
3- Sound
(m)
22 5 NA 0.9 90 1 1 2 CUT
Distance
Condition
from Condition
Tree Girth Girth Size 1- Fit
Sr.No. Kilometer Centre Species Name 1.- Green Height Remarks
No. Size (m) (cm) 2- Unfit
of Road 2.- Dry
3- Sound
(m)
“Any occurrence that causes damage, economic disruption, loss of human life and
deterioration of health and services on a scale sufficient to warrant an extra ordinary response
from outside the affected community or area.”
A disaster is a tragic event, be it natural or manmade, which brings sudden and immense agony
to humanity and disrupts normal life. It causes large scale human suffering due to loss of life,
loss of livelihood, damages to property and persons and also brings untold hardships. It may
also cause destruction to infrastructure, buildings, communication channels essential services,
etc.
The effect of any disaster spread over in operational area of Pune Metro is likely to be
substantial as Pune Metro will deal with thousands of passengers daily in underground
tunnels, viaducts and stations. Disaster brings about sudden and immense misery to humanity
and disrupts normal human life in its established social and economic patterns. It has the
potential to cause large scale human suffering due to loss of life, loss of livelihood, damage to
property, injury and hardship. It may also cause destruction or damage to infrastructure,
buildings and communication channels of Metro. Therefore, there is an urgent need to
provide for an efficient disaster management plan.
15.3 Objectives
A. Man-made Disasters.
1. Terrorist attack
2. Bomb threat/ Bomb blast
3. Hostage
4. Release of Chemical or biological gas in trains, stations or tunnels
5. Fire in metro buildings, underground/ elevated infrastructures, power
stations, train depots etc.
6. Train accident and train collision/derailment of a passenger carrying train
7. Sabotage
8. Stampede
B. Natural Disasters.
1. Earthquakes
2. Floods
3. Cyclone
(2) The National Authority shall consist of the Chairperson and such number of
other members, not exceeding nine, as may be prescribed by the Central
Government and, unless the rules otherwise provide, the National Authority
shall consist of the following:-
(a) The Prime Minister of India, who shall be the Chairperson of the National
Authority, ex officio;
(3) The Chairperson of the National Authority may designate one of the members
nominated under clause (b) of sub-section (2) to be the Vice- Chairperson of
the National Authority.
(4) The term of office and conditions of service of members of the National
Authority shall be such as may be prescribed.
(2) A State Authority shall consist of the Chairperson and such number of other
members, not exceeding nine, as may be prescribed by the State Government
and, unless the rules otherwise provide, the State Authority shall consist of the
following members, namely:-
(a) The Chief Minister of the State, who shall be Chairperson, ex officio;
(3) The Chairperson of the State Authority may designate one of the members
nominated under clause (b) of sub-section (2) to be the Vice- Chairperson of
the State Authority.
(4) The Chairperson of the State Executive Committee shall be the Chief Executive
Officer of the State Authority, the Chief Minister shall be the Chairperson of
the Authority established under this section.
(5) The term of office and conditions of service of members of the State Authority
shall be such as may be prescribed.
(2) Crisis Management Group (CMG) under the chairmanship of Union Home
Secretary.
All agencies of the Government at the National, State and district levels will function
in accordance with the guidelines and directions given by these committees.
Every office of the Government of India and of the State Government at the district
level and the local authorities shall, subject to the supervision of the District
Authority:-
(a) Prepare a disaster management plan setting out the following, namely:-
(i) Provisions for prevention and mitigation measures as provided for in the
District Plan and as is assigned to the department or agency concerned;
(ii) Provisions for taking measures relating to capacity-building and
preparedness as laid down in the District Plan;
(iii)The response plans and procedures, in the event of, any threatening disaster
situation or disaster;
(b) Coordinate the preparation and the implementation of its plan with those of the
other organizations at the district level including local authority, communities
and other stakeholders;
(d) Submit a copy of its disaster management plan, and of any amendment thereto,
to the District Authority.
The above list is suggestive not exhaustive. Actual provisioning has to be done based on site
conditions and other external and internal factors.
Certain measures are suggested in the following sections which need to be selected/ tailored
according to local conditions, regulations and O&M practices for safety and effectiveness.
Fire has been recognized as one of the most dreaded accidents on metros, primarily because
of large concentration of passengers at stations and in trains. Fire prevention and prompt
response to any incident of fire or smoke emission is therefore the most important component
of disaster management on Metros. For better management and safety from fire disaster on
metro system, various signages like prohibition signs, warning signs, emergency escape signs
etc. shall be installed as mentioned in NFPA 130, Standard for Fixed Guideway Transit and
Passenger Rail Systems and National Building Code of India,2016 part 4. Universally accepted
measures for fire prevention include:
All staffs posted at stations must ensure instructions are rigidly enforced by regular
checks.
Installation of fire alarms and detection systems.
In the event of fire and/or smoke either in train , station premises, right of way including the
tunnel or other metro premises, every Metro Rail official whether on duty or not shall,
Report the occurrence to the nearest Station Controller (SC) or Chief Controller (OCC).
A reporting system shall be developed as per NFPA Guidelines and officials shall be
trained accordingly.
Take all possible steps to extinguish fire like using portable fire extinguishers, blankets,
water, sand etc. that is available on site depending on the source of fire. Standards
steps/measures to extinguish may be followed from NBC of India, 2016 and NFPA 130.
Disconnect electricity supply if necessary
Prevent the fire from spreading
Seek assistance of Fire services.
The guidelines set out below are based on the content analysis of past accidents on other
Metros and are in the nature of best practices. Since every fire incident is unique, the train
operator is to exercise quick judgment based on:
Proximity of the next station – passenger evacuation and handling of emergency is much
easier at station than in between stations. Train Operator (TO) has to exercise his judgment
about those extreme cases where the train has to be stopped forthwith to save life by prompt
evacuation or taken to the next station expeditiously.
The Train Operator shall open all train doors on the platform side and ask passengers to vacate
the train. He will inform OCC and Station Controller and take assistance from station staff as
required.
Cut off power supply to the fire affected area during emergency.
A water pipeline should run along the entire underground Metro corridor. These pipelines
have hydrants fixed every 15 m where hose pipes can be connected. The pipes are of great
help to quickly extinguish any fire outbreak. Each underground section should equip with one
to three cross passages between the up and down tunnels. These passages can be used for
speedy evacuation of commuters in case of emergency. There is a Fire Detection and
Suppression system equipped to automatically activate alarms for Vents, Fans and Dampers
& Suppression equipment. The system is operated from a panel located in the Station Control
Room.
A wet Fire Main System covers the station area as well as the entire length of the tunnels. In
addition, there are automatic sprinklers, inert gas-based suppression systems and portable
fire extinguishers at various locations.
Appropriate O&M procedures should be in place taking into account past experience of other
metro systems to handle fire incidents.
In areas, where the passengers enter for purchasing tickets or leave the station after
performing their train journey including lifts, staircases and escalators.
Concourse
Auxiliary electrical substations.
In case of fire in areas where passengers enter/leave the station premises, the endeavour of
station staff should be to cordon off the area so that it is not approachable for intending Metro
users or by Metro passengers leaving the station area.
Collision of Metro trains is a rare occurrence, particularly at high speeds as signalling system
provides protection from such incidents. Only in case signalling system is disabled, train
collision is possible at low speed, except in case of wrong side failure or poor design/
maintenance.
Appropriate O&M procedures should be in place taking into account past experience of other
metro systems to avert collision scenario and to handle the event of a train collision if it
happens.
Provisions for Medical assistance and procedures for O&M staff to handle injured and
casualties in case of collision or derailment shall be in place. External medical help in case of
such incidents shall be planned in advance and called for immediately when required.
Increase in terrorist actions against public transport worldwide, indicates that public transport
systems are becoming more vulnerable and potential targets for terrorist. It is clear that
preventing terrorist activities is the primary responsibility of security agencies and state
police.
However, concern for passenger well-being and their security and adverse effects of such
mishaps on the public image of transport systems itself, requires best possible level of
preparedness for prevention of such threats within Metro premises. Key components of such
preparatory and preventive action include:
Terrorist attack may take place anywhere in the metro rail’s jurisdictions, however when it
takes place, on the right of way particularly underground section, at metro station and in
running trains it may have serious impact in terms of human distress and restoration of normal
operation. On receipt of information of any terrorist act on Metro Trains, stations or on the
Right of Way, OCC will take prompt action to get the entire metro network cleared of all
passengers.
There may be derailment of the train with large scale damage to the train and fixed
structures as well as injury to the passengers in the train. In case of derailment, the train will
immediately come to a stop.
Appropriate O&M procedures shall be in place to handle bomb threat or suspicion, bomb
detection and rescue operation and medical assistance in case bomb explosion takes place. A
coordinated effort along with bomb squad may be required to neutralise further threat and
for restoration to normal operation.
Whenever other terrorist activities described above produce loud noise, explosion, fire and
smoke, release of lethal or harmful gases works silently and can only be generally inferred
from-
Unusual smell
Passengers or employees complaining of Breathing problems- including
choking/fainting, Severe eye/Skin irritation and Vomiting etc.
Appropriate O&M procedures and training of O&M staff shall be carried out to detect and act
to neutralise the effects of such attack. Passenger awareness measures shall be taken to help
them in case they are caught in such scenario and cooperate with O&M staff. Measures in
Case of Natural Calamities
Traction Power supply shall be switched off in a manner which does not shut down station
supplies unless it unsafe for occupants.
In the event of a significant earthquake, train should be stopped until earthquake is confirmed
subsided.
Passenger evacuation shall be done following appropriate operating procedures for such
scenario.
They also need to be trained in appropriate communication skills while addressing passengers
during incident management to assure them about their wellbeing seeking their cooperation.
Since learning can only be perfected by ‘doing’ the following Mock Drills are considered
essential:
a.
Fire Drill
b.
Rescue of a disabled train
c.
Detrainment of passengers between stations
d.
Passenger evacuation from station
e.
Drill for use of rescue & relief train.
Hot line telephone communication with state disaster management
Metro Rail System has emerged as the most reliable mode of urban transportation system in
India. The inherent characteristics of metro system make it an ideal target for terrorists and
miscreants. Metro systems are typically open and dynamic systems which carry thousands of
commuters. Moreover, high cost of infrastructure, its economic impacts to the society, being
the life line of city with high news value pose greater threat to its security. Security is a
relatively new challenge in the context of public transport. It addresses problems caused
intentionally and differs from safety which addresses problems caused accidentally. Security
problems or threats are caused by people whose actions aim to undermine or disturb the
public transport system and/or to harm passengers or staff. These threats range from daily
operational security problems such as disorder, vandalism and terror threat.
The public transportation system is increasingly becoming important for urban areas to
prosper in the face of challenges such as reduction in congestion and pollution. Therefore,
security system for public transportation like metro rail plays an important role in helping the
system to become the preferred mode choice for commuters. Therefore, provision of an
excellent and reliable security system is a prerequisite for metro system for increasing its
market share. Metro railway administration must ensure that security model keep pace with
the rapid expansion of the metro and changing security scenario.
Security means protection of human, intellectual assets and infrastructure either from
criminal interference, destruction by terrorists or criminals or incidental to technological
failures or natural hazardous events. Three important pillars of security are as follows:
Staff interaction with passengers create a sense of re-assurance which cannot fully be
achieved by technology. For human factor to be more effective, staff must be qualified,
trained, well equipped and motivated. The staff members should be skilful, trained, drilled
and experienced. The security risk assessment is the first step for understanding the needs
and prioritizing resources. The organization of security should be clear and consistent. Security
incidents, especially major ones, often happen without warning. Emergency and contingency
plans must be developed, communicated and tested in advance. There are number of
technologies which can be used to enhance security e.g. surveillance systems. The objectives
of the security systems differ i.e., detection of the plan before an attack, deny the access for
carrying out an attack and mitigation measures after an attack.
There are three different phases associated with the security system in metro. These phases
are as under:
Prevention
These are the measures which can prevent a security breach from taking place. These can be
identified by conducting risk assessment and gathering intelligence. Prevention begins with
the daily operational security problems. Care must be given in controlling unused, damaged
properties which could otherwise prove to be a breeding ground for more serious crimes.
Preparedness
Plans must be prepared to respond to incidents and to mitigate the impacts. Staff must be
accordingly trained to carry out the exercises. The results of the risk assessment will give basis
for such plans.
Recovery
Urban transport system should have laid down procedures/instructions for quick recovery of
normal service after an incident. Financial health is important for the recovery operation, but
it also sends a clear message to public, it reassures passengers and gives them confidence to
continue using the system. Communication is key to the quick restoration after such incidents.
Restoration should also include an evaluation process for the lessons learnt.
The responsibility of the Security lies with the state. Security in public requires clear
governance. Responsibility should be clearly defined. In the present scenario, this is the
responsibility of the State Government to ensure secured travel in Pune Metro.
For providing an efficient security system in metro station areas the following provisions are
suggested:
CCTV coverage of all metro stations with provision of monitoring in the Station Security
Room as well as at a Centralized Security Control Room with video wall, computer with
access to internet TV with data connection, printer and telephone connection (Land Line
and EPBX) for proper functioning, cluster viewing for stations.
Minimum one Baggage Scanners on all entry points (1 per AFC array). Additional
requirement of baggage scanners at heavily crowed stations i.e. at interchange may also
be required.
Multi-zone Door Frame Metal Detector (DFMD) minimum three per entry (2 per AFC
array). The number can increase in view of the footfall at over crowed stations.
Hand held Metal Detector (HHMD) as per requirement of security agency, minimum two
per entry, which varies from station to station with at least 1.5 per DFMD installed at
the station.
Bomb Detection Equipment’s with modified vehicle as per requirement of security
agency.
Bomb Blanket at least one per station and depot.
Wireless sets (Static and Handheld) as per requirement of security agency.
Dragon light at least one per metro station
Mobile phones, land lines and EPBX phone connections for senior security officers and
control room etc.
Dog Squads (Sniffer Dog), at least one dog for 4 metro stations. Dog Kennels along with
provision for dog handlers and MI room will also be provided by metro train depot
administration including land at suitable places line wise.
Bullet proof Morcha one per security check point (i.e. AFC array) and entry gate of metro
train depot administration.
Bullet proof jackets and helmets for Quick Response Team (QRTs) and riot control
equipment’s including space at nominated stations. One QRT Team looks after 5-6 metro
stations as per present arrangement. One QRT consist of 5 personnel and perform duty
in three shifts.
Furniture to security agency for each security room and checking point at every entry
point at stations. Scale is one office table with three chairs for security room & office
and one steel top table with two chairs for checking point.
Ladies frisking booth - 1 per security check point (AFC) Wooden Ramp - 1 per DFMD for
security check points.
Wall mounted/ pedestal fan at security check point, ladies frisking booth and bullet
proof morcha, as per requirement.
Physical barriers for anti-scaling at Ramp area, low height of viaduct by providing iron
grill of appropriate height & design/concertina wire.
Adequate number of ropes. Queue managers, cordoning tapes, dragon search lights for
contingency.
Iron grill at station entrance staircases, proper segregation of paid and unpaid areas by
providing appropriate design grills etc.
Proper design of emergency staircase and fireman entry to prevent unauthorized entry.
16.1.2 While preparing the capital cost estimates, various items have generally been grouped
under three major heads on the basis of (i) route km length of alignment, (ii) number
of units of that item, and (iii) item being an independent entity. All items related to
main line and maintenance depot related to alignment including traction power
supply, signalling, viaduct, ballastless track have been estimated at rate per route Km.
Cost of station structures, telecommunication other electrical services at these
stations including Lifts & Escalators and Automatic Fare Collection (AFC) installations
at all stations have been assessed in terms of each station as a unit. Similarly, rolling
stock costs have been estimated in terms of number of units required. In remaining
items, viz. Land, utility diversions, rehabilitation, EIA, R&R etc. the costs are assessed
on the basis of each item, taken as an independent entity.
16.1.3 In order to arrive at realistic cost of various items, costs of the project have been
derived from similar executed project in similar scenario in India. Rates are also
adopted based on Report for Benchmarking for cost estimation of Metro Rail Projects
issued by MoHUA, GoI in February, 2019.
Amount
S.
Item Unit Rate Quantity (in INR
No
Cr)
1 Alignment & Formation
2.2 E&M tunnel ventilation incl. Lifts & Escalators Each 56.50 3 169.51
2.3 Ventilation Shaft between Station 2 & Station 3 Each 50.00 1 50.00
4 Permanent Way
4.1 Ballastless track for Main Line R.Km 7.46 5.464 40.75
4.2 Ballastless track for Depot/Stabling Line T.Km 7.46 0.9 6.71
Sub-total Permanent Way 47.47
Traction & power supply incl. OHE, ASS etc.
5
Excl. lifts & Escalators
5.1 Underground Section R. Km. 13.00 5.464 71.01
6.1 Signalling
6.2 Telecommunication
Per
a Station 5.09 3.00 15.26
station
Sub-total Telecom 15.26
7 Enviornment Cost
9 Security
Per
9.1 Civil works 0.42 3.00 1.25
Station
Sub-total Security 1.25
Per
10 AFC 3.96 0.00 0.00
Station
Sub-total AFC 0.00
Per
11 Platform Screen Doors (PSD) 3.39 3.00 10.17
Station
Per
12 Multimodal Integration and Last mile connectivity 3.39 3.00 10.17
station
Per
13 Rolling Stock 9.04 18.00 162.73
coach
Total Cost at July '21 price level (Excluding Land, R&R, General Charges,
14 2379.72
Contingencies, Central & State Taxes)
15 General Charges @ 5% 118.99
21 R&R 45.52
Total Cost incl. General Charges, Contingencies, Central and state Taxes @
22 3103.87
July '21 Price Levels (Incl. Land and R&R)
Note: July ’21 Price Level is considered and the prices are escalated till the completion period
to arrive at the completion cost.
i) Land requirements have been kept to the barest minimum & worked out on area basis.
For underground alignment, no land acquisition is proposed, except small areas for
locating entry/exit structures, traffic integration, station box etc. at stations. For Each
station, temporary land acquisition is required for the purpose of construction using
cut and cover method.
ii) Total land requirement has been worked out to 2.63 Ha, which comprises 1.94 Ha of
private and government land for main alignment and station locations, 0.29 Ha of
defence land shall be acquired for stabling lines proposed in Nigdi and additional
government owned land of 0.4 Ha shall also be needed for RSS proposal.
iii) Cost of land has been worked out based on the rates published by department of
registration and stamps, Government of Maharashtra. For private land and structures,
the cost of acquisition is taken as 2 times the published rates.
iv) The total cost of land acquisition for Swargate to Katraj alignment works out to INR
111.30 Cr.
16.2.2 Alignment
The cost includes general services at the stations but excludes the cost of tunnel, lifts &
escalators, which have been considered separately under, respective items. The cost of
stations has been worked out based on the basis of earlier constructed stations in same rock
starta like Mumbai Metro Line 3 and the same was discussed for ongoing stations in Pune
Metro Phase 1. Out of 3 stations proposed, 2 are located under the ROW. During construction
full traffic decking will be required. Secant pile will also add on to the extra cost on outside
wall to retain Earth. Thus, average cost of each station is taken as 190 Cr.
For underground stations, ballastless track has been planned. Rates are adopted based on
Report for Benchmarking for cost estimation of Metro Rail Projects issued by MoHUA, GoI in
February 2019.
The provision of utility diversion has been taken as 6 Cr. per running km as per ministry
guidelines, 2019 for the alignment length.
Private structure:
Efforts has been made to keep the acquisition of private land to the minimum. Provision
towards compensation of rehabilitation of properties on private land, likely to be affected has
been assessed after site inspection. Total of 52 structures will be affected.
14 Approximatey, 146 no. of trees will be impacted due to the project. However, this is a preliminary
assessment. Detailed assessment shall be done at later stages.
R&R assistance has been worked out including annuity allowance, loosing primary source of
income, substance assistance for displaced family, transportation cost and resettlement
allowance. Administrative and other cost for implementation of RAP is also considered.
Provision amount based on compensation rates works out to ~27.61 Cr.
With regard to the first point, cost of breaking and restoration of the BRT has been considered
@2.4 Cr/km duly escalated from 2Cr./km, which was the rate for breaking Delhi BRTS in 2016.
Breaking of BRT corridor of 5.8km from Moolchand to Ambedkar Nagar cost ~12 Cr.
Table 140 : Basis of BRT dismantling cost
Corridor Length Cost of Breaking Per km Cost of Per km Cost of
@FY 15 price breaking @ FY 15 breaking @ July 21
levels price levels price levels
Delhi BRT
(Moolchand to 5.8km ~12 Cr ~2Cr/km 2.4 Cr/km
Ambedkar Nagar)
Cost of construction of BRT is taken as 20 Cr. per running km based on 12 th Five Year Plan and
First-hand interactions with PMPML. The total cost of dismantling and restoration works out
to Rs 17.91 Cr. for affected length of ~0.8 km.
ROCS
Auxiliary sub-stations (ASS) are envisaged to be provided at each station (1 ASS for
Underground station) for stepping down 33 kV supply to 415 V for auxiliary
applications.
25kV switchgear along the line.
SCADA augmentation
Miscellaneous items e.g. Illumination, lifting, T&P and C&M for traction part etc.
RSS proposed near Swargate station.
The rate has been worked out in line with benchmarking of cost issued by GOI, 2019.
HT cabling cost has been considered based on actual length of 15km (2.5km X 6runs) @ Rs
1.69 Cr. Per km and GIS type RSS is considered based on the cost Benchmarking issued by
MOHUA, 2019.
16.8 Depot
Elevated Stabling lines have been proposed near Nigdi station of corridor 1A. Total cost of
which works out to Rs 11.72 Cr without land. Cost of land acquisition out to Rs 5.43 Cr.
Ballastless track
4.1 40.75 20 80 0.42 0.77 0.77 1.96 1.96 1.96 3.91 5.87
for Main Line
Ballastless track
4.2 for Depot/Stabling 6.71 20 80 0.07 0.13 0.13 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.64 0.97
Line
Traction & power
supply incl. OHE,
5
ASS etc. Excl. lifts
& Escalators
Underground
5.1 71.01 40 60 1.46 2.69 2.69 6.84 2.56 2.56 5.11 11.95
Section
HT Cabling 132
5.2 25.42 40 60 0.52 0.96 0.96 2.45 0.92 0.92 1.83 4.28
KV - Single core
5.3 RSS 50.85 40 60 1.05 1.92 1.92 4.90 1.83 1.83 3.66 8.56
Signalling and
6
Telecom
6.1 Signalling
Main Line
a 27.17 50 50 0.70 1.29 1.29 3.27 0.82 0.82 1.63 4.90
including OCC
On Board
b 26.90 50 50 0.69 1.27 1.27 3.24 0.81 0.81 1.61 4.85
Equipment
Telecommunicatio
6.2
n
a Station 15.26 50 50 0.39 0.72 0.72 1.84 0.46 0.46 0.92 2.75
Enviornment & R
7 & R incl. Hutments
etc.
Environmental
7.1 3.32 0 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.20 0.20 0.40 0.40
Cost
8 Misc. utilities etc
8.1 Civil works 18.52 0 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.11 1.11 2.22 2.22
8.2 Electrical Works 18.52 0 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.11 1.11 2.22 2.22
Platform Screen
9 10.17 40 60 0.21 0.38 0.38 0.98 0.37 0.37 0.73 1.71
Doors (PSD)
10 Security
10.
Civil works 1.25 0 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.08 0.08 0.15 0.15
1
Multimodal
Integration and
11 10.17 0 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.61 0.61 1.22 1.22
Last mile
connectivity
12 Rolling Stock 162.73 40 60 3.35 6.16 6.16 15.67 5.86 5.86 11.72 27.39
13 General Charges 118.99 0 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 10.71 10.71 21.42 21.42
2,498.7
TOTAL 29.84 54.83 54.83 139.50 118.73 118.73 237.46 376.96
0
COMPONENT WISE ESCALATION FOR SWARGATE - KATRAJ EXTN. LINE (RS. IN CRORE)
Compone
nt Cost Completion
Escalati Central State
incl. GC Cost incl. GC
Yr Year on Taxes Taxes Land Total
and Central State Land and and
Total Cost Factor with with and Completi
contingen Taxes Taxes R&R contingency
escalati escalat R&R on Cost
cy without without Taxes,
on ion
Taxes, Land, R&R
Land, R&R
2021-22 1.000
Y1 2022-23 10.0% 20% 257.01 20.34 17.36 31.36 326.07 1.050 269.86 21.36 18.22 32.93 342.37
Y2 2023-24 20.0% 50% 514.02 40.68 34.71 78.41 667.82 1.103 566.71 44.85 38.27 86.45 736.27
Y3 2024-25 30.0% 30% 771.03 61.02 52.07 47.05 931.16 1.158 892.56 70.64 60.27 54.46 1077.94
Y4 2025-26 25.0% 642.52 50.85 43.39 736.76 1.216 780.99 61.81 52.74 0.00 895.54
Y5 2026-27 15.0% 385.51 30.51 26.03 442.06 1.276 492.02 38.94 33.23 0.00 564.19
Tota 100% 2570.10 203.40 173.56 156.82 3103.87 3002.15 237.59 202.74 173.84 3616.31
l
The above goals can be addressed by two steps. Firstly, by getting more people close to
the station, which can be done through densification and modifying mix of uses around
the station. Following this, second step would be to facilitate the existing and proposed
population to access the stations by addition and improvement of transport
infrastructure. To achieve this paradigm shift, TODs offer attractive alternatives to the
use of personal modes – pleasurable walking experiences, very easily accessible and
comfortable mass transportation with easy, convenient and comfortable intermodal
transfers for last mile connectivity and other low cost, comfortable, non- motorized
transportation options. Figure below shows some of the transit-oriented development
facilities.
Figure 105. Figure 109 : Transit Oriented Development Facilities - Pedestrian Crossing, Segregated Lanes,
Lane Markings, Bike Lanes
Source: The NACTO Urban Street Design Guide
Manage parking, bus and vehicular traffic, parking for PT/IPT and NMT modes has
been prioritized at-grade and on-street, within the station vicinity area.
Design for pedestrian safety, comfort and convenience on all street’s
connectivity.
Design infrastructure to ensure rapid and comfortable transfers.
TOD proposal will increase the accessibility of the transit stations by creating pedestrian
and Non-Motorised Transport (NMT) friendly infrastructure that benefits large number
of people, thereby increasing the ridership of the transit facility and improving the
economic and financial viability of the system. The transit corridor will have mixed land-
use, where the transit stations are either origin (housing) or destination (work), the
corridor experiencing peak hour traffic in both directions would optimize the use of the
transit system.
To make the Transit system successful and to absorb the development potential created due
to transit system, pre-requisite is for the population to shift from private mode of travel to
the mass transit. Such condition can be satisfied if more population and trip attracting
activities are concentrated in the vicinity of transit line. Thus, by bringing people close to the
transit system, they are facilitated to shift to public mode of travel. Such development can
be encouraged by proposing high density residential, commercial and mixed-use
development close to the transit system. Thus, by integrating land use and transport
planning, planned sustainable urban growth centres can be promoted, having walkable
and liveable communes with high density mixed land-use.
Along with this, TOD creates additional value to land, property and businesses, with
better accessibility and more efficient use of land with higher density, leading to
agglomeration benefits. VCF mechanisms gives opportunity to capture the value of these
benefits from the beneficiaries. In TOD influence area, premium levy can be charged on
incremental FAR proposed. Thus, this amount shall be used to fund Metro. Thus, in order
to identify TOD potential in the study area, station wise detailed assessment is done. For
easy execution of the TOD proposal, provision of legislative proposal shall be made in
the implementation plan.
17.1 TOD Proposal for Pune Metro Corridor 2A: Swargate to Katraj
17.1.1 Integrating Land use and Transportation and Using Land as a resource: Approach
for TOD Implementation
17.1.1.2 Densification
Densification is promoted in the influence area by providing higher Floor Area Ratio (FAR)/ Floor
Space Index (FSI) and higher population & job density as compared to the area around and beyond
the influence areas. Density and FAR is not kept consistent across the influence area. To ensure
sustainable development, the minimum FAR proposed is 2 and maximum goes upto 4 , depending
on the accessibility of the locality. This will promote higher concentration of people within the
walking distances of transit station, thereby increasing the ridership of the public transport and
resulting in increased fare revenue, pollution and congestion reduction.
17.1.2 Inventory (within 500 M either side) & Overall Activity Pattern
Land use distribution in the influence zone reflects that a small chunk of land i.e. is reserved
under industrial use, which comprises to be low density development. This 2.25% of
industrial land has potential for re-development under TOD principals as no rehabilitation
will be involved. Along with this, 0.38% of land is commercial land, which can be densified
with the provision of high FAR. Slum pockets present in the study areas can also be
redeveloped into high density residential development.
Inventory of land parcels with potential for redevelopment and densification has been
identified. Such parcels are mostly vacant land, Surplus government land, Bus Depots, Open
parking spaces and existing low-grade commercial spaces. Locations and areas of such spaces
are listed down along the identified corridor. As per the inventory, 10.7 million sqft of space
is identified with potential of densification, summary of which is given below:
Table 141 : summary of Potential land available for application of TOD Policy
Land Type Area (Mn sft)
Vacant Plot 2.26
Low Rise Commercial Development 1.37
slum Redevelopment 2.13
Industrial Redevelopment 1.25
Government Land 3.38
Higher FSI is promoted in the influence area, which is not consistent throughout the area. FAR
Proposed varies with plot size and width of access road. FAR is Proposed as per TOD guidelines
stipulated in DCR Rules of PMC, 2017, clause 24.8.3 (Exhibit 1 at the end of the chapter).
Maximum permissible FSI shall be determined by satisfaction of both the criteria’s i.e.
Minimum road width as well as plot area, as shown in the table below:
Plot area ROAD WIDTH
(sqm) Less than 9m to up 12m to up 18m to up 24m to up 30m and
9m to 12m to 18m to 24m to 30m above
Below Basic FSI 2 2 2 2 2
1000
1000 to Basic FSI 2 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
below
2000
2000 to Basic FSI 2 2.5 3 3 3
below3
3000 to Basic FSI 2 2.5 3 3.5 3.5
below
4000
4000 or Basic FSI 2 2.5 3 3.5 4
above
Existing commercial space (low grade), vacant plots, Parking areas/Bus Depots, Slums,
Industrial areas identified in the inventory are densified and thus development potential is
identified. Considering the proposal of high FAR (as per DCR Rules), total of 38.22 Million
Square Feet of high grade commercial and high dense residential potential can be achieved,
summary of which is given below
Table 142 : Summary of development potential in TOD influence zone
Vacant Slum Governme Industrial TOTAL
Plot Redevelopm nt Plot Redevelo (mn. Sft)
(mn. Sft) ent (mn. Sft) pment
(mn. Sft) (mn. Sft)
Station 1 (Near Market 4.52 7.11 7.91 3.90 23.44
Yard, Gultekdi)
Station 2 (Padamavati) 5.69 0.00 1.03 1.12 7.84
Station 3 (Near Katraj) 0.47 0.73 0.15 0.00 1.35
Market Yard 0.00 0.00 5.58 0.00 5.58
TOTAL 10.68 7.84 14.67 5.02 38.21
To ascertain mixed use development along with the required street network, the minimum
plot area in the influence zone is defined. In order to avail high FAR provision under TOD
Policy, smaller plot owners are assumed to amalgamate plots for development. Thus,
wherever required, smaller vacant plots are assumed to be amalgamated and will thus be
developed with potentially high FAR.
In order to depict application of TOD Policy within the influence area along Metro corridor
from swargate to Katraj, redevelopment of industrial areas and slum redevelopment
proposals are made. Industrial area considered for redevelopment here are Parvati Industrial
area and Bibvewadi Industrial area. Following slum pockets are identified and proposed to be
redeveloped : Parvati Darshan slum, shiv Darshan Slum, Shelke Basti slum, Slum Near Central
Govt. Health Scheme, Sambhaaji Nagar Slum and anna Bhai Sathe jhopadpatti complex. Rest
vacant plots are proposed to be developed with high FAR as per TOD Norms.
Influence area is divided into 6 sites and thus redevelopment Proposal is given:
17.1.4.1 Site 1 of 6
KEY MAP
17.1.4.2 Site 2 of 6
KEY MAP
17.1.4.3 Site 3 of 6
KEY MAP
Existing Industrial area are proposed to be converted to high grade commercial or residential
areas. Parvati Industrial area covers 811773 sqft of area. This conversion shall provide
3247094 sqft of developable space.
17.1.4.4 Site 4 of 6
KEY MAP
Redevelopment of Bibewadi Industrial area shall generate 656983 sqft of high grade
commercial or residential space. As abutting road has ROW 51m, FAR 4 can be proposed after
amalgamation of Plots.
17.1.4.5 Site 5 of 6
KEY MAP
Redevelopment of slum pockets shall generate 3.819 sqft of developable space Under
17.1.4.6 Site 6 of 6
KEY MAP
Similarly, with Redevelopment of Sambhaji Nagar vasti, 144101 sqft of developable space shall
be generated.
Other vacant Plots generate 16.26 million sqft of developable potential as per prescribed
FSI.
26 18493.6342 60 4 73974.5
Slum 1 (Parvati
Darshan Poorgrahst) 1003540 60 4 923256.7 35% 1246396.59 1780567 2.233
Slum 1 (Parvati
Darshan Poorgrahst) 229613.5 24 3.5 211244.5 15% 242931.135 347044.5 0.456
Slum 2 (Shivdarshan
Poorgrahst Vasahat) 74951.17 24 3.5 68955.1 15% 79298.3346 113283.3 0.149
Slum 2 (Shivdarshan
Poorgrahst Vasahat) 420467.9 24 3.5 386830.5 15% 444855.053 635507.2 0.836
Slum 3 (anna Bhai
Sathe) 72464.58 24 3.5 66667.4 15% 76667.528 109525 0.144
Slum 4 (Sambhaaji
Nagar Slum) 208589.4 24 3.5 191902.2 15% 220687.558 315267.9 0.4147
Slum (Near Central
Govt. Health
Scheme) 122226.7 15 2.5 112448.6 15% 129315.89 184737 0.120
TOTAL 4.3 55
Slum redevelopment shall provide 2.01 million sqft of potential for high grade commercial/ residential potential. Along with this, 1.96 million sqft of area is
provided for slum resettlement.
Redevelopment of industrial land will provide 5.02 million sqft of potential for high grade
commercial/ residential potential. Industrial Plots are assumed to be amalgamated by an
external actor , and thus shall be developed as per TOD Policy.
TOD creates additional value to land, property and businesses, with better accessibility
and more efficient use of land with higher density, leading to agglomeration benefits.
VCF mechanisms gives opportunity to capture the value of these benefits from the
beneficiaries. In TOD influence area, premium levy can be charged on incremental FAR
provided. 50% of the value of incrementable developable space is charged as premium
levy. This revenue generated through premium charge will be deposited in a separate
amount by the municipality. This account will be ‘ Pune Infrastructure Development
Fund’. This amount will thus be used for developing new infrastructure. Thus, this
amount shall be used to fund Metro.
Total premium collection area is 12.011 Million sqft from vacant land and 3.64 mn sqft
from industrial redevelopment and 2.01 mn sqft from slum re-development. Case wise
summary of premium collection area is given below:
a. Vacant Lands
Development Premium
Sr. Basic Proposed Incremental ASR Premium
Potential Potential
No. FAR FAR FAR (sqft) Levy (Cr)
(sqft) (sqft)
1 1.1 4 2.9 1825646.4 1323593.6 2432.2 161.0
2 1.1 2.5 1.4 161876.1 90650.6 2432.2 11.0
3 1.1 2.5 1.4 126840.2 71030.5 2432.2 8.6
4 1.1 2.5 1.4 55593.5 31132.3 2432.2 3.8
5 1.1 2.5 1.4 312928.6 175240.0 2432.2 21.3
6 1.1 4 2.9 343041.7 248705.2 2122.8 26.4
7 1.1 3.5 2.4 143314.8 98273.0 2122.8 10.4
8 1.5 4 2.5 362906.3 226816.4 3300.8 37.4
9 1.1 3 1.9 83201.5 52694.3 3300.8 8.7
10 1.1 2.5 1.4 222848.9 124795.4 3494.1 21.8
11 1.1 4 2.9 1972272.2 1429897.4 2432.2 173.9
12 1.1 4 2.9 232275.2 168399.5 1881.3 15.8
13 1.1 3.5 2.4 406903.6 279019.6 3152.2 44.0
14 1.1 3 1.9 67890.3 42997.2 3152.2 6.8
15 1.1 3 1.9 206505.0 130786.5 3279.5 21.4
16 1.1 3 1.9 997902.8 632005.1 2378.3 75.2
17 1.1 4 2.9 1321916.8 958389.7 3279.5 157.2
18 1.5 3 1.5 254324.2 127162.1 3279.5 20.9
19 1.1 2 0.9 38276.2 17224.3 2378.3 2.0
20 1.1 2 0.9 56674.8 25503.7 2378.3 3.0
21 1.1 2 0.9 98555.5 44350.0 2378.3 5.3
22 1.1 2 0.9 32753.7 14739.2 2378.3 1.8
23 1.1 2 0.9 58254.7 26214.6 2378.3 3.1
24 1.1 2.5 1.4 98431.4 55121.6 2378.3 6.6
25 1.5 4 2.5 87064.0 54415.0 2941.3 8.0
26 1.1 4 2.9 73974.5 53631.5 2941.3 7.9
Total 1621.3
Application of TOD Policy on vacant plots shall generate Rs. 1621.3 Crore as Premium
levy.
a. Industrial Area
Potential (sqft)
Premium Levy
Proposed FAR
Development
reserved for
Incremental
Amenities
ASR (sqft)
Basic FAR
Premium
Potential
Effective
% Area
FAR
(cr)
Parvati
4 1.1 2.9 3247094 25% 1765608 2613.3 230.708
Industrial area
Bibvewadi
4 1.1 2.9 656983.6 25% 357234.8 2667.2 47.641
Industrial area
Bibvewadi
Industrial 4 1.1 2.9 1120473 25% 609257.3 2667.2 81.252
area-II
TOTAL 359.601
Application of TOD Policy through redevelopment of industrial areas shall generate Rs. 359.601 Crore as
Premium levy.
b. Slum Redevelopment
area to be
Developm
developer
ASR (sqft)
Basic FAR
Proposed
Premium
Premium
Potential
Potential
provided
Built-Up
(sqft)
from
Levy
FAR
ent
Slum 1 (Parvati Darshan 1.1 4 4014159.70 1780567 1129699.23 3494.087 197.36
Poorgrahst)
Slum 1 (Parvati Darshan 1.1 3.5 803647.42 347044.5 204028.04 3494.087 35.64
Poorgrahst)
Slum 2 (Shivdarshan 1.1 3.5 262329.08 113283.3 66599.47 3494.087 11.63
Poorgrahst Vasahat)
Slum 2 (Shivdarshan 1.1 3.5 1471637.70 635507.2 373615.77 3494.087 65.27
Poorgrahst Vasahat)
Slum 3 (anna Bhai Sathe) 1.1 3.5 253626.04 109525 64389.96 193.3342 0.62
Slum 4 (Shankar 1.1 3.5 730062.81 315267.9 185346.56 3494.087 32.38
Maharaj Vasahat)
Slum (Near Central Govt. 1.1 2.5 305566.85 184737 0 0
Health Scheme)
340.91
Thus, Revenue from Premium Levy over the development period (30 Years) will be Rs 2321.805
Crore. Per year revenue generated will be Rs. 77 crores. This amount will be shared with Maha
Metro through Pune Infrastructure development fund. TOD revenue is expected to start from
at least 7 years after commencement of the Project. Thus, Revenue generated through TOD in
year FY 38 works out to 126.8 Cr. Per year premium earned by Maha Metro by application of
TOD Policy is summarized in the table given below:
Table 143 : Per year premium earned by Maha Metro
Ground
Abutting Proposed Development Capital Lease Inflow
Coverage
ROW DP FAR Potential (sqft) (Cr)
(Sqft)
Travel
Service
E1 (Katraj) 37025.96 60 4 148103.9 14
TOTAL 812
Figure 106. Location of Government Land Parcels considered for Property development
Assumptions made for inflows from asset monetization are:
• Lease Rental in the Area = 40 INR/Sqft/ Month
• Cap Rate = 10%
• Construction Cost = Rs 3500/sqft
From an accounting treatment perspective, this is treated as other equity in the balance
sheet and not as Other Income. The other equity can be treated as deferred revenue year on
year. However, in this model, the other equity item is not phased out.
which are proposed to be developed with FAR 4. Thus, average Projected population after 30
years will be 69745 Persons. This Projected Population was then compared with the
population projected in the comprehensive mobility Plan of Pune, 2018. Pune average density
in 2011 is 30.4 DU/Ha and is projected to be 40.1 DU/Ha in 2031 and 51.3 DU/Ha in 2031 in
CMP. This density is thus projected to year 2051 through curve fitting method. Population
density thus came out to be 71.99 DU/Ha. Correlation factor for such curve is coming out to
be 0.99, depicting the reliability of the relation. This projected density is applicable for very
low-rise development with the basic FAR of 1. Population density is thus calculated for
proposed residential FAR 4, 3.5, 3, 2.5 and 2 each. Projected population in such a case will be
55943 persons. This population as per the methodology adopted in CMP is comparable 69745
persons as per methodology used in this report.
Demand for infrastructure will increase with this incremental population, thus cost of
development of the area will increase. Cost of development will comprise of two components
i.e. Infrastructure Provision and Road Widening, which are discussed in detail in next section.
Apart from Road widening, Other utilities and infrastructure will also have to be proposed to
provide for increment population. In case of Industrial to Residential conversion, land must
be reserved for amenities and public services in order develop the plot with high FAR as per
DCPR Rule Clause M 6.4. Area will be reserved for public amenities based on plot size in
following manner:
Plot Size % Area Reserved
< 2Ha 5%
2-5Ha 20%
>5Ha 25%
Figure 107. Proposed development pattern for TOD influence area over 30 years
Infrastructure cost is assumed to be Rs. 50INR/sqft of developable area proposed. Thus, total
cost for infrastructure provision shall be Rs 191 crore.
Thus, at the expense of Rs 191 Cr, Premium Levy over the development period (30 Years) of
Rs. 2321.8 crores shall be earned. Therefore, Share of Premium levy for the finance of Maha
metro shall be 97 Cr from the year of operation i.e. FY 2027-28.
Table 145 : Summary of TOD Proposal
Total Development Potential Available based on additional FSI 88.22 Million sft
Total Premium Amount to be collected (@FY 19 price levels) 2321.8 Cr.
TOD Implementation Cost (@FY 19 price levels) 191 Cr.
Net TOD Revenue (@FY 19 price levels) 2130.8 Cr.
This chapter evaluates the financial feasibility of this extended line from Swargate to Katraj.
The proposed extension would be constructed at an approximate cost of INR 3134.16 Crores
at July 2021 prices. This includes all central and state taxes. The total cost completion cost
(excl. PPP components) works out to INR 3,646.60Crores.
Table 146 : Project Cost Details
Sr. July ‘21 Price
Swargate to Katraj Corridor Compeltion Cost (INR Cr.)
No Level (INR Cr.)
Without Land, R&R and taxes
1 2600.39 3032.44
(Excl. PPP Comonent)
With Land, R&R and taxes (Excl.
2 3134.16 3,646.60
PPP Comonent)
Construction period start is assumed in November 2022 and period of construction is assumed
as 4.5 years. Start of operations is assumed April 2028.
The total investment of INR 3616.31 Crores (Total Project completion cost: Rs 3,646.60 Cr
minus IDC: Rs 30.29 Cr) is broken down by year is presented in the table below.
(RS. IN CRORE)
Land Distribution
Cost Distribution
Component Completion
Cost incl. GC Cost incl. GC Central State
and Land Escalatio and Taxes Taxes Land Total
Yr Year Central State Total
contingency and n Factor contingency with with and Completi
Taxes Taxes Cost
without R&R without escalatio escalatio R&R on Cost
Taxes, Land, Taxes, Land, n n
R&R R&R
2021-22 1.000
Y1 2022-23 10.0% 20% 257.01 20.34 17.36 31.36 326.07 1.050 269.86 21.36 18.22 32.93 342.37
Y2 2023-24 20.0% 50% 514.02 40.68 34.71 78.41 667.82 1.103 566.71 44.85 38.27 86.45 736.27
Y3 2024-25 30.0% 30% 771.03 61.02 52.07 47.05 931.16 1.158 892.56 70.64 60.27 54.46 1077.94
Y4 2025-26 25.0% 642.52 50.85 43.39 736.76 1.216 780.99 61.81 52.74 0.00 895.54
Y5 2026-27 15.0% 385.51 30.51 26.03 442.06 1.276 492.02 38.94 33.23 0.00 564.19
Total 100% 2570.10 203.40 173.56 156.82 3103.87 3002.15 237.59 202.74 173.84 3616.31
Total investment provided in the FIRR calculation towards requirement of additional rolling
stock duly escalated @ 5% per annum to cater increased ridership is placed in table as follows:
FY 37 132 24 Rs 451.07 Cr
FY 47 150 18 Rs 551.06 Cr
Energy Charges – Energy consumption figures for traction and auxiliary power over a 30-year
period has been detailed below
Traction Auxilliary
Description Value (year Value (year Value (year Value (year Units
2026-2027) 2056 - 2057) 2026-2027) 2056 - 2057)
Load 1.14 1.24 9.88 9.88 MVA
Energy usage million
6.78 7.35
(annual) 29.20 35.04 Units
Grid electricity charges are taken as 5.60 INR per KWH. 80% is assumed to be drawn from the
grid and 20% from solar as per RESCO model. Solar charges are taken as 4 INR/KWH.
The O&M staff is assumed to be provided @ 32 persons per kilometre. As per the experience
of DMRC and BMRCL metros, the average annual salary of Rs. 7.77 lakh per annum is
considered. Further, the average salary is increased by 15% to account for the impact of Pay
commission. Thus, the average annual staff salary considered for Pune metro phase 2A
corridors is Rs. 8.94 Lakhs in the year 2018. The escalation factor used for staff costs is 7.5 %
per annum to provide for growth in salaries.
Maintenance costs have been arrived at basis the table below. Escalation of 5% has been
assumed to arrive at 2023-24 costs.
Table 148 : Per unit cost of repairs and Maintenance of DMRC (2010 prices)
Unit Cost of Repairs and Maintainance of DMRC (2010 Prices)
2010 Prices
Maintenance Cost 1.45 Cr/ km/ year
Length of Main Alignment 5.464 Km
The replacement cost is provided for meeting the cost on account of replacement of
equipment due to wear and tear. With the nature of equipment proposed to be provided, it
is expected that only 50% of signalling and telecom and 25% of electrical works would require
replacement after 15 years.
18.2 Revenue
The revenue streams for the project are detailed as under:
The incremental trips per day on the Nigdi Swargate corridor and the trip length distribution
is detailed in the following tables:
Table 150 : Projected Metro Ridership – Nigdi - Katraj
The fare box revenue has been calculated based on ridership in the full Nigdi-Katraj corridor,
subtracting the farebox from Nigdi-Swargate Corridor.
The fare structure has been taken in accordance with Government Resolution No.PMR-
3313/C.R.29/UD-7 and letter dated 29th October 2013 (refer Exhibit 1 at the end of chapter)
vide which sanction was accorded to Sanction to the revised proposal of Pimpri- Chinchwad
to Swargate and Vanaz to Ramwadi Metro Rail corridor of Pune Mahanagar Metro Rail Project.
The letter also accorded in principal sanction to implement commuter fares as tabulated
below as the Pune Mahanagar Metro Rail Project is proposed to be implemented under the
provisions of Metro Railway Act enacted by the Government of India. The fares at 2018-2019
prices are detailed in Table 153:
Table 153 : Fare structure
Sr. No. Distance in K.M. Fare (Rs.) @ 2018-2019 Prices
1 0-2 13
2 2-4 17
3 4-6 20
4 6-9 25
5 9-12 27
6 12-15 30
7 15-18 32
8 18-21 35
9 21-24 37
10 24-27 38
11 27-30 42
12 More than 30 K.M. 45
The average incremental trip length is between 7 to 9 kms for the corridor – Nigdi to Katraj.
Hence, the applicable fare slab is 6 to 9.
>90% of non-fare box revenue for the extension would come in the form of revenue support
from PMC – classified as Other Income in the Profit and Loss Statement. The IRR without non-
operational non fare box revenue i.e. TOD works out to 6.5 %. This would be realized with a
combination of:
The following section analyses and presents findings to make this practically realizable.
18.2.2.1 Premium levy from property development along the development corridor
TOD policy envisages extensive development for a width of 500 meters on either side of the
transit corridor. This development potential has been analysed by an in-depth study of existing
land use of plots along development corridor. Post this, a rigorous methodology was followed
with a plot wise analysis to arrive at the true development potential of the development
corridor. An assessment of associated costs that will have to be borne by the municipality in
order to realize this development potential was also taken out. While this is covered in detail
in the application of TOD policy chapter given below is a summary of the methodology
followed:
The area was divided into development zones based on distance from the station and
distance from the transit line
The individual plot end use was assessed.
The width of the access road to the plot was assessed.
Based on the above criterion, FAR of 3/ 4/ 2.5 and residential/ commercial was
accorded to the individual plots.
We have fixed the premium on incremental FAR based on prevailing ASR rates. This additional
revenue from higher FSI is assumed to be realized over a 30-year period. The same is escalated
@2.5%.
Table 155 : Year wise share of Premium with Maha Metro
Revenue to Metro from Premium Levy with Max FAR 4
Year
(Rs. Cr)
FY 35 118
FY 36 121
FY 37 124
FY 38 127
FY 39 130
FY 40 133
FY 41 137
FY 42 140
FY 43 143
FY 44 147
FY 45 151
FY 46 155
FY 47 158
FY 48 162
FY 49 166
FY 50 171
FY 51 175
FY 52 179
FY 53 184
FY 54 188
FY 55 193
FY 56 198
FY 57 203
FY 58 208
FY 59 213
FY 60 218
FY 61 224
FY 62 229
FY 63 235
FY 64 241
FY 19 – 1% cess collection on stamp duty in PMC stood at 258 Crores. 25% share per year from
the same is proposed to be given as revenue support to the extension from Swargate to Katraj
over a 30-year period and assumed to be escalated at 2.5%.
Table 156 : Year wise share of cess on stamp duty with Maha Metro
Year Revenue to Metro from Cess on Stamp Duty (Rs. Cr)
FY 35 95.9
FY 36 98.3
FY 37 100.8
FY 38 103.3
FY 39 105.9
FY 40 108.5
FY 41 111.2
FY 42 114.0
FY 43 116.9
FY 44 119.8
FY 45 122.8
FY 46 125.9
FY 47 129.0
FY 48 132.2
FY 49 135.5
FY 50 138.9
FY 51 142.4
FY 52 146.0
FY 53 149.6
FY 54 153.3
FY 55 157.2
FY 56 161.1
FY 57 165.1
FY 58 169.3
FY 59 173.5
FY 60 177.8
FY 61 182.3
FY 62 186.8
FY 63 191.5
FY 64 196.3
At FY 35 Price levels, the cess and Premium sharing with Maha Metro would translate into an
annual revenue grant of 213.7 Crores.
Property with clear title of land with government under PMC has been proposed for the said
development. The total land area is approximately 39.32 acre. An FSI of 4 is assumed for the
proposed development.
One of the best ways to realize upfront revenues for the project is by giving the land to a
private developer on lease for 50 years. The full value of clear ownership of the land works
out to 1319 Crores.
Table 157 : Land value
Ground
Land Plots Coverage(Sft) Proposed FAR Capital Lease Inflow (Cr.)
PMPML Depot 476221 4 173
Vacant Govt. Land 1414298 4 515
PMPML 44250 4 16
Parking/Travel service 114366 4 42
Vacant/PSP 141968 3.5 45
Parking/Travel Service 24600 3 7
Govt. Land (Katraj) 38026 4 14
Market Yard 1393914 4 507
TOTAL 1319 Crore
This amount is expected to be realized in FY 28 when the metro becomes operational so that
the developer does not price the construction risk of the project into his quote and maximum
possible value is realized.
From an accounting treatment perspective, this is treated as other equity in the balance
sheet and not as Other Income. The other equity can be treated as deferred revenue year on
year. However, in this model, the other equity item is not phased out.
The following sources of advertising revenues are evaluated in the said report:
Station boards – Based on typical station alignment - 120 Sqm of advertising space is identified
per station. Occupancy rate from start of operation has been identified as below with
occupancy rates remaining constant at 85% FY 37 onwards:
2027 2028- 2029- 2030- 2031- 2032- 2033- 2034- 2035- 2036-
-28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37
50% 60% 60% 60% 60% 60% 70% 70% 80% 85%
Train Wrapping and In Train Advertising – From DMRC norms, only 10% of the trains are
wrapped. Based on the same, the number of trains with wrapping and in-train advertising has
been capped at 1 as only 8 incremental trains are proposed.
There are 3 stations along the alignment. From the typical layout of the station, space for 2
ATMs/ kiosks have been identified.
Lease rental of 40 INR/ square feet / month is currently assumed. Escalation in standard
commercial development of 15% every 3 years is incorporated as 5% per year. 85% occupancy
is targeted only from the 10th year of operation. The occupancy rate from start of project in
FY 28 is detailed below with occupancy rates remaining constant at 85% FY 37 onwards:
Table 159 :Year wise occupancy rate of ATM/Kiosk on stations
2027 2028- 2029- 2030- 2031- 2032- 2033- 2034- 2035- 2036-
-28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37
50% 60% 60% 60% 60% 60% 70% 70% 80% 85%
The financial internal rate of return at completion cost basis with farebox and non-fare box
revenue with additional revenue sources (Other Income) from improved FSI along the
development corridor (TOD) and cess from stamp duty works out to 14.45 %.
The profit and loss statement and cash flow statement are attached in the exhibit at the end
of chapter.
Additionally, there is a monetary grant from PMC generated by granting a 50-year capital lease
on PMC owned land. From an accounting treatment perspective, monetary grant is treated as
other equity in the balance sheet and not as Other Income. The other equity can be treated
as deferred revenue year on year and phased out from the balance sheet. However, in this
model, the other equity item is not phased out.
The objective of the exercise is not just financial closure but to achieve financial closure while
ensuring availability of lowest cost of funds while procuring and creating sustainable systems
to achieve optimal project costs. It, being a public utility service, analysis of life cycle costs –
low maintenance cost and longer life spans; must be done to ensure optimal project costs.
Fares must be set which minimize dependence on subsidies. Returns must accrue to both
direct and indirect beneficiaries. Additionally, one must draw on experience of metro projects
the world over with regard to funding patterns. Experience from successful metro projects
Singapore, Hong Kong suggests between 60% to 100% government capital contribution as
metro projects typically yield high economic benefits reflected in the substantially better
economic IRRs of the project.
Hong Kong has one of the highest non fare box revenue collections in the world at 37% and
yet 66% of the capital contribution comes from the government. This underlines the fact
that government funding is required despite exploring non fare box revenue sources well.
Access to low cost fund – 0.6% interest rate from multilateral funding agencies.
Mode of sharing of monetary and non-monetary grants by PMC will have the lowest
cost in case the asset is owned by a GoI and state controlled SPV structure
This is an extension of an existing asset. The rolling stock however being added is for
the entire section and not just the extended portion. Therefore, there will be sharing
of both capital revenue which will prove challenging of the extended portion is hived
off to a private party.
A special purpose vehicle is set up for project implementation and subsequent operation and
maintenance. Equity contributions are made by:
Government of India
State Government
Pune Municipal Corporation
Typically, Government of India makes up to 20% equity contributions at the maximum. The
project cost taken for equity contribution excludes cost of land acquisition and R&R. A portion
of the above will be in the form of subordinated debt which would include taxes, land etc. 20%
is funded by state Government again in the form of equity or grants. Balance 60% constitutes
loans from multilateral funding agencies.
Government of Maharashtra
Mantralaya, Mumbai-400032
PREAMBLE:
Keeping in view the traffic and transportation problems arising out of ever-
increasing population and rapid increase in number of vehicles, it has become necessary to
strengthen the Public Transport systems in Pune Metropolitan Region. Pune Metro Railway
Project is one of the several proposals contemplated to address this traffic problem
engulfing Pune and Pimpri-Chinchwad. Pune Municipal Corporation and Pimpri Chinchwad
Municipal Corporation jointly appointed Delhi Metro Rail Corporation to prepare a Detailed
Project Report for examining the feasibility of planning and implementation of Pune Metro
Railway Project.
In the Detailed Project Report of Pune Metro Project prepared by Delhi Metro Rail
Corporation (DMRC) various Metro Rail Corridors have been proposed. Phase 1 of the
Project includes two corridors viz. Corridor 1- Pimpri Chinchwad to Swargate and Corridor2
– Vanaz to Ramwadi. After giving due consideration to technical issues, feasibility of
implementation and financial viability, the General Body of Pune Municipal Corporation has
accorded approval to Corridor 2 – Vanaz to Ramwadi, which entirely traverses through their
jurisdiction, vide Resolution no. 90 dated 23/06/2010. Similarly, for Corridor 1- Pimpri
Chinchwad to Swargate, the General Bodies of Pune Municipal Corporation and Pimpri
Chinchwad Municipal Corporation have accorded approval vide Resolution no.577 of PMC
General Body-51 dated 24/12/2012 and Resolution no.133 of PCMC General Body-8 dated
20/9/2012 respectively.
GOVERNMENT RESOLUTION
5. Sanction is hereby accorded to vest the ‘Pune Mahanagar Rail Corporation Limited’
with similar authority as is available to Delhi Metro rail Corporation (DMRC) for
Implementation of the Project. Sanction is hereby accorded to appoint Pune
Municipal Corporation and Pimpri Chinchwad Municipal Corporation as the Executing
Agencies, until the formation of Pune Mahanagar Metro Rail Corporation Limited.
6. Sanction is hereby accorded to authorize Pune Municipal Corporation and the proposed
Pune Mahanagar Metro Rail Corporation to enter into correspondence with the
Government of India and the Ministry of Railways in connection with the
implementation of the project and obtaining funds to the tune of 20% which is the
equity participation of the Government of India. Sanction is hereby accorded to
authorize the Municipal Commissioner of Pune Municipal Corporation for entering into
correspondence with the Government of India until the SPV Company is established.
7. Sanction is hereby accorded to the proposed Financial Structure for the project
implementation which is as follows :
Pune Mahanagar Metro Rail Project Phase 1 – Corridor 2 Vanaz to Ramwadi –
Pune Municipal Corporation 10% Share, Govt of Maharashtra 20% Share, Govt.
of India 20 % Share, Balance 50 % to be raised through borrowing or other
sources.
Pune Mahanagar Metro Rail Project Phase 1 – Corridor 1 Pimpri Chinchwad to
Swargate – Pune Municipal Corporation and Pimpri Chinchwad Municipal
Corporation 10% Share, Govt of Maharashtra 20% Share, Govt. of India 20 %
Share, Balance 50 % to be raised through borrowing or other sources.
8. The 10 % share of the total capital cost of Corridor no. 2 Pimpri Chinchwad to Swargate,
which forms a part of Pune Mahanagar Metro Rail Project – Phase 1, shall be shared by
Pune Municipal Corporation and Pimpri Chinchwad Municipal Corporation in
proportion of the expenditure which will be incurred over the length falling in the
jurisdiction of each of the Corporations (Pro rata basis). Pune Municipal Corporation
and Pimpri Chinchwad Municipal Corporations are directed to deposit their respective
shares for Corridor no. 1 and Corridor no. 2 with the ‘Pune Mahanagar Metro Rail
Corporation Limited’.
9. Sanctions is hereby accorded to deposit 20% share of the State Government in the
capital expenditure of the project with the ‘Pune Mahanagar Metro Rail Corporation
Limited’. The 20% share of the State Government shall also include the cost of State
Government Land, assessed at prevalent rates, required to be acquired for the Project.
10. Sanction is hereby accorded to raise funds for implementation of the Project through
various sources of revenue listed in Annexure 3 attached herewith.
11. In principal sanction is hereby accorded to implement commuter fare rates as tabulated
below as the Pune Mahanagar Metro Rail Project is proposed to be implemented under
the provisions of Metro Railway Act enacted by the Government of India.
12 Sanction is hereby accorded to declare this Project as Essential Public Project and
Important Public Transport Project.
[II] In principal sanction is hereby accorded to extension of Pune Metro Project Corridor
no. 1 from Pimpri to Nigdi and Swargate to Katraj ( a Length of approximately 15 km).
Sanction is hereby accorded to include these extensions as Phase 2 and prepare a
Detailed Project Report for the same and forward it to the Government of India as a
standalone proposal.
This Govt. Resolution is being forwarded after giving due considerations to the Govt. of
Maharashtra’s Planning Department’s demy-official reference No.155/1444
dtd.13/08/2013 and Finance Department’s demy-official reference No.470/ Expenditure
dtd.14/08/2013
(S.K.Salimath)
Deputy Secretary, Govt. Of
Maharashtra
To,
Upper Chief Secretary(Revenue)Revenue & Forest Department, Mantralaya, Mumbai 400 032
Principal Secretary (Navi -1), Nagar Development Department, Mantralaya, Mumbai 400 032
16 2037-2038 605.00 6.34 123.73 100.77 835.84 36.00 87.94 22.16 146.10 0.00 689.74 689.74 689.74 689.74 689.74 689.74 675.13 704.35
17 2038-2039 601.00 6.36 126.82 103.29 837.47 37.00 95.86 23.27 156.12 0.00 681.35 681.35 681.35 681.35 681.35 681.35 665.74 696.96
18 2039-2040 727.00 6.38 129.99 105.88 969.24 38.00 104.48 24.43 166.91 64.23 738.10 738.10 731.68 725.26 744.53 750.95 721.41 754.79
19 2040-2041 738.00 6.40 133.24 108.52 986.16 39.00 113.89 25.65 178.54 236.04 571.58 571.58 547.98 524.38 595.19 618.79 553.73 589.44
20 2041-2042 887.00 6.42 136.57 111.24 1141.22 41.00 124.14 26.93 192.07 35.41 913.75 913.75 910.21 906.66 917.29 920.83 894.54 932.95
21 2042-2043 882.00 6.44 139.98 114.02 1142.44 42.00 135.31 28.28 205.59 0.00 936.85 936.85 936.85 936.85 936.85 936.85 916.29 957.41
22 2043-2044 1066.00 6.46 143.48 116.87 1332.81 43.00 147.49 29.69 220.18 0.00 1112.63 1112.63 1112.63 1112.63 1112.63 1112.63 1090.61 1134.64
23 2044-2045 1087.00 6.48 147.07 119.79 1360.34 45.00 160.76 31.18 236.94 0.00 1123.40 1123.40 1123.40 1123.40 1123.40 1123.40 1099.71 1147.09
24 2045-2046 1306.00 6.50 150.75 122.78 1586.03 46.00 175.23 32.74 253.97 0.00 1332.07 1332.07 1332.07 1332.07 1332.07 1332.07 1306.67 1357.46
25 2046-2047 1305.00 6.53 154.52 125.85 1591.90 48.00 191.00 34.37 273.37 551.06 767.46 767.46 712.36 657.25 822.57 877.68 740.13 794.80
26 2047-2048 1561.00 6.55 158.38 129.00 1854.93 49.00 208.19 36.09 293.28 0.00 1561.65 1561.65 1561.65 1561.65 1561.65 1561.65 1532.32 1590.98
27 2048-2049 1571.00 6.58 162.34 132.22 1872.14 50.00 226.93 37.90 314.82 0.00 1557.32 1557.32 1557.32 1557.32 1557.32 1557.32 1525.84 1588.80
28 2049-2050 1853.00 6.61 166.40 135.53 2161.53 51.00 247.35 39.79 338.14 0.00 1823.39 1823.39 1823.39 1823.39 1823.39 1823.39 1789.58 1857.21
29 2050-2051 1834.00 6.64 170.56 138.92 2150.11 52.00 269.61 41.78 363.39 0.00 1786.72 1786.72 1786.72 1786.72 1786.72 1786.72 1750.38 1823.06
30 2051-2052 2157.00 6.67 174.82 142.39 2480.88 53.00 293.88 43.87 390.75 0.00 2090.13 2090.13 2090.13 2090.13 2090.13 2090.13 2051.06 2129.21
31 2052-2053 2177.00 6.70 179.19 145.95 2508.84 54.00 320.33 46.06 420.39 0.00 2088.46 2088.46 2088.46 2088.46 2088.46 2088.46 2046.42 2130.49
32 2053-2054 2550.00 6.74 183.67 149.60 2890.01 55.00 349.15 48.37 452.52 0.00 2437.49 2437.49 2437.49 2437.49 2437.49 2437.49 2392.23 2482.74
33 204-2055 2521.00 6.77 188.26 153.34 2869.38 56.00 380.58 50.79 487.36 0.00 2382.01 2382.01 2382.01 2382.01 2382.01 2382.01 2333.28 2430.75
34 2055-2056 2951.00 6.81 192.97 157.17 3307.95 57.00 414.83 53.32 525.16 0.00 2782.80 2782.80 2782.80 2782.80 2782.80 2782.80 2730.28 2835.31
35 2056-2057 2960.00 6.85 197.79 161.10 3325.75 68.69 452.17 55.99 576.84 0.00 2748.91 2748.91 2748.91 2748.91 2748.91 2748.91 2691.22 2806.59
34413.00 193.34 4243.37 3456.22 43624.93 1272.89 5063.33 903.75 7239.97 4954.11 31430.85 30111.85 30935.44 30440.03 31926.26 32421.68 30706.86 32154.85
14.45% 12.25% 13.46% 12.60% 15.61% 17.01% 14.25% 14.64%
1. The current service delivery is not commensurate with the existing traffic scenario in
urban areas in general. Pune City urban transport service is one such area which require more
attention. Based on Comprehensive Mobility Plan Study (CMP), 2018 findings, a metro rail
transport system is proposed to tackle the growing intra-urban transport demand in Pune City.
2. As a public transport system, Metro Rail Transport System (MRTS) proposed in Pune
will supplement the growing intra-city travel demand, especially in the selected heavy traffic
corridors. Spending public money in the construction of MRTS lines has been defended as a
socially desirable public investment which produces several types of benefits such as:
Passenger time savings,
Increase in comfort,
Generation of new trips,
Reduction in congestion and delays in roads,
Reduction in accidents, reduction in environmental externalities,
Wider economic benefits including the development of the less developed regions
3. Many factors influence the market shares between the other modes of public transport
and MRTS. According to the literature, travel time is the most important one. The MRTS has a
clear advantage over the traditional bus services and the fast growing costly IPT modes. Other
factors that contribute to the relative position of MRTS are ticket prices, frequency of the
service, the integration of networks, accessibility , reliability and punctuality of the services
and government policy.
4. The findings of this Feasibility Study will determine this intra-urban transport service
through MRTS to improve accessibility so that residents of Pune City will have better access to
economic and social activities.
1. The objective of this feasibility study (FS) to evaluate the potential for the identified
MRTS services in Pune City and to assess strategically the overall need and potential
for development.
2. The scope of the study is divided into two stages, further divided into several phases:
3. Stage 1
a. Phase 0 – Inception
b. Phase 1 – Transport demand assessment
c. Phase 2 – Corridor definition and Techno-economic feasibility
4. Stage 2
a. Phase 3 – Detailed Project Report
5. Based on the identified study area, following three corridors were identified for further
detailed investigations. As part of the Phase 2, the present section assessed the
economic feasibility for the identified MRTS corridors and to provide
recommendations for project implementation. The key success will hinge on the
selection of the most viable route, the introduction of reliable systems, sufficient
budget allocation and of course smooth land acquisition.
6. However, considering the traffic data availability, the above three corridors were
reduced to two corridors in the initial draft feasibility report, by integrating (i) Nigdi-
Katraj Section and (ii) PCMC-Nigdi Section, as these two sections are extension of the
on-going Swargate – PCMC corridor. Subsequently, considering the comments of the
client, Corridor 1A (PCMC-Nigdi Section) is considered separately for economic
analysis. Thus, the present report had considered Corridor 2A (Swargate to Katraj
Section) for the study include:
7. The objective of the economic analysis in the FS is to identify and quantify the benefits
and costs associated with the investment proposal in order to select the optimum
solution along with the economic viability in terms of its likely investment return
potential. This is carried out in order to assess the economic feasibility and prioritize
the identified transport investment proposal and assist the governments in
Maharashtra State in making the right decision.
1. The economic analysis contained in this chapter has been undertaken in accordance
with the available guidelines including ‘Appraisal Guidelines for Metro Rail Projects
Proposals’ (2017) and ‘Metro Rail Policy 2017’ by the Ministry of Housing & Urban
Affairs, Govt. of India; and ‘Manual on Economic Evaluation of Highway Projects in
India’ IRC-SP30, 2009 by the Indian Roads Congress, ‘Guidelines for the Economic
Analysis of Projects, and Framework for the Economic and Financial Appraisal of Urban
Development Sector Projects’1994 by Asian Development Bank (ADB). Economic
analysis involves comparing ‘with project’ and ‘without project’ alternatives. By
comparing the above alternatives, the net agency costs and net user costs and finally
net project benefits associated with the project during its analysis period were
calculated for the proposed improvement options separately in order to arrive at their
internal rate of return (IRR) and net present value (NPV) both for economic and
financial analysis.
2. Thus, a period of 30 years of operation is considered for the evaluation. All the cost was at
2021 (Base Year) level and also the results including NPV, IRR were estimated for the base year
level.
3. Considering the component wise opportunity cost (estimated for Maharashtra State
conditions), the financial cost was converted into economic cost in accordance with the
available guidelines from international funding agencies like Asian Development Bank (ADB).
4. The conventional economic model like HDM (which is used for highway improvement
project analysis) may not be relevant for most of the rapid urban transport projects etc. Hence
appropriate excel based models are developed, to quantify the relevant project benefits; life
cycle costing; project net benefits and finally economic feasibility criteria like EIRR and ENPV.
5. Updated inputs available from the guidelines explained above, available secondary
sources and the input data from the Comprehensive Mobility Plan (2018) with suitable
updates pertaining to the unit rates of VOC and travel time for different vehicle categories etc
were used for the excel based models developed for this study.
6. The cost – benefit analysis was carried out by using the discounted cash flow (DCF)
technique to obtain the economic internal rate of return (EIRR) and economic net present
value (ENPV) for the proposed investments and the likely quantified project benefits linked
with the project during the project analysis period
15 Property development being a commercial activity, it is not considered for economic analysis.
The economic costs of capital works and annual operation and maintenance are calculated
from the financial cost estimates on the following basis:
(i) Price contingencies are excluded but physical contingencies are included because they
represent real consumption of resources;
(ii) Import duties and taxes are excluded because they represent transfer payments. For
this the shadow exchange rate factor (SERF) worked out below (1.03)16 was used;
(iii) The existence of unemployment and under-employment for unskilled workers within
the Indian economy means that the opportunity cost of unskilled labour can be lower
than its wage rate – a conversion factor (SWRF) of 0.8117 of the market wage rate for
construction labour is used to estimate the shadow wage rate;
(iv) The market wage rate for skilled labour and the acquisition cost of land are considered
to represent opportunity costs, as both factors are in demand;
(v) Land cost is excluded for estimation of economic cost;
(vi) All costs are valued using the domestic price numeraire, to enable an easier comparison
with the information used to measure benefits (e.g. a significant component of benefit
is the savings in resources, which would be used in the without project situation).
Table 164 : Details of project cost
Details Total
Length Km 5.464
Project Cost Rs Million 31,074.52
Project Cost Rs Million/Km 5,687.14
Economic Cost Rs Million 26,665.31
Economic Cost Rs Million/Km 4,880.18
17 Note: Calculated using the 'Guidelines for the Economic Analysis of Projects, 1997, ADB
Proposed MRTS is expected to divert passengers from the existing modes like car, bus, two
wheelers and auto with better comfort and improved speed. These improvements will benefit
the users in terms of better speed with service quality and reduced travel time. In addition,
the proposed MRTS will reduce the carbon emission from the diverted traffic and also will
reduce stress on the existing road corridors. Reduction in the congestion on the existing road
corridors will result in reduction of road accidents. Accordingly, the economic benefits
considered in the present analysis for the subprojects in transport component in this
investment proposal include:
8. Additional assumptions followed for estimating the project benefits are given below.
Table 168 : Details of Road User Cost adopted for the Study
VOC (Rs. / Vehicle Km)
Vehicle Category
2008 1,3 2018 2
Car - New Technology (Maruti 800) 4.07 6.95
Bus 16.37 27.96
TW 1.40 2.39
Auto rickshaw 3.98 6.80
Share-Auto 4.49 7.67
Taxi 4.70 8.03
2-Axle Truck 14.77 25.23
LCV 10.96 18.72
Goods Tempo 4.61 7.87
Goods Auto 3.59 6.13
1 Approach for Economic and Operation Assessment for Identified Urban Roads and
Transportation Sub-projects, Working Paper No. : WP-05, Comprehensive Transportation
Study for Chennai Metropolitan Area, May 2008
Note:
1. Approach for Economic and Operation Assessment for Identified Urban Roads and
Transportation Sub-projects, Working Paper No.: WP-05, Comprehensive Transportation
Study for Chennai Metropolitan Area, May 2008
Source: GHG Analysis Road Improvement, Guidance Note, World Bank Group, February 2016)
As part of the economic feasibility analysis, the feasibility parameters developed are shown in
Table 173. A more detailed economic feasibility analysis is given in Table 173.
Economic Internal Rate of Return (EIRR)
Economic Net Present Value (ENPV)
Table 173 : Economic Cost-Benefit Analysis
Details Present Value (Rs. Crore) a/, b/
Costs
Capital costs 1805.68
O&M costs 353.12
Total costs 2158.80
Benefits
Savings in Travel Time Cost 2730.89
Savings in VOC 494.84
Savings in Reduction of Accidents 1.01
Pollution Reduction Benefits 6.00
Reduced Road Infrastructure Costs 1.26
Total benefits 3233.99
Sensitivity analysis was carried out to their economic feasibility results for the following
scenarios is presented in Table 174:
Capital cost increase by 15%
O&M costs increased by 15%
Target beneficiaries reduced by 15%
Delay in accrual of benefit by 1 year
Table 174 : Results of Sensitivity Analysis
Benefit
ENPV
- Cost
@14% Benefit - Cost Ratio
Details EIRR (%) MIRR (%) SV Ratio
(Rs (2021 Price)
(Current
Crore)
Price)
Main
Evaluation 19.80% 13.56% 1.58
10,804 4.44
(Base Case)
15% Capital
17.95% 13.09% 60.0% 1.41
Cost Overrun 8,103 4.13
15% O&M Cost
19.54% 13.50% 305.9% 1.54
Overrun 10,274 4.13
15% Decrease
in Project 17.38% 12.94% 33.4% 1.34
5,953 3.78
Benefits
One Year Delay
in 19.78% 13.54% 1.58
9,388 4.38
Implementation
SV = Switching Value; MIRR = Modified Internal Rate of Return; ENPV = Economic Net Present
Value; EIRR = Economic Internal Rate of Return
Note:
1. Calculated as the percentage change in a variable required for EIRR to reduce to 14%.
2. Discounted at 14% of EOCC.
3. MIRR, is the internal rate of return of an investment that is modified to account for
the difference between re-investment rate and investment return.
Maha Metro has to take action for appointment of General Consultants for project
management including preparation of tender documents. Till the General Consultants are in
position, Maha Metro should appoint an interim Consultant for all preliminary and enabling
jobs such as land acquisition, detailed design of civil structures, utility diversions, etc. The
proposed date of commissioning of the corridor with suggested dates of important milestones
is given in following table :
The board comprises of 13 directors of whom, 5 directors are nominees of GoI, five directors
are nominees of GoM, and three are functional directors. The chairman is secretary MOHUA
– a Nominee of GoI and the Managing director is a nominee of GoM. Since, PMC is a major
equity shareholder, the organisational setup of the Maha Metro board would be extended to
include a representative of the Pune Municipal Corporation.
The Directors will be Implementing a metro project in a congested metropolis. In sheer size,
magnitude and technical complexity there are no parallels to metro projects. Further, these
projects are to be carried out in difficult urban environment without dislocating city life, while
at the same time preserving the environment. The project involves integration of a number of
complex technical systems some of these technologies used in these systems are totally new
to the country each one of which is a major project by itself. Interfacing various system
contracts is a difficult and highly skilled exercise. Side by side, timely and adequate funds have
to be assured for implementation and lands, without encumbrances, have to be taken
possession of in time. Clearances from the local authorities have to be taken which includes
permission to cut trees, diversion of utilities, management of road traffic, etc., all of which will
call for an efficient and competent project implementing agency.
20.3 Contracts
20.3.1 Civil Works
It is proposed to carry out the civil works through following construction contracts:
(a) Tunnel Construction-It is suggested that each contract can be limited to appropriate
package lengths.
(b) Station Contracts- It is proposed that each station contract comprises appropriate number
of stations.
Architectural finishes, firefighting arrangements and general electrification, will form part of
civil contracts.
During the implementation of the project several problems with regard to acquisition of land,
diversion of utilities, shifting of structures falling on the project alignment, rehabilitation of
project affected persons, etc. are likely to arise. For expeditious resolution of these problems,
an institutional mechanism needs to be set up at the State Government level. Towards this
end, it is recommended that a High-Power Committee under the chairmanship of Chief
Secretary, Maharashtra should be set up. Other members of this Committee should be
Secretaries of the concerned Departments of the State Government and Heads of civic bodies
who will be connected in one way or the other with the implementation of the project.
Commissioner of Pune Urban Development Authority and Municipal Commissioner of PMC
should also be the member of this committee. This Committee should meet once a month and
sort out all problems brought before it by Maha Metro.
For Delhi Metro also such a High-Power Committee was set up and it proved very useful in
smooth implementation of the Delhi Metro rail project.
implementation of the Delhi Metro project. It is suggested that the role of this Empowered
Committee should be enlarged to include Pune Metro project extension also and the Chief
Secretary, Maharashtra should be inducted as a member of this Committee.
Tax on electricity required for operation and maintenance of the metro system.
Basic Custom Duty at concessional rate of 5.15%.
To enable the State Governments to provide their share of equity in the Special Purpose
Vehicles set up for such projects, it would be necessary to constitute a Special Metro Fund at
the State Government level. The State Government should resort to imposition of dedicated
levies for raising resources for these Funds. Areas where such dedicated levies are possible via
State government and Urban local body are given below:
An act needs to be passed for collection of 1% cess on property registrations (Earlier covered
as LBT) allowing for collection of the cess in PMC and sharing of 25% of this amount with the
SPV.
Implementation of TOD Policy allowing incremental FAR of 4, 500m on either side of
alignment, Premium collection for the same and sharing of proceeds with Maha Metro.
21.2 Sanction Stage - Lay Out Plan/ Local Area Plan/ Urban Design Plan
Local body approvals
Approval from national monument authority
Approval from tree authority committee
Approval from Maharashtra heritage conservation committee
Approval from railway authority/port
Approval from road owning agency
Approval from traffic & coordination dept. (municipal)
Approval from chief fire officer
Approval from chief controller of explosives
Approval is required from the chief inspector of factories, in case of industrial
building.
Environment clearance is required from ministry of environment and forests
(MOEF)
Land pocket identifications for temporary & permanent works should be accurately assessed
during planning and design stages and land should be acquired ahead of the construction
activities. Any delay in land acquisition will have immediate impact on the schedule of the
project. Local authorities shall be proactive in this as delay in land acquisition affects project
time frame & budget adversely.
The General Consultant would work hand in hand with the State Government and
Maharashtra Metro Rail Corporation Limited to pass these obstacles standing along the way.
Utility Identification survey shall be done, before start of the construction, through GPRS/
Equivalent survey. Proper & timely shifting of utilities are essential in order to avoid delay in
construction.
Utilities may also be directly connected to the existing and newly implemented Pune MRT
system. This is particularly true for the energy providers. Power supply design will have to be
prepared in collaboration with the local energy providers in order to ensure the power
requirement can actually be met by the provider and under which conditions.
Once the power supply scheme has been agreed upon and implemented, the system will
require to be highly reliable to ensure continuous operation at the defined time of operation.
An audit of the power provider shall be conducted before construction so that adequate
measures are taken ahead of operations.
Since Maharashtra Metro Rail Corporation Limited have the required expertise and few
experienced manpower to check and monitor the contractors’ work, it may be necessary to
engage a General Consultants from the very start of the Pune MRT project, who will do this
job on behalf of Maharashtra Metro Rail Corporation Limited.
Planned construction schedule envisages 5 years for construction and commissioning of first
approx. 5.464 km which is very challenging, and it is important the contractor in charge has a
clear understanding of the works to be accomplished and the construction methods to be
followed.
Along with schedule risks, project such as MRT project are often exposed to costs risk.
It is paramount the working site areas are clearly delineated and properly barricaded and
guarded to avoid unattended intrusion of non-authorized personnel or vehicle.
When setting up the working areas, traffic management plan shall be implemented to provide
adequate traffic diversion and lessen disruptions to the road users.
In order to avoid conflicting works activities, proper liasoning is required between different
Government departments working on the same perimeter.
The Contractor is required to comply with all the precautions as required for the safety of the
workmen as per the International Labour Organisation (ILO) as far as those are applicable to
this contract. The contractor shall supply all necessary safety appliances such as safety goggles,
helmets, masks, etc., to the workers and staff. The contractor has to comply with all regulation
regarding.
The Contractor shall also ensure they fulfil their contract requirements for minimizing
construction noise by developing mitigation measures to tackle the noise problem for at-grade
or elevated tracks, e.g. by prescribing noise barriers or noise enclosures, either complete
enclosure or partial.
The approval required for such project are listed in Chapter 21. Delay in statutory bodies’
approval will create delay in construction timeline.
Security is a relatively new challenge in the context of public transport. It addresses problems
caused intentionally. Security problems or threats are caused by people whose actions aim at
undermining or disturbing the public transport system and/or to harm passengers or staff.
These threats range from daily operational security problems such as disorder or vandalism.
Operating MRT stations and running trains also become a soft target in time of any
insurgencies or terrorist activities.
In case the energy provider is not found reliable enough, operations of the system are at risk.
23. SAFETY
Ensuring safety along the newly implemented transport corridor is paramount for the success
of the project. Given the configuration of the Metro line corridor, the following items shall be
implemented.
Construction methods deployed at site shall not endanger the life of workers. It is advised that
method used are largely tried and tested and do not present any kind of risk for the safety of
workers.
Implementation of the MRT corridor on underground stretch should ideally happen in a non-
built area and located at enough distance from any built-up land wherever practicable.
Traffic diversion shall be adequately planned to avoid any conflict between construction
related activities and associated traffic flow on one hand and regular road traffic on the other
hand.
Implementation of MRT stations shall be planned in coherence with the urban fabric and local
development also planned to support safety requirements generated due to new
development.
Facilities required at any station for emergency evacuation as per NFPA 130 Guidelines has
been adopted. The stations have been planned in accordance with ‘Guidelines for Pedestrian
Facilities, and ‘National Building Code-2016’, for Disabled friendly and other Indian best
practices/standards which ensure adequate sizing of station and comfort of passengers. The
regulations are tailored to avoid any injury or casualty in case.
Specific safety rules and procedures shall be followed by MRT staff during both operation in
station and in depot area.
However, signalling system ensures the safety of running trains during operations through an
efficient train control, ensuring safety in train movements.
Rolling stock running on the system is tailored to ensure safety of the passengers and shall
comprises the following characteristics: continuous automatic train protection, fire-proofing,
emergency door control, crashworthiness design protecting passengers in case of accident.
Wide publicity shall be given to all commuters and general public for awareness on safety in
Metro systems. General Do’s & Don’ts shall be circulated and displayed in station areas for
users and workers in the metro system to ensure safety.
Passengers shall be particularly made aware of risks associated with 25KV OHE/ROCS18 and
unauthorized access to track or prohibited areas in stations.
18 ROCS is recommended for phase 2A whereas OHE is only used as a reference for calculation purpose.
Studies have brought out that a Medium Capacity Metro with carrying capacity of about
15,000 to 25,000 PHPDT will be adequate to meet not only the traffic needs for the present
but for the future 30 to 40 years also. The extension of a Metro System of PCMC to Swargate
in south i.e. from Swargate to Katraj is at an estimated completion cost of INR 3,663.86 Crores
(with Central taxes & duties) to be made operational as recommended in implementation
chapter.
A detailed Environmental Impact Assessment Study has been carried out for the project. As a
part of this Study, comprehensive environmental baseline data was collected, and both
positive and negative impacts of the project were assessed in detail. The project has many
positive environmental impacts like reduction in traffic congestion, saving in travel time,
reduction in air and noise pollution, lesser fuel consumption, lesser road accidents etc, with a
few negative impacts (especially during implementation phase of the project) for which
Environmental Management Plan has been suggested.
After examining the various options for execution of the extension of Pune Metro Project, it is
recommended that the project should get executed through the existing SPV.
The fare structure is as per the Government Resolution No. PMR-3313/C.R.29/UD-7 dated 11
Sept. 2013.
Tax on electricity required for operation and maintenance of the metro system.
Basic Custom duty is taken at concessional rate of 5%
As per the present policy, 50% of the Central Taxes will be paid by GOI as subordinate Debt
and balance 50% will be paid by the concerned State Government. Maharashtra State
Government may pursue the Central Government to extend the same benefit to Pune Metro.
While the Financial Internal Rate of Return (FIRR) for the project has been assessed as 14.45%,
with central taxes with property development of 33.88 Ha land and the Economic Internal
Rate of Return (EIRR) works out 19.80 %.
The project has already received in principle approval from Government of Maharashtra in
October 2013.
For implementation of the project, an act needs to be passed for collection of 1% cess on
property registrations (Earlier covered as LBT) allowing for collection of the cess in PMC and
sharing of 25% of this amount with the SPV. Also, implementation of TOD Policy allowing
incremental FAR of 4, 500m on either side of alignment needs to be done, premium collection
for the same and sharing of proceeds with Maha Metro.
Meanwhile, the State Government should freeze all future developments along the proposed
route of extension of Pune Metro to avoid infructuous expenditure.
Land required for PD if the additional PD income is considered. PMC has provided 33.88 Ha
of land, which shall be auctioned out to a developer with maximum allowable FAR of 4, for a
50-year capital lease period after implementation of project in order to maximize the benefit.
Accordingly, the corridor is recommended for implementation.
25. Checklist
S.No. Items Yes/No
CMP/ Master Plan
1. Does the city have a Master Plan for the horizon year? Yes
2. Does the city have a Comprehensive Urban Mobility Yes
Plan/Integrated Mobility Plan (IMP); and have the
recommendations of the same been incorporated in the City
Master Plan/Development Plan?
3. Has the Comprehensive Urban Mobility Plan been notified as Yes
per the State Town and Country Planning Act, if not, will it be
notified in next six months?
Alternatives Analysis
4. Has the Alternatives Analysis Report been prepared as per the Yes
framework issued by MoHUA and with justifications for the
construction of a Metro Rail?
Detailed Project Report
5. As part of the DPR, has Techno Economic Feasibility of the Yes
Metro System been examined or not?
6. Does the proposal include Economic cost and benefit analysis? Yes
18. Does the proposal include measures that will be taken for Yes
maximization of non-fare box non-property revenue?
19. Does the proposal contain a detailed Environmental and Social Yes
Impact Analysis?
Economic Analysis
20. Does the proposal contain measures for optimization of O&M Yes
costs?
21. Does the proposal contain an Economic Analysis of the project Yes
along with the calculated values of EIRR and ENPV as per
approved framework of MoHUA?
Implementation Framework
22. Does the proposal include the exploration of PPP models for Yes
implementing the project? Does proposal contain
implementation of at least one component of Metro Rail Project
through PPP?
23 Does the proposal include the exploration of PPP models for Yes
Operations and/or maintenance of the project? (For AFC, PPP
Mode is
recommended)
24 Does the project clearly bring out key performance indicators Yes
and robust monitoring mechanism?
28. In case the project is for a metropolitan region, is there an MOU Not applicable ,
between the participating states? participating
state is only
Maharashtra
29. Is there an involvement of municipal corporation/city Yes
development authority in implementing and/or operating the
project?
34. Has the State Government set up or firmed up the plan for Yes
setting up of UMTA for the city?
36. If UMTA is not notified, is there a commitment for notifying it Not applicable
within a year?
38. Has the State Government committed for enabling policy & Yes
regulatory framework required for enhancing non fare box
revenue
39. Has the State Government devised any option to No
enable metro rail implementing agencies to issue corporate
bonds